INDEX TO PUBLICATIONS 
OF THE 
Division of Laboratories and Research 
NEW YORK STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH 
1914-1944 
AUGUSTUS B. WADSWORTH. M.D., Director 
ALBANY 
1945 PREFACE 
The period covered by this Index to the publications of the Division 
of Laboratories and Research, is a significant one in the history of the develop- 
ment of public health laboratory service. It is especially important in 
the history of the New York State Department of Health. The Depart- 
ment was reorganized in 1914 under the new Public Health Law. The 
Division of Laboratories and Research was established, as such, in this reorgani- 
zation. In the succeeding years, aids in the diagnosis and treatment of disease 
and in the control of sanitation were inaugurated and perfected; a state-wide 
system of approved laboratories was introduced, which, in thirty years, has 
become a unified service that has been strengthened and given added stability 
through the development of the New York State Association of Public Health 
Laboratories. Decentralization to county, municipal, or private laboratories 
united by a common adherence to minimum standards established by the 
central state laboratory, but with full local autonomy, was a pioneer move- 
ment of New York State. It had its initial impetus in the administration of 
Dr. Hermann M. Biggs, Commissioner of Health from 1914 to 1923; and has 
been developed with the substantial support of succeeding commissioners, Dr. 
Matthias Nieoll, Jr., Dr. Thomas Parran, Jr., and Dr. Edward S. Godfrey. Jr. 
In 1930 Governor Franklin D. Roosevelt appointed a Commission to 
examine critically the extent to which the health needs of the people were 
being met, since “ as an agency for serving the needs of the people, government 
should not be a static force but should evolve to meet the changing and develop- 
ing body of knowledge.” The report of the Commission affirmed the general 
policies and administration of the Department and implemented its survey 
with recommendations for further development. In a Foreword to the report 
Governor Roosevelt wrote; 
“It is my hope that many citizens of New York will read this report of 
the State Health Commission. I think they will find, as I have found, that 
it is vastly informative; that its recommendations are eminently prac- 
tical ; and that the path it points out is plain and easy to follow. 
‘ ‘ The rewards of following this plan will redound to ourselves as indi- 
viduals, no less than to the prosperity and progress of the State. No 
considerations are involved other than to prevent needless death and 
suffering for the people and needless social and economic loss for the 
State. We have gone far enough in the right direction to be assured 
that we can finish the job. The tools for it are designated and the methods 
outlined here.” 
The “tools” for the furtherance of laboratory service are described in the 
report of the Committee on Laboratories, of which Dr. Simon Flexner was 
chairman; and their application is indicated in specific recommendations. In 
particular, the obligation of academic and investigative research, implicit in the organization of the state laboratory, is stressed as the basis for making 
these recommendations effective: 
. . to overlook [no] opportunities to add to scientific knowledge 
through an inquiring attitude of mind, a scientific outlook, a zest for 
truth, a patience for experiment, and a capacity for logical deduction. 
“Many accepted procedures in public health have only an empirical 
basis or are the outgrowth of tradition. Others have a solid foundation 
in scientific fact. It is in the first group that study, appraisal, com- 
parison, experiment and tests of new methods will enable more efficient 
methods to be developed.” 
This attitude of research has affected directly and indirectly the character of 
all the services rendered by the staff of the laboratory. The research and 
experimentation of other investigators have been applied to the problems in 
New York State. Conversely, the scientific contributions and improvements 
in methods from this laboratory have been made available for other states and 
countries through the accredited journals of scientific medicine. 
The publications of the Division of Laboratories and Research range from 
brief announcements in the Department’s Health News on matters of policy 
or practical administrative detail, to research and investigation in the funda- 
mental aspects of infection and immunity, which underlie the work of the 
Division as a whole. Reprints of most of these studies were available at the 
time of publication, and eleven volumes of Collected Studies have been 
assembled since 1914. Other publications, however, could not be procured in 
reprinted form and thus are not represented in the Collected Studies; nor 
are certain investigations that were reported only in abstract, in society pro- 
ceedings, or in the annual reports of the Division. Articles of this character 
and selected items from the annual reports are thus for the first time pre- 
sented by author and subject in the assembled works of the Division. 
This Index, prepared under the direction of the librarian, is thus not 
only an interim departmental report; it is also an important bibliographic 
contribution to the literature of public health laboratory service and research. 
Augustus B. Wadsworth 
January, 1945 INDEX TO AUTHORS Explanatory Notes 
The Annual Report of the Division of Laboratories and Research has been 
issued as a separate publication since 1934; from this date it is published 
in the general report of the Department of Health only in an abbreviated 
form. References in the period 1914-1933, therefore, are to the volume 
number of the general Annual Report of the New York State Department 
of Health; from 1934, citations are by year and page number of the report 
of the Division. Citations to Health News indicate the weekly publication 
of the New York State Department of Health. 
When an article has been published in more than one form, as in abstract 
in the Annual Report or in society proceedings, and in complete form in a 
journal, each publication is cited. This practice was adopted to present a 
complete record and to facilitate reference, since not all sources may be 
available in a given library or institute. Entries for publications that are 
issued serially list the latest edition and usually note also frequency of 
publication or date of first issue. 
Roman numerals at the right margin indicate the volume of Collected 
Studies in which a reprint is included. The first reference listed in a series 
is to the reprint in the Studies. Because the first three volumes of Studies 
were not numbered at the time of publication, the dates are also added, as 
I, 1914-1919.' INDEX TO AUTHORS 
A 
—, Williams, Huntington, and Van 
Woert, Reginald. Meningococci 
alive in spinal fluid twenty-six 
hours after embalmment (J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1929, 93, 437) 
Berlot, Joseph A. See Jungeblut 
and Berlot 
Berthelsen, Knud C. Studies of the 
flocculation-reaction time in the 
course of immunization and the 
quantitative and qualitative changes 
of the proteins (J. Immunol., 1931, 
21, 43) VI 
—. A study of the relationship of 
surface phenomena to the reaction 
of toxin and antitoxin, with toxin 
produced in an infusion-free pep- 
tone medium (J. Immunol., 1931, 
21, 21) VI 
— and Murdick, Philip P. The dis- 
tribution of electrolytes in serum 
during immunization (J. Immunol., 
1931, 21, 69) VI 
—. See Kirkbride and Berthelsen 
—. See Kirkbride, Berthelsen, and 
Clark, R. F. 
Biggs, Hermann M., and Wadsworth, 
Augustus B. Public health labora- 
tories in the United States (Nelson 
loose-leaf medicine, W. W. Herrick, 
ed.-in-chief. N. Y., Nelson, 1920. 
7, 135; Ihid., 1928, 2, 151) For 
1941, see Wadsworth 
Bourdillon, Jaques. Spontaneous 
hydrolysis of diphtheria antitoxic 
pseudoglobulin {Arch. Biochem.. 
1944, 5, 385) XI 
Bovarnick, Marianna R. Chemical 
and biological assays of the nico- 
tinamide-like substance formed in 
heated mixtures of asparagine and 
glutamic acid {J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 
149, 301) XI 
—. Formation of a nicotinamide-like 
substance from various amino acids 
and related compounds (J. Bin’. 
Chem.. 1943. 151, 467) XI 
—. Isolation of the nicotinamide 
formed from asparagine and "In- 
Alexander-Jackson, Eleanor G. Iso- 
lation of tubercle bacilli; a compar- 
ison of various media for primary 
isolation of the tubercle bacillus 
from pathological material {Amer. 
Rev. TuhercVIAl. 43, 441) X 
Almon, Muriel. Circulating package 
libraries (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1930, no. 2, 11) 
Ardelean, Hie. The incidence of 
types of pneumococci in sputum 
from patients with respiratory in- 
fections other than pneumonia {N. 
Y. State J. Med., 1941, 41, 40; 
Health News, 1938, p.132, 152) X 
—. Types of pneumococci found in 
sputum submitted for examination 
for tubercle bacilli (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1938, no. 1, 8) 
B 
Band, Marie. See Owen and Band 
Banerji, Nabajiban. The induction 
of eosinophilia in normal animals 
{Amer. J. Med. Sci., 1933, 186, 689) 
VII 
Bartels, Henry A. See Gilbert and 
Bartels 
Beach, D. C. A study of bottled table 
water sold in the city of Albany 
{Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 299) 
Bergstrom, Victor W. The compara- 
tive value of whole and pure cul- 
tures in testing the virulence of 
diphtheria bacilli (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1928, no. 1, 12) 
—. Use of bile medium in the ag- 
glutination test for evidence of 
typhoid fever (N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1928. no. 
2, 13) 2 
AUTHORS 
Bovarnick, Marianna R.—Coni’d 
tamic acid (J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 
153, 1) XI 
—. Substitution of heated aspara- 
gine-glutamate mixture for nico- 
tinamide as a growth factor for 
Bacterium dysenteriae and other 
microorganisms (J. Biol. Chem., 
1943, 148, 151; Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.43; 1943, p.45) XI 
Bovarnick, Max. The formation, of 
extracellular d(—)-glutamic acid 
polypeptide by Bacillus subtilis (J. 
Biol. Chem., 1942, 145, 415) X 
—. Preparation of cell-free solutions 
of hydrogenase (Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1941, 47, 191) X 
Brigham, Margaret W(emple). See 
Wadsworth, van Amstel, and 
Brigham 
—. See Gilbert and Wemple 
—. See Langworthy and Wemple 
Brose, Cyrus P. The effect of sul- 
fonamide drugs on coccidiosis in 
rabbits (Ann. Rep., 1941, p.40) 
—. A study of hemolytic strepto- 
coccic lymphadenitis in guinea pigs 
(Ann. Rep., 1935, p.43) 
—. See Griffin and Brose 
Brown, Charles D. A simple and 
efficient electrical tool for sealing 
museum jars (J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1933, 19, 197) VII 
Brown, Rachel F, Antibiotic sub- 
stance from soil microorganism no. 
4205 ; chemical investigations (A nn. 
Rep., 1943, p.14) 
—. Cardiolipin in macro- and micro- 
precipitation tests for syphilis (J. 
Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1945, 49, 199) 
XI 
—. Cardiolipin, lecithin, and choles- 
terol in the antigen in the precipi- 
tation test for syphilis. Pre- 
liminary note (J. Bad. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1944, 47, 581) 
—. Chemical and immunological 
studies of the pneumococcus: puri- 
fication of type-7A carbohydrate; 
precipitability from aqueous solu- 
tion by such salts as ammonium sul- 
fate, basic lead acetate, uranyl 
nitrate, and mercuric nitrate (Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.24) 
—. Chemical and immunological 
studies of the pneumococcus. 5. 
The soluble specific substances of 
types I-XXXII (J. Immunol., 
1939, 37, 445) For Parts 1-4, see 
Wadsworth and Brown, E. F.; for 
Part 6, see Brown, E. F,, and 
Eobinson X 
—. Chemical and immunological 
studies of toxin-producing bacteria 
(Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 43) 
—. Chemical fractionation of the 
hemolytic streptococcus (Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.10) 
—. Chemical studies of agar (Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 43; 1934, p.13) 
—. Failure of antipneumococcus 
horse serum to sensitize guinea pigs 
to anaphylactic shock with specific 
carbohydrates (Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1934, 31, 700) VII 
—. An inhibition phenomenon in 
precipitation tests for the sero- 
diagnosis of syphilis (J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1943, 28, 1758; J. Bad. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1943, 45, 522) XI 
—. Observations on induction of 
anaphylactic shock by the specific 
carbohydrates of type-I pneumo- 
coccus (Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1934, 31, 699) VII 
—. Precipitation and complement- 
fixation reactions with pneumococ- 
cus soluble specific substance (Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1934, 32, 
481) VIII 
—. Eeport on a preliminary precipi- 
tation test as an aid in the sero- 
diagnosis of syphilis (J. Bad. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 337) 
—. Ehythmic precipitation of pneu- 
mococcal soluble specific substan- 
ces and antipneumococcal sera 
(Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1940, 45, 93) X 
—. Serodiagnosis of syphilis, pre- 
cipitation test, modifier, as at Wash- 
ington Serology Conference (Vener. 
Dis. Inf., 1942, 23, 161; Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.15) 
—. The specific carbohydrate from 
pneumococcus type VIII (Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and' Med., 1935, 
32, 859) VIII 3 
AUTHORS 
—. A specific precipitation test for 
the standardization of type 1 anti- 
pneumococcus serum (J. Immunol., 
1933, 25, 149) VII 
—. The standardization of the car- 
diolipin-lecithin-eholesterol antigen 
in the precipitation test for syphilis 
{J. Immunol. In press) XI 
—. Substances of carbohydrate 
nature from type-I pneumococcus 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1931, no. 2, 3) 
—. Ultrafiltration in the concentra- 
tion and purification of pneumococ- 
cus specific polysaccharides {Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1936, 
34, 832) 
— and Robinson, Lucena K. Chemi- 
cal and immunological studies of 
the pneumococcus. 6. The soluble 
specific substances of new types and 
subtypes {J. Immunol., 1943, 47, 7; 
Ann. Rep., 1941, p.22) For Parts 
1-4, see Wadsworth and Brown, 
R. F.; for Part 5, see Brown, R. F. 
XI 
— and —. The progressive hydro- 
lysis of pneumococcus soluble speci- 
fic substance as measured by com- 
plement fixation and specific anti- 
body-nitrogen precipitation {J. 
Immunol., 1944, 49, 235) XI 
— and —. Supplementary note on 
ultrafiltration in the preparation of 
pneumococcal polysaccharides (J. 
Immunol., 1938, 34, 61) IX 
—. See Wadsworth and Brown, 
R. F. 
—. Classification of hemolytic strep- 
tococci in relation to the diagnosis, 
prevention, and treatment of strep- 
tococcus infection; referee report 
for 1934 (Amer. J. Pub. Health 
{supp. Year Book), 1935, 25, 140) 
VIII 
—. Collection of bacterial cultures, 
table listing name of species, acces- 
sion number, history, source, and 
date added {Ann. Rep., 1929-1932 ; 
1937) 
—. A comparative study of freshly 
isolated and stock strains of B. per- 
tussis in relation to their antigenic 
properties (J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1934, 27, 96) 
—. Cutaneous reactions in rabbits 
as an aid in the diagnosis of small- 
pox (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1940, no. 2, 29) 
—. Evaluation of the group-precipi- 
tation test in the identification of 
hemolytic streptococci pathogenic 
for man; referee report for 1937 
{Amer. J. Pub. Health { supp. Year 
Book), 1938,28,104) IX 
—. Further observations on the toxi- 
genic properties of hemolytic strep- 
tococci {J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 121; 
J. Bact. { Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 220) 
IX 
—. Hemolytic activity of staphy- 
lococci {Ann. Rep., 1934, p. 25) 
—. Hemolytic streptococci (In Diag- 
nostic procedures and reagents: 
technics for the laboratory diagnosis 
and control of the communicable 
diseases. N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health 
Assoc., 1941, p.185; Ibid., 2d ed.. 
1945, p.199) 
—. Hemolytic streptococci of sero- 
logic group B {J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1942, 43, 773) X 
—. Practical criteria and methods 
for the identification of hemolytic 
streptococci {Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1936, 26, 521; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1935, no. 
2, 40) VIII 
—. Streptococci from milk-borne 
outbreaks (N. Y. State Assoc, Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 2, 32) 
0 
Clark, Mary E. See Coleman and 
Clark, M. E. 
—. See Gilbert and Clark, M. E. 
—. See Harris and Clark, M. E. 
Clark, Rose F. See Griffin and 
Clark, R. F. 
—. See Kirkbrtde, Berthelsen, and 
Clark, R. F. 
Coffey, Julia M, Antigenic activity 
of staphylococcus toxins (Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.25) 4 
AUTHORS 
Coffey, Julia M.—Continued 
—. Studies of hemolytic streptococci 
from animals: serologic group C 
(Ann. Rep., 1942, p.23) 
—. Study of strains of B. welchii 
(Ann. Rep., 1934, p.26; 1935, p.25) 
—. Tentative methods for the isola- 
tion and identification of hemolytic 
streptococci; referee reports for 
1935 and 1936 (Amer. J. Pub. 
Health (supp. Year Book), 1936, 
26, 159, 521; Ibid., (supp. Year 
Book), 1937, 27, 135) VIII, IX 
—. Vaccine prepared from chicken 
embryo cultures for immunization 
against smallpox (Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1934, 24, 473) VII 
—. Vaccine virus cultivated in vitro 
(Ann. Rep., 1934, p.25) 
— and Foley, George E. An im- 
proved medium for the demonstra- 
tion of hydrolysis of sodium hip- 
purate by streptococci (Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1937, 27, 972; J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 643) IX 
—. See Mack and Coffey 
—. See Sickles, G. M., and Coffey 
—. See Sickles, G. M„ Coffey, and 
Rice 
—. See Wadsworth and Coffey 
Cohan, Israel. Comparative study of 
blood agar media in the isolation 
and identification of hemolytic 
streptococci (Ann. Rep., 1931, 
52, 61) 
—. Lesions resembling tubercles 
noted in guinea-pigs in which no 
acid-fast bacilli were found (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1921, p.10) 
Cohen, Sophia M. Antigenic capaci- 
ties of Rawlings and Army Medical 
School strains of B. typhosus used 
in the preparation of vaccines 
(Ann. Rep., 1941. p.46) 
—. Comparative tests of State and 
National Institute of Health anti- 
meningococcus rabbit agglutinating 
sera (Ann. Rep., 1941, p.45) 
—. Comparative tests of- State and 
other therapeutic antimeningococ- 
cus horse sera (Ann. Rep., 1941 
p. 14) 
—. Effect of preservatives on stabil- 
ity of stored dried antimeningoeoc- 
cus serum {Ann. Rep., 1941, p.44) 
—. Encapsulated group-II strains of 
meningococci designated as group 
Ila (Ann. Rep., 1943, p.33) 
—. A note on the biological proper- 
ties of strains isolated from cases 
and carriers in an outbreak of 
meningococcus meningitis (J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 338) 
—. An outbreak of meningococcal 
meningitis in a rural community. 
2. Bacteriologic studies (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1942, no. 1, 6) For Part 
3, see Miller 
—. Precipitation reactions of men- 
ingococcus strains with immune 
serum in agar plates in relation to 
antigenic activitv (J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1934, 27,' 85) 
—, Production and standardization 
of antimeningococcus serum (Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p 28 ; 1941, p.39) 
—. Production and standardization 
of antipertussis rabbit serum (Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.34) 
—. Recent developments in the 
study of the meningococcus (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1936, no. 2, 30) 
—. Serologic and immunologic 
studies of group II meningococcus 
strains (J. Infect. Bis., 1940, 67, 74 : 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1940. 39, 80) 
X 
—. Serologic classification of men- 
ingococcus strains: annual sum- 
mary (Ann. Rep., 1928-1944) 
—. A study of meningococcal cul- 
tures from horses immunized 
against meningococci (J. Immunol.. 
1939, 36, 129; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.). 
1938, 36, 220) IX 
—. A study of the virulence of men- 
ingococcus strains and of the pro- 
tective activity of antimeningococ- 
cus sera (J. Immunol., 1926, 30. 
203; Ibid., (Soc. Proc.), 1935, 29. 
61) VIII 
—. See Kirkbride and Cohen 
—. See Miller, Cohen, and Griffin 
—. See Murdtck and Cohen AUTHORS 
5 
Coleman, Marion B. A culture of 
B. morganii No. 1 isolated from a 
parrot {J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1931, 16, 396; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1930, 
no. 1, 4) VI 
.—. The ditferentiation and identi- 
fication of bacillary incitants of 
dysentery {Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1940, 30,' 39) X 
—, Discussion of “A hotel outbreak 
of gastroenteritis due to Salmonella 
derby,” by Frank E. Coughlin {N. 
Y. State J. Med., 1944, 44, 723) 
—, Eberthella typhosa and other 
bacillary incitants of enteric disease 
(In Diagnostic procedures and 
reagents: technics for the labora- 
tory diagnosis and control of the 
communicable diseases. N. Y., 
Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 1941, p. 
228; Ibid., 2d ed., 1945, p.247) 
—. Experience with the test for Vi 
agglutinative properties for Eber- 
thella typhosa {Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1942, 32, 843). X 
—. The identification of Salmonella 
(paratyphoid-enteritidis group) 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1940, no. 2, 26) 
—. Media for the isolation of 
typhoid and dysentery bacilli (N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1937, no. 2, 19) 
—. The nomenclature of species 
closely allied to B. paratyphosus B 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1937, no, 2, 30) 
—. Review of cultures studied by 
participants in Conference on 
Enteric Diseases (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1943, no. 2, 53) 
—. Serological and bacteriological 
procedures in the diagnosis of 
enteric fevers; referee reports for 
1934 and 1937 {Amer. J. Pub. 
Health {supp. Year Book), 1935, 
25, 147; Ibid., {supp. Year Book). 
1938, 28, 111) VIII, IX 
—. A strain of Bacterium typhosum 
inhibited on bismuth sulfite agar 
{J. Lab. and Clin. Med.. 1943, 28, 
1490) XI 
—. Tentative methods for the sero- 
logical and bacteriological pro- 
cedures in the diagnosis of enteric 
fevers; referee report for 1935 
{Amer. J. Pub. Health (supp. Year 
Booh). 1936, 26, 144) VIII 
—. Typing of B. typhosus by bac- 
teriophage {Ann. Rep., 1941, p. 58) ; 
1942. p. 52) 
—. Vi agglutinative properties for 
Bacterium typhosum demonstrated 
following infection with malaria 
parasites {J. Lab. and Clin. Med.. 
1944, 29, 916; J. Boat. {Soc. Froc.), 
1944, 47, 582) XI 
— and Clark, Mary E. Culture 
media for mailing specimens to be 
examined for gonococci. Pre- 
liminary report (N. Y. State As- 
soc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1944, 
no. 1, 2; Ann. Rep., 1943, p.54) 
—, Owen, Helen H., and Dacey, 
H. Gladys. Fermentation of mono- 
saccharids by organisms of the 
abortus-melitensis group (J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1930, 15, 641; J. 
Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1930. 19, 34) 
VI 
— and Wheeler, Mary W. A labora- 
tory study of an extensive epidemic 
of septic sore throat (J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1926, 11, 1180) IV 
—. Set' Gilbert and Coleman 
—. See Gilbert, Coleman, and 
Groesbeck 
—. See Gilbert, Coleman, and 
Laviano 
—. See Gilbert, Coleman, and 
Zimmer 
—. See Gilcreas and Coleman 
—. See Harris and Coleman 
—. See Hazen and Coleman 
—. See Schleifstein and Coleman 
—. See Wadsworth, Langworthy, 
Stewart, P. C., Moore, and Cole- 
man 
—. See Wheeler and Coleman 
Cooper, Georgia M. Studies of the 
methods of producing a pure small- 
pox vaccine (Health News, 1916, 6 
AUTHORS 
Cooper, Georgia M.—Continued 
p.158; Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 
274) 
Crowe, Marguerite O’L. Electrical 
conductivity measurements of phos- 
phate buffers and sodium citrate 
buffers {Ann. Rep., 1940, p.17) 
—. Experiments with diphtheria 
toxin in the Theorell cataphoresis 
cell {Ann. Rep., 1940, p.17) 
—. Fluorescence and absorption 
spectra of flavin isolated from a 
toxic culture filtrate of C. diph- 
theriae {Proc. 8oc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1939, 42, 212) . X 
—. The fluorescence spectrum of a 
pigment elaborated by the diph- 
theria bacillus {Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1937, 37, 215) IX 
—. Fluorescence study of the ether 
extracts from two culture filtrates 
of Corynebacterium ovis {Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.16) 
—. Micromethod of chromatographic 
analysis {Ind. and Eng. Chem. 
Analyt. ed., 1941, 13, 845) X 
—. Outline of the applications of 
spectroscopy and of the character 
and scope of the spectroscopic 
equipment {Ann. Rep., 1932, 53, 
76; 1941, p.28) 
—. Summary of spectroscopic in- 
vestigations, 1931-1941 {Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.28) 
—. The ultraviolet absorption spec- 
trum curve of phthiocol, a pigment 
of the human tubercle bacillus {J. 
Biol. Chem., 1936, 115, 479) VIII 
— and Walker, Amy. Fluorescence 
and absorption spectral data for 
pterin-like pigments synthesized by 
the diphtheria bacillus and isolated 
by chromatographic analysis {J. 
Opt. Soc. Amer., 1944, 34, 135) XI 
— and —. The ultraviolet absorp- 
tion spectra and other physical data 
for cardiolipin, a new phospholipid, 
and lecithin isolated from beef 
heart {J. Opt. Soc. Amer. {Soc. 
Proc.) In press) 
—. See Wadsworth and Crowe 
—. See Wadsworth, Crowe, and 
Smith 
—. See Wheeler and Crowe 
D 
Dacey, H. Gladys, and Korovin, 
Nathan. Intracutaneous reactions 
induced in guinea pigs inoculated 
with B. abortus: a preliminary 
report (J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1934, 19, 589) VII 
—. See Coleman, Owen, and Dacey 
—. See Gilbert and Dacey 
Davenport, Charles K. See Gilbert 
and Davenport 
Davis, Walter S. A comparative 
study of the growth of Bacillus 
typhosus and B. coli communis 
under different conditions {Ann. 
Rep., 1915, 30, v.3, 295) 
—. The use of sodium hypochlorites 
to preserve milk (Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1930, 20, 308) 
— and Kelly, Cornelius B. The 
determination of ammonia in the 
field (J. Amer. Water Works Assoc., 
1934, 26, 1196; Health News, 1934, 
p.180) VIII 
— and —. Photodiscoloration of 
orthotolidine and artificial stand- 
ards for free chlorine test in water 
(J. Amer. Water Works Assoc., 
1934, 26, 757; Health News, 1934, 
p.128) VII 
— and Vose, Blanche C. A compara- 
tive study of lactose bile media and 
lactose broth used as preliminary 
culture media in the isolation of 
bacteria of the colon group from 
water {Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 
304) 
—. See Gilcreas and Davis 
—. See Kober and Davis 
Dean, Donald J. See Griffin and 
Dean 
DeWeerdt, Jacob B. See Torrance 
and DeWeerdt 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Annual reports, 1914- 
1944. Albany, N. Y. State Depart- 
ment of Health, 1915-1945. Begin- 
ning 1934 published separately as a 
Division report, and in abstract only 
in the Department report. 
—. Approval of laboratories: agree- 
ments and methods serving as a 
basis for approval in bacteriology; 
in pathology; in the examination of 
water and milk; in bio-assavs of 7 
AUTHORS 
vitamin D in milk; and in the 
examination of eating, drinking, 
and cooking utensils. Albany, Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Research, 
1944. Revised approximately 
annually. First issue, 1915. 
—. Approval of laboratories: method 
of enumerating results of labora- 
tory examinations. Albany, Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Research, 
1944. 8p. mim. First issue, 1927. 
—. Conference on Surgical Patho- 
logy held under the auspices of the 
New York State Association of 
Public Health Laboratories: sum- 
mary of discussion; F. W. Stewart, 
leader, 1940-1944. Albany, Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Research, 
1941-1945. 5v. mimeographed. 
Published annually. 
—. Course in baeteriologic technic 
{N. Y. State J. Med., 1934, 34, 
531) 
—. Current literature index, dis- 
tributed monthly by the library to 
laboratories approved for bacterio- 
logic and pathologic examinations; 
ed. by A. M. Sexton, librarian, 
1943-1945. Albany, Division of 
Laboratories and Research, 1943- 
1945. 2v. mimeographed. 
—. Distribution of laboratory sup- 
plies. District supply stations. 
Albany, Division of Laboratories 
and Research, 1944. 12p. Published 
periodically beginning 1936. 
—. The Division of Laboratories and 
Research of the New York State 
Department of Health: a short 
account of its history and present 
status. Albany, Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. 1930. 89p. 
Photographs, plans. 
—. Handbook of general information 
prepared for the staff of the Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Research. 
Albany, Division of Laboratories 
and Research, 1940. 22p. mimeo- 
graphed. 
—. Handling of pathogenic cultures 
and experimental use of animals 
restricted (/. Denial Soc. State of 
New York, 1943, 9, 32; N. Y. State 
J. Med., 1943, 43, 2338; Health 
News, 1943. p.187) 
—. Information for physicians 
regarding public health laboratory 
service. Albany, Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research, 1936. lap. 
Published periodically beginning 
1915. Discontinued with issue of 
1936. 
—. Laboratory manual for physi- 
cians: aids in diagnosis and treat- 
ment; 8th ed. Albany, Division of 
Laboratories and Research, 1944. 
103p. First edition, 1918. 
—. Local laboratory service. Ap- 
proved laboratories. Albany, Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Research, 
1944. 42p. Published annually 
beginning 1923. 
—. Monthly reports (Health News, 
1914-1921. Last page of each issue) 
—. Opportunities for training and 
advancement offered by the Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Research. 
Albany, Division of Laboratories 
and Research, 1943. 7p. 
—. Opportunities for training offered 
by the Division of Laboratories and 
■Research. Albany. Division of 
Laboratories and Research, 1944. 
lOp. First issue. 1929. 
—. Regulation concerning the exami- 
nation of samples of water. Albany, 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search, 1942. Ip. (Form no. 61-A) 
—. Studies from the Division of 
Laboratories and Research, New 
York State Department of Health. 
Collected reprints, 1914-1944, v. 
I-XI. Albany, Division of Labora- 
tories and Research, 1914-1945. 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Selected Notes from 
Health News: 
Arthritis as a complication of undu- 
lant fever (1939, p.171) 
Bacillary dysentery in New York 
State' (1932, pi76) 
Canine rabies with an unusual his- 
tory (1944, p.89) 
Case of typhus fever in Albany 
(1939, p.87) 
Colored address labels on outfits 
discontinued (1943, p.216) 
Concentrated antipneumococcus 
serum, type I, distributed by the 
central laboratory (1936, p.13) 8 
AUTHORS 
Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Selected Notes from 
Health News—Continued 
Concentrated autipneumocoecus 
serum, type II, distributed by the 
central laboratory (1937, p.13, 
17) 
Diphtheria toxoid and the private 
physician (1932, p.81) 
Diphtheria toxoid distributed by 
state laboratory (1931, p.186) 
Diphtheria toxoid only to be dis- 
tributed | toxin-antitoxin discon- 
tinued] (1934, p.101) 
Doctor Kirkbride honored by State 
Association of Public Health 
Laboratories (1935, p.185) 
Doctor Wadsworth retires as direc- 
tor of the Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Photograph 
(1945, p.21) XI 
Doctor Wadsworth’s twentieth 
anniversary as director cele- 
brated (1936, p.94) 
Examinations for evidence of 
gonorrhea (1939, p.102) 
Fly larvae as human parasites 
(1924, p.156) 
In-service training at the Division 
of Laboratories and Research 
(1944, p.75) 
Laboratory examinations concerned 
with restaurant sanitation (1939, 
p.160) 
Laboratory examinations for evi- 
dence of rabies (1938, p.184) 
Laboratory findings in four cases 
of Rocky Mountain spotted fever 
(1935, p.35) 
The laboratory library (1917, p. 
247) 
More tularemia reported (1940, 
P-9) 
The occurrence of two probable 
cases of typhus or Rocky Moun- 
tain spotted fever (1933, p.53) 
Outfit for submission of cerebro- 
spinal fluid and blood specimens 
(1940, p.195) 
An outfit for submitting fluid from 
chancres to a laboratory (1931, 
p.134) 
Parental blood for modification or 
prevention of measles (1931, 
p.511 
Precautions against serum reactions 
(1942, p.47) 
Reports on specimens for pneumo- 
coccus typing (1943, p.76) 
Rocky Mountain spotted fever on 
Long Island (1939, p.213) 
Rumors of food poisoning; “war 
plot” dispelled (1942, p;36) 
Serum diagnosis of venereal dis- 
eases (1915, p.179) 
Serum globulin for measles modi- 
fication or prevention (1944, 
p.221) 
Tbe specific serum treatment of 
meningococcus meningitis (1931, 
P-61) 
Specimens from food handlers 
(1935, p.51) 
Specimens of cerebrospinal fiuid 
received for serologic tests for 
syphilis (1939, p.154) 
State laboratory has anti-snake-bite 
serum (1928, p.126) 
Tetanus toxoid (1944, p.8) 
Tularemia contracted by hunter 
[from deer] in New York State 
(1931, p.2) 
Tularemia contracted from New 
York State rabbit (1939, p.196) 
Tularemia due to muskrat bite 
(1939, p.97) 
Tularemia in Newr York State 
(1924, p.28; 1939, p.17; 1942. 
p.109) 
Two unusual laboratory speci- 
mens : gonococcus; meningococcus 
(1933, p.66) 
See also Names of authors for 
signed articles in Health News 
Dorgeloh, Justin R. Application of a 
quantitative complement-fixation 
technic in the study of titer curves 
in treated cases of early syphilis 
(Ann. Rep., 1942, p.50) 
—. The quantitative complement- 
fixation test for syphilis in malaria- 
treated syphilis: effect of the dilu 
ent {Amer. J. Syph., 1943, 27, 623; 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.51) XI 
Dow, Jessie E. The deterioration of 
diphtheria toxin in dilution (J. 
Immunol., 1929, 17, 287) V 
— and Lyall, Harold W. The anti- 
genicity of diphtheria toxoids 
(Awn. Rep.. 1935. p.31) AUTHORS 
9 
— and —. Studies of alum-precipi- 
tated diphtheria toxoid {Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.29; 1936, p.24) 
— and —. Studies of diphtheria 
toxoid {Ann. Rep., 1930. 51, 81; 
1931. 52, 80; 1932, 53, 81; 1933, 54, 
61) 
—. See Ktrkbride and Dow 
Foley, George E. See Coffey and 
Foley 
Foote, Frank W., Jr. The frequency 
of so-called chronic cystic mastitis 
in cancerous and non-cancerous 
breasts (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1943, no. 2, 35) 
—. Muco-epidermoid tumors of sali- 
vary glands (N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1944, no. 
2, 55) XI 
— and Stewart, Fred W. Compara- 
tive studies of cancerous versus non- 
cancerous breasts. Part 1. Basic 
morphologic characteristics. Part 2. 
Role of so-called chronic cystic mas- 
titis in mammary carcinogenesis; 
influence of certain hormones on 
human breast structure {Ann. 
Surg., 1945, 121, 6; Ibid., 1945, 
121, 197) XI 
—. See Stewart, F. W., and Foote 
E 
Early, Lawrence J. A fatal case of 
spirochetal jaundice in New York 
State (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 2, 6) 
— and Groesbeck, William M. A 
study of a fatal case of meningitis 
from which an unidentified organ- 
ism was isolated (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1927, no. 1, 3) 
— and McKinnon, James D. Dysen- 
tery among inmates of state institu- 
tions (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1925, no. 2, 5) 
Eckert, H. William. Determination 
of p-aminobenzoic acid, conjugated 
p-aminobenzoie acid, and p-nitro- 
benzoic acid in blood {J. Biol. 
Chem., 1943, 148, 197) XI 
—. Microdetermination of mercury 
in organic compounds {Ind. and 
Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 1943, 15, 
406) XI 
—. A new micro colorimetric method 
for the determination of trypto- 
phane {J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 148, 
205) XI 
G 
Gilbert, Ruth. Amebiasis, examina- 
tion of specimens {Ann. Rep.. 
1933, 54, 84) 
—. Approval for pathologic exami- 
nations, first issued 1933 {Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 77) 
—. An attempt to isolate B. typhosus 
or B. paratyphosus from clotted 
blood {Amer. J. Pub. Health. 1923. 
13, 201) H, 1920-1923 
—. The broader aspects of routine 
cultural examinations {J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1932, 17, 507) VI 
—. The complement fixation test for 
syphilis (In Jordan, E. O., and 
Falk, I. S. The newer knowledge 
of bacteriology and immunology. 
Chicago, University of Chicago 
Press, 1928, p.838) V 
—. Diagnostic and prognostic signi- 
ficance of granular and of floccular 
agglutination of B. typhosus (N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1932, no. 2, 6) 
—. Examination of cerebrospinal 
fluid for evidence of syphilis of the 
central nervous system (In Diag- 
P 
Finley, Ellen, and Lawrence, Joseph 
S. Comparative study of the diag- 
nosis of specimens from cases of 
typhoid fever, tuberculosis, and 
diphtheria, in different laboratories 
of New York State {N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1920, 20, 226; Albany Med. 
Ann., 1920. 41, 209: Health News, 
1920. p.153) 10 
AUTHORS 
Gilbert, Ruth—Continued 
nostic procedures and reagents; 
technics for the laboratory diag- 
nosis and control of the communi- 
cable diseases. N. V., Amer. Pub. 
Health Assoc., 1941, p.317; Ibid., 
2d ed., 1945, p.348) 
—. Examination of specimens of 
Treponema pallidum (In Diagnos- 
tic procedures and reagents: tech- 
nics for the laboratory diagnosis 
and control of the communicable 
diseases. N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health 
Assoc., 1941, p.293; Ibid., 2d ed.. 
1945, p.318) 
—. Histological study of parrot sus- 
pected of having psittacosis {Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.57) 
—. Isolation of B. typhosus from 
blood cultures (N. Y, State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1922, no. 
2, 6) 
—. Laboratory service for pneumo- 
coccus type differentiation {N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1936, 36, 455) 
—. A method for rapid identification 
of diphtheria bacilli (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1935, no. 2, 33) 
—. Micro methods for pneumococcus 
type differentiation (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1933, no. 2, 10) 
—. Preliminary procedures for the 
selection of specimens for complete 
serological tests for syphilis (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1936, no. 2, 24) 
—. A preliminary study of psitta- 
cosis {Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 69; 
1935, p.57) 
—. Problems concerned with diagnos- 
tic service: undulant fever (pre- 
sumptive test), examination of bile, 
Trichomonas vaginalis (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1933, no. 1, 8) 
—. Production of anti-sheep ambo- 
ceptor in a mule (A. Y. State J. 
Med., 1922, 22, 286; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1922, no. 1, 1) II, 1920-1923 
—. Psittacosis in birds in New York 
State {Ann. Rep., 1937. p.49) 
—. Quantitative technic for testing 
trial bleedings from rabbits used in 
the production of antisheep hemo- 
lysin {Ann. Rep., 1941, p.55) 
—. Report of a case of meningococcus 
meningitis (N. Y.. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1922, no. 
2, 9) 
—. Report to the Committee on 
Standard Methods; recommenda- 
tions concerning the essential fea- 
tures of a technic for the comple- 
ment-fixation test for syphilis 
{Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 61) 
—. Sera from various animals tested 
for complementary power in com- 
parison with sera from guinea pigs 
{Ann. Rep., 1923, 44, 196) 
—. Serological tests for the diagno- 
sis of syphilis; referee reports for 
1934-1937 {Amer. J. Pub. Health 
{supp. Year Book), 1935, 25, 152; 
Ibid., {supp. Year Book), 1936, 26, 
185; Ibid., {supp. Year Book), 1937, 
27, 139; Ibid., {supp. Year Book), 
1938, 28, 112) VIII, IX 
—. Standardization of the comple- 
ment fixation test for syphilis, with 
digest of 26 commentaries; referee 
reports for 1930-1932 {Amer. J. 
Syph., 1933, 17, 238; Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1933, 23, 499 (abs.)) VII 
—. Standardization of the Wasser- 
mann test: a comparison of the 
Kahn, Muller, and other precipita- 
tion tests with the complement-fixa- 
tion test; referee report for 1928 
and 1929 {Amer. J. Syph., 1930. 
14,. 506; Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1930, 20, 47 (abs.) ; with Schaible. 
Ibid., 1929, 19, 210 (abs.) ; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1928, no. 2, 10) VI 
—. State aid for laboratories (N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1923, no. 2, 9) 
—. Transmission of incitants of 
enteric disease by unsterile equip- 
ment used for administering fluid 
by rectum {J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1938, 110, 1664) IX 
—. Typhoid fever: final report on 
joint investigation by members of 
the association (N. Y. State Assoc. AUTHORS 
11 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 
1, 5) 
— and Bartels, Henry A. The stain- 
ing of Treponema pallidum in dry 
smears {J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1924, 9, 273; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1923, no. 
2, 4) IH, 1923-1925 
— and Clark, Mary E. The use of 
glycerol as a preservative for milk 
specimens to be examined for hemo- 
lytic streptococci {Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1933, 23, 720) VII 
— and Coleman, Marion B. Agglu- 
tination in the diagnosis of enteric 
disease {Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1933, 23, 693) VII 
— and —. Agglutination of typhoid 
bacilli in serums of patients having 
unrelated infections {J. Infect. 
Dis., 1930, 46, 311; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1929, no. 1, 6) VI 
— and —, Agglutination with B. 
proteus X 19 in specimens submit- 
ted for other serological tests {J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.). 1935, 29, 46; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1934, no. 2, 24) 
— and —. An atypical Weil-Felix 
reaction {J. Infect. Dis., 1925, 37, 
559; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1925, no. 1, 4) IV 
— and —. Brilliant-green enrich- 
ment methods in the examination of 
feces for organisms of the enteric 
group {J. Infect. Dis., 1929, 44, 21; 
Amer. Med. Assoc., Sec. Prev. and 
Ind, Med. and Pub. Health, Trans., 
1928, p. 195; in Diagnostic pro- 
cedures and reagents; technics for 
the laboratory diagnosis and con- 
trol of the communicable diseases. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1941, p.228; Ibid., 2d ed., 1945, 
p.247) V 
— and —. Cases of dysentery in 
New York State attributed to B. 
dysenteriae Sonne (Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1929. 19, 312; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1928, no. 2, 7) V 
— and —. Certain of the problems 
concerned with the discovery of 
carriers of pathogenic microorgan- 
isms among food handlers (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1933, no. 2, 2) 
— and —. Comparison of the inci- 
tants of undulant fever in man and 
contagious abortion in cattle in New 
York State {Amer. J. Path. (Sci. 
Proc.), 1932, 8, 609; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1932, no. 2, 3) 
— and —. The death of animals fol- 
lowing inoculation with B. suhtilis 
or similar bacilli {Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1929, 19, 1147) V 
— and —. The dilution of dried 
blood and serum in the agglutina- 
tion test for typhoid fever (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1927, no. 1, 1) 
— and —. The effect of bile on the 
agglutination reaction {J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1930, 15, 493; in Diag- 
notic procedures and reagents: 
technics for the laboratory diagno- 
sis and control of the communicable 
diseases. N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health 
Assoc., 1941, p.228; Ibid., 2d ed.. 
1945, p.247) V 
— and —. Evidence that B. alkales- 
cent (Andrewes) may be a variant 
of B. typhosus: preliminary report 
{Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1934, 24, 
449; Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 
1933, 9, 940; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 2, 2) 
VII 
— and —. Incidence of tularemia in 
New York State {Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1932, 22, 1249) VII 
— and —. Incidence of various 
species of bacteria in spinal fluids 
from eases of meningitis {J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1928,13, 547; Arch. 
Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1927, 4, 489; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1927, 
3, 542) V 
— and —. Laboratory aids in the 
diagnosis of undulant fever (N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1931, 31, 1087; 
Health News, 1931, p.189) VI 
— and —. Laboratory findings in an 
epidemic of glandular fever {Amer. 
J. Hyg., 1925, 5, 35; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1924, no. 2, 3) III, 1923-1925 12 
AUTHORS 
Gilbert, Ruth—Continued 
— and Coleman, Marion B. Prac- 
tical limitations in the attempt to 
control enteric disease by the 
examination of specimens collected 
without regard to clinical history 
or epidemiological evidence {Amer. 
J. Pub. Health, 1934, 24, 192; 
Health News, 1934, p.lll) VII 
— and —. Procedure followed in 
laboratory examinations for evi- 
dence of undulant fever (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1926, no. 2, 13) 
— and —. Recent cases of undulant 
fever in New York State {J. Infect. 
Dis., 1928, 43, 273; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1928, 15, 40; Arch. Path. 
{Soc. Trans.), 1929, 7, 543) V 
— and —. A simple presumptive test 
for agglutination with organisms of 
the abortus-melitensis group (J. 
Lab. and Clin. Med., 1931, 17, 88) 
VI 
— and —. Undulant fever in New 
York State {J. Infect. Dis., 1934, 
54, 305; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1933, 
25, 87; Health News, 1934, p.126) 
vn 
— and —. The viability of organisms 
of the enteric disease group in speci- 
mens of feces emulsified in 30 per 
cent glycerine (N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1926, no. 
1, 1) 
—, —, and Groesbeck, William M. A 
study of methods for the isolation 
of Bacterium abortus (In Undulant 
fever: a symposium. N. Y,, Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc,, 1929, p.25) V 
—, —, and Laviano, Alice B. Food 
poisoning due to toxic substances 
formed by strains of the cloaeae- 
aerogenes group {Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1932, 22, 721) VII 
—, —, and —. Results obtained in 
the agglutination test with suspen- 
sions of B. typhosus treated with 
alcohol and with formalin (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1931, no. 1, 5) 
—, —, and —. A study of the granu- 
lar and floccular types of agglutina- 
tion with B. typhosus {J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1933, 19, 225; J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1932, 23, 110; Health 
News, 1934, p.22) VII 
—, —, and Zimmer, Margaret J. Gly- 
cerin solution as a preservative for 
specimens of feces for bacteriologi- 
cal examination {Amer. J. Pul). 
Health, 1926, 16, 743) IV 
— and Dacey, H. Gladys. The isola- 
tion of an organism of the abortus- 
melitensis group from a blood clot, 
the serum of which failed to give 
agglutination with B. abortus {J. 
Lab. and Clin. Med., 1932, 17, 345; 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1932, 22, 
410; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1930, no. 2, 3) VI 
— and Davenport, Charles K. Fail- 
ure of the mouse test to demonstrate 
the presence of type I pneumococ- 
cus in sputum: an unusual instance 
(J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1927, 12, 
944; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1927, 13, 
35; Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1927, 
3, 539) IV 
— and Groesbeck, William M. The 
importance of considering lysis 
when reading agglutination tests: 
note {Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1925, 
15, 359; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 2, 11) 
— and —. The occurrence of para- 
typhoid agglutinins in specimens 
submitted for the typhoid agglu- 
tination test {J. Lah. and Clin. 
Med., 1925,10, 282) III, 1923-1925 
— and —. Pathogenic yeast-like 
organisms isolated from sputum (N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labsr 
Proc., 1927, no. 2, 4) 
— and —. Results of routine exami- 
nations for paratyphoid agglutinins 
upon specimens submitted for the 
typhoid test (N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 
1, 5) 
— and —. A study of cultures of 
monilia isolated from sputum 
{Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1930, 20, 
1) V 
— and Humphreys, Eleanor M. The 
use of potassium tellurite in differ- 
ential media {J. Bact., 1926, 11, 
141) IV 
—, Kelley, Margaret F., and Moore, 
Anna C. The reading of eomple- AUTHORS 
13 
ment-fixation tests by the Citron 
scale as compared with a method 
using a color scale (J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1925, 10, 552) 
III, 1923-1925 
— and Langworthy, H. Virginia. 
Further progress in the standard- 
ization of the complement fixation 
test (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1925, no. 2, 6) 
— and —. Standardization of the 
Wassermann test. Part 1. Outline 
of the plan. Part 2. Comments on 
the proposed plan; referee report 
for 1924 (Amer. J. Ptib. Health, 
1925, 15, 210, 323) III, 1923-1925 
— and —. Standardization of the 
Wassermann test; referee reports 
for 1925-1927 (Amer. J. Syph., 
1926,10,101; Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1926, 16, 388 (abs.); Amer. J. 
Syph., 1927, 11, 475; Ibid., 1929, 
13, 127; with Schaible, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1927, no. 2, 7) IV, V 
— and —. Unusual divergence in the 
results obtained with plain and 
cholesterinized antigens in the com- 
plement-fixation test for syphilis 
(Amer. J. Syph., 1925, 9, 310) IV 
—, —, and Moore, Anna C, A com- 
parison of fixation at 37°C. and at 
3-6°C. with cholesterinized antigen 
(Amer. J. Syph., 1926,10, 162, 506) 
IV 
—, —, and —. Complement fixation 
and precipitation tests for syphilis 
made in several large laboratories 
on a series of 252 serums (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1926, no. 2, 6) 
— and Maltaner, Elizabeth J. Sero- 
diagnosis of syphilis (In Diagnos- 
tic procedures and reagents: tech- 
nics for the laboratory diagnosis 
and control of the communicable 
diseases. N. Y,, Amer. Pub, Health 
Assoc., 1941, p.296; Ibid., 2d ed. 
1945, p.321) XI 
— and Moore, Anna C. The results 
of complement-fixation tests for 
syphilis made on 1,638 cerebrospinal 
fluids (Amer. J. Syph., 1925, 9, 
160) III, 1923-1925 
— and —. Widal technic using steri- 
lized cultures (J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1922, 7, 547) II, 1920-1923 
— and Owen, Helen H. The relation 
which variation in susceptibility 
among guinea pigs bears to the 
accuracy of virulence tests {J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1925, 11, 35; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1924, no. 2, 3) IV 
— and Parsons, Ellsworth A. The 
use of defibrinated blood preserved 
with formaldehyde for the purpose 
of controlling dilutions of dried 
blood (J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1924, 
10, 206; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 1, 1) 
III, 1923-1925 
— and Saylor, Edward L. An outfit 
for the submission of specimens to 
be examined for Treponema palli- 
dum (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1931, no. 1, 5) 
— and Schaible, Anna M. Standard- 
ization of the complement-fixation 
test for syphilis: report of progress 
during 1928 (N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1928, no. 
2, 10) 
— and —. Standardization of the 
Wassermann test (Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1929, 19, 210 (abs.)) 
— and Sherwood, Marion B. Rapid 
agglutination of sheep erythrocytes 
in certain human sera (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1935, no. 1, 4) 
— and Stewart, F. Constance. Cory- 
ncbacterium ulcerans: a pathogenic 
microorganism resembling C. diph- 
theriae (J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1927, 12, 756; Amer. J. Path. (Sci. 
Proc.), 1926, 2, 453) IV 
— and —. Corynebacterium ulcer- 
ans: its epidemiologic importance 
(J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1929, 14, 
1032; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1929, 
17, 52) V 
—, —, and Owen, Helen H. Detec- 
tion of carriers of B. typhosus and 
B. paratyphosus (Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1925, 15, 883) IV 
— and Van Satin, Anna I.’ An 
endeavor to increase the potency of 
low titre antisheep amboceptor by 14 
AUTHORS 
Gilbert, Ruth, and Van Saun, Anna 
I.—Continued 
means of chemical fractionation 
(Amer. J. Syph., 1918, 2, 755) 
I, 1914-1919 
— and Wemple, Margaret J. The 
importance of absorbing natural 
antisheep amboceptor from serums 
to be used in the complement-fixa- 
tion test for syphilis (J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1924,10, 31; N. Y. State 
Assoc, Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1923, no. 2, 2) III, 1923-1925 
—. See Wadsworth and Gilbert 
—. See Wadsworth, Gilbert, and 
Hutton 
—. See Wadsworth, Harris, and 
Gilbert 
—. See Wadsworth, Kirkbride, and 
Gilbert 
Gilcreas, F. Wellington. The action 
of water on materials for service 
pipes (J. New England Water 
Works Assoc., 1935, 49, 170) VIII 
—. A colorimetric method for the 
determination of dissolved oxygen 
(J. Amer. Water Works Assoc., 
1935, 27, 1166) VIII 
—. Comparative studies of the phos- 
phatase test and its application to 
the control of pasteurization (N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1939, no. 1, 2) 
—. Comparative study of 100-ml. 
and 10-ml. volumes of water in test 
for coli-aerogenes group (Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.58; 1938, p.44; 1939, 
p.58) 
—. Growth of snails in sewage filters 
(Ann. Rep., 1937, p.59) 
—. The influence of dissolved oxygen 
in accelerating the corrosive action 
of water (J. New England Water 
Works Assoc., 1937, 51, 380) IX 
—. Insufficiency of treatment by 
chlorination alone in six public 
water supplies (Ann. Rep., 1941. 
P-72) 
—. Laboratory control of sewage 
treatment. 1. Principles and sam- 
pling. 2. Putrescibility and oxy- 
gen requirements of sewage. 3. 
The biochemical oxygen demand of 
sewage. 4. Sewage solids. 5. Sew- 
age sludge. 6. Hydrogen ion con- 
eentration; residual chlorine; chlor- 
ine demand. 7. The chemical analy- 
sis of sewage. 8. The bacteriology 
of sewage treatment. 9. The 
biology of sewage. 10. The chemi- 
cal treatment of sewage (Munic. 
Sanit., 1936, 7, 235, 278, 314, 353, 
393; Ibid., 1937, 8, 108, 145. 188, 
225, 279) 
—. Laboratory examinations con- 
cerned with the control of restau- 
rant sanitation (N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc.. 1939, no. 
2, 26) 
—. Methods for the determination 
of phenols in water (Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.59) 
—. Phosphatase test for pasteuriza- 
tion : tentative method (J. Assoc. 
Off. Agr. Chem., 1938, 21, 82, 98) 
IX 
—. Phosphatase test in examination 
of cream separated from pasteur- 
ized milk (Ann. Rep., 1938, p.47; 
1939, p.63) 
—. Rapid tests of water quality (J. 
Amer. Water Works Assoc., 1943, 
35, 1201) XI 
—. Report on tests for pasteuriza- 
tion of dairy products. 1. Phospha- 
tase test in examination of milk and 
cream. 2. A technic for use in the 
field. 3. Rapid (laboratory) test. 
4. Further study of tentative 
method. 5. Further study of 
technic for use in the field (J. 
Assoc. Off. Agr. Chem., 1938, 21, 
372; Ibid., 1939, 22, 497; Ibid., 
1941, 24, 76, 559) IX, X 
—. Selective media for the detection 
of the coli-aerogenes group in water 
(Ann. Rep., 1935, p.64; 1936, p.50) 
—. Significance of the recommended 
tests for the examination of milk 
samples (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc.. 1941, no. 2, 32) 
X 
—. Studies in the procedure for 
determining the presence of iron in 
water (Ann. Rep., 1934, p.59) 
—. Value of phosphatase as an indi- 
cator of pasteurization (Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1939, 29, 158) IX 
— and Coleman, Marion B. Studies 
of rehaking cream-filled pastries AUTHORS 
15 
{Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1941, 31, 
956) X 
— and Davis, Walter S. Investiga- 
tion of the amylase and the phos- 
phatase tests as an indication of 
pasteurization (Internat. Assoc. 
Milk Sanit. Ann. Proc., 1936, 25, 
15; N. Y. State Assoc. Dairy and 
Milk Inspectors, Ann. Rep., 1936, 
10, 73; J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1937, 
33, 111; Health News, 1936, p.186) 
IX 
— and —. The practical value of the 
phosphatase test for pasteurization 
(Internat. Assoc. Milk Dealers, 
Ann. Proc., 1937, 30, 34; N, Y. 
State Assoc. Dairy and Milk In- 
spectors, Ann. Rep., 1937, 11, 83; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 1, 10) IX 
— and —. Precision in reading the 
results of the phosphatase test (J. 
Milk Tech., 1940, 3, 14) X 
— and Hallinan, Francis J. Iodide 
technic for colorimetric determina- 
tion of chlorine in water (J. Amer. 
Water Works Assoc., 1939, 31, 
1723) X 
— and —. The practical use of the 
ortho-tolidine-arsenite test for 
residual chlorine (J. Amer. Water 
Works Assoc., 1944, 36, 1343) XI 
— and —. Pyrex glass standards for 
measuring the turbidity of bacterial 
suspensions (N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1941, no. 
2, 25) 
— and O’Brien, James E. Labora- 
tory studies of methods for cleans- 
ing of eating utensils and evaluat- 
ing detergents (Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1941, 31, 143) X 
— and Sanderson, Wallace W. The 
development of sewage oxidation 
by a trickling filter (Sewage Works 
J., 1940, 12, 73) ' X 
Gordon, Irving J. Adsorption of 
vaccinia by chicken erythrocytes 
(Ann. Rep., 1943, p.15) 
—. Effect of sodium para-aminoben- 
zoate on sulfanilamide derivatives 
in cultures of the pneumococcus 
(Ann. Rep., 1940, p.10) 
Greenspan, Arnold. See Hazen and 
Greenspan 
Griffin, Charles A., and Brose, Cyrus 
P. Report of an outbreak of equine 
infectious anemia, with observations 
on blood changes (J. Amer. Vet. 
Med. Assoc., 1936, 89, 664) VIII 
— and Dean, Donald J. Demodectic 
mange in goats (Cornell Vet., 1944, 
34, 308) XI 
— and Schleifstein, Joseph I. Out- 
break in breeding colony of mice 
characterized by necrotic lesions of 
the liver (Ann. Rep., 1941. p.39, 
64) 
—. See Miller, Cohen, and Griffin 
Groesbeck, William M. See Early 
and Groesbeck 
—. See Gilbert, Coleman, and 
Groesbeck 
—. See Gilbert and Groesbeck 
H 
Hallman, Francis J. A brom-thymol 
blue field test for bovine mastistis 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Milk Sanit., 
Ann. Rep., 1943,17,121; Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.80) XI 
—. Determination of iron in water: 
a modified colorimetric procedure 
(Ind. and Eng. Chem. Analyt ed., 
1943, 15, 510) XI 
—. Pyrex suspensions in turbidime- 
tric and colorimetric determina- 
tions. Standards of comparison for 
bacterial suspensions and in the 
resazurin test (Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1943, 33, 137) XI 
—. Test for residual chlorine: use of 
adsorption reaction between iodine 
and alpha-naphthoflavone (Ind. 
and Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 1940. 
12,452) X 
—. Tests for active residual chlorine 
and chloramine in water (J. Amer. 
Water Works Assoc., 1944. 36, 296) 
XI 
— and Thompson, William R. A cri- 
tical study of the thiosulfate titra- 
tion of chlorine (J. Amer. Chem. 
Soc., 1939, 61, 265) IX 
—. See Gilcreas and Hallinan 16 
AUTHORS 
Hamilton, John H. Public health 
courses {Health News, 1917, p. 
248) 
Harkey, Tula L. A simple outfit for 
the administration of the Schick 
test {Health News, 1917, p.102) 
Harris, Albert H. Agglutination and 
hemolysis of red cells of the dif- 
ferent human blood groups by anti- 
pneumococcus rabbit serum {Ann. 
Bep., 1938, p.ll) 
—. A collodion sac for use in animal 
experimentation {J. Bact., 1939, 
38, 321; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1939, 
37, 229) X 
—. Experiments with collodion sacs 
on inhibition of bacterial growth in 
vitro {J. Bact., 1943, 45,147 ; Ibid., 
{Soc. Proc.), 1942, 43, 775) X, XI 
—. Review of protozoa, discussion of 
specimens studied by participants 
in Conference on Enteric Diseases 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1943, no. 2, 58) 
—. Survival of gonococci in collodion 
sacs in rabbits {J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1939, 38, 241) X 
—. Toxicity of pneumococcus fil- 
trates {Ann. Rep., 1937, p.ll) 
—. The virulence for mice of cer- 
tain pneumococcus strains follow- 
ing induced specific type trans- 
formation {J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 218) IX 
— and Clark, Mary E. Fluorescence 
technic in detection of acid-fast 
bacilli {Ann. Rep., 1942, p.54) 
— and Coleman, Marion B. Labora- 
tory aids in the diagnosis and con- 
trol of enteric diseases {N. Y. State 
J. Med., 1941, 41, 1444) X 
— and Ingraham, Hollis S. A study 
of the carrier condition associated 
with type II pneumonia in a camp 
of the Civilian Conservation Corps 
{J. Clin. Invest., 1937,16, 41; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1936, no. 1, 8) IX 
— and McClure, George Y. The use 
of a detergent in solubility tests for 
the identification of pneumococci 
{J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1942, 27, 
1591; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1940, no. 2, 29) 
X 
— and Miller, John K. Effect of sul- 
fanilamide injected subcutaneously 
into rabbits upon hemolytic strep- 
tococci contained in collodion sacs 
implanted intraperitoneally (J. 
Bact., 1941, 41, 495; Ibid., (Soc. 
Proc.), 1940, 39, 48) X 
— and Varley, Florence M. The pre- 
servation of sputum for pneumococ- 
cus-type differentiation (J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1937, 23, 164; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 112) 
IX 
—. See Lange and Harris 
—. See Miller and Harris 
Hazen, Elizabeth L. Differential 
characters of two strains of Clostri- 
dium botulinum, type E: action of 
toxins in chickens {Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1942, 50, 112) X 
—. Effect of temperature of inactiva- 
tion of human, rabbit, and guinea- 
pig serum upon the hemolytic activ- 
ity of complement {J. Immunol., 
1943, 46, 341) XI 
—. Incitants of human botulism: two 
strains of Cl. botulinum type E 
{Science, 1938, 87, 413; Health 
News, 1938, p.162) IX 
—. Isolation of B. dysenteriae 
(Dudgeon-Urquhart) in an out- 
break of diarrhea {J. Infect. Dis., 
1938, 63, 330; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1938, no, 
2, 29; Health News, 1939, p.4) IX 
—. The isolation of two strains of 
Cl. botulinum type E from import- 
ed fish (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1938, no. 1, 
10) 
—. A strain of B. botulinus not clas- 
sified as type A, B, or C (J. Infect. 
Dis., 1937, 60, 260; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1936, no. 1, 8) IX 
—. An unidentified bacillus resemb- 
ling members of the abortus-meli- 
tensis group but serologically dis- 
tinct from them (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1933, no. 1, 4) 
— and Coleman, Marion B. Centri- 
fugation of agglutination tests 
{Ann. Pep., 1942, p.54) AUTHORS 
17 
— and Greenspan, Arnold. A study 
of nonspecific reactions of cerebro- 
spinal fluids with the Bordet and 
Ruelens antigen in the complement 
fixation test for syphilis (J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1936, 21, 1185) 
VIII 
— and Mortillaro, Mary. A hitherto 
undescribed microorganism of the 
alcaligenes group (J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1936, 21, 710) VIII 
—. See Maillard and Hazen 
Health News. See Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research. Selec- 
ted Notes from Health News 
Hemsath, Frederick A. Methods 
found most satisfactory for isolat- 
ing meningococci (N. Y. State 
Assoc, Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1928, no. 2, 13) 
Hendry, Jessie L. The action of 
freezing on serum-carbohydrate 
mixtures of type I antipneumococ- 
cus sera in the precipitation test 
[Ann. Rep., 1934, p.33) 
—. Agglutination and hemolysis of 
human erythrocytes by antipneumo- 
eoceus horse sera (Ann. Rep., 1939. 
P-25) 
—. Effect on the standard streptococ- 
cus strain of maintenance under 
altered conditions (Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.31) 
—. Experimental production of anti- 
pneumococcus serum (Ann. Rep.. 
1933, 54, 64) 
—. Experimental production of anti- 
streptococcus sera in horses (Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.32; 1935, p.34) 
—. The immunizing value of tannic- 
acid precipitated streptococcus tox- 
in (Ann. Rep., 1942, p.43) 
—. Immunization of horses against 
pneumococcus type 2 (Ann. Rep.. 
1942, p. 32) 
—. The mouse protection method in 
the standardization of antipneumo- 
coccus horse sera other than type 
I (Ann. Rep., 1938, p.20) 
—. The production of antipneumo- 
coccus serum, tvpe VIII (Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.33)’ 
—. Serologic tests of protective 
activity in sera of persons associ- 
ated with outbreaks of pneumonia 
(Ill Harris and Ingraham, J. Clin. 
Invest., 1937, 16, 41; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1936, no. 1, 8) IX 
—. Streptococcus toxins for immuni- 
zation (Ann. Rep., 1934, p.31) 
—. Studies of streptococcus toxins 
for immunization (Ann. Rep., 
1932, 53, 83; 1933, 54, 62) 
—. Studies of streptococcus toxins, 
methods of preparation (Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.33) 
—. A study of hemolytic strepto- 
cocci from a horse treated with 
sulfanilamide after streptococcal 
bacteriemia developed during im- 
munization (J. Infect. Bis., 1942, 
70, 112; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1941, no. 1, 8) 
X 
— and Murdick, Philip P. The 
standardization of antipneumococ- 
cus horse sera, analyses for specific 
nitrogen (Ann. Rep., 1941, p.36) 
— and Robinson, Lucena K. Studies 
of pneumococcus broths, factors 
that influence growth activities of 
the pneumococcus (Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.35) 
—. See Kirkbride, Hendry, and 
Murdick 
—. See Kirkbride, Wheeler, and 
Hendry 
—. See Murdick and Hendry 
—. See Wadsworth, Kirkbride, and 
Hendry 
Hoppe, Ella N. Tissue culture of 
guinea-pig cardiac muscle (Arch, 
f. Exp. Zellforsch., 1928, 7, 352) V 
—. See Maltaner, F., and Hoppe 
—. See Wadsworth and Hoppe 
Humphreys, Eleanor M. See Gilbert 
and Humphreys 
—. See Wheeler and Humphreys 
Hutton, Alice I. See Kirkbride and 
Hutton 
—. See Wadsworth, Gilbert, and 
Hutton 
Hyman, Leonard W. Analysis of the 
alcohol-ether extract of horse serum 
(J. Immunol, 1938, 35, 71) IX 
—. Determination of the acetyl group 
—the elimination of formic acid by 
oxidation with potassium perman- 
ganate (Ann. Rep., 1937, p.18) 18 
AUTHORS 
Hyman, Leonard W.—Continued 
—. Effect of ketene on diphtheric 
toxin {J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1939, 
37, 228) 
—. Removal of inorganic iron from 
infusion-free diphtheria broth 
{Ann. Rep., 1937, p.17) 
— and Nichols, Ruhamah R. A com- 
parative study of the alcohol-ether 
and the ether-extraction methods 
for the determination of lipids in 
serum {J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 
33,110) 
—. See Wadsworth and Hyman 
—. See Wadsworth, Hyman, and 
Nichols 
phylaxis in the blocked animal. 4. 
The action of diphtheria toxin in 
splenectomized and blocked mice 
{J. Exp. Med., 1926, 43, 613, 797; 
Ibid., 1926, 44, 129; Ibid., 1927, 46, 
609) IV 
— and Senftner, Herman F. Aktive 
Immunisierung gegen Diphtheric 
mit Toxin Antitoxingemischen im 
Staate New York {Seuchenbe- 
kdmpfung, 1928, 5, 93) 
K 
Kelley, Margaret F. See Gilbert, 
Kelley, and Moore 
Kelly, Cornelius B. See Davis and 
Kelly 
Kent, John F. Determination of the 
optimal ratio of cholesterol to tis- 
sue-extract antigen in the comple- 
ment-fixation test for syphilis 
(J. Immunol., 1940, 39, 307; J. 
Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1939, 38, 240) 
X 
—. The relation of cholesterol to an- 
tigen in tissue-extracts prepared ac- 
cording to a standardized pro- 
cedure {J. Immunol., 1942, 43, 
267; J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1941, 
42, 134) X 
Kerley, E. Jane. See Langworthy 
and Kerley 
Kirkbride, Mary B. Demonstration 
of methods for pneumococcus dif- 
ferentiation {Albany Med. Ann., 
1916, 37, 158) ‘ I, 1914-1919 
—. Diagnosis and serum treatment 
of pneumonia {Health News, 1917, 
p.242) 
—. A study of the effect of sensi- 
tization on the development of the 
lesions of experimental pneumonia 
in the rabbit {J. Exp. Med., 
1915, 21, 605) I, 1914-1919 
— and Berthelsen, Knud C. Diph- 
theria toxin produced with infu- 
sion-free peptone medium: its use 
in the flocculation test and for pur- 
poses of immunization (Internal. 
Congr. Microbiol., 1st, Paris, 1930. 
Proc., 1932. 2, 344) VI 
J 
Johnston, Elizabeth. See Maltaner, 
Elizabeth J (ohnston) 
Jungeblut, Claus W. Observations on 
the skin reaction induced in rabbits, 
guinea pigs and goats by the intra- 
cutaneous injection of dysentery 
toxin {J. Immunol., 1927, 13, 427) 
IV 
—. The optochin-fastness of pneumo- 
cocci {J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 41, 345) 
IV 
—. The specific flocculation reaction 
occurring between alcoholic extracts 
of pneumococci and antipneumo- 
coccus serum {J. Exp. Med., 1927, 
45, 227; Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 
1926, 2, 445) IV 
— and Berlot, Joseph A. The effect 
of intravenous injections of India 
ink in the immunized animal {Arch. 
Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1926, 2, 458; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1926, 
2, 446) 
— and —. The role of the reticulo- 
endothelial system in immunity. 1. 
The role of the reticulo-endothelial 
system in the production of diph- 
theria antitoxin. 2. The comple- 
ment titer after blockade and the 
physiological regeneration of the 
reticulo-endothelial system as meas- 
ured by reduction tests. 3. The pro- 
duction of active and passive ana- 19 
AUTHORS 
—, —, and Clark, Rose F. Compar- 
ative studies of infusion and in- 
fusion-free diphtheria toxin in 
antitoxin production and in stand- 
ardization by the flocculation, sub- 
cutaneous, and intracutaneous 
tests {J. Immunol., 1931, 21, 1) VI 
— and Cohen, Sophia M. Compara- 
tive titrations of antimeningococ- 
cus sera produced with living cells 
and with broth filtrates {J. Im- 
munol., 1937, 33, 375) IX 
— and —. Observations on the sero- 
logical and immunological reac- 
tions of meningococcus strains in 
relation to serum production 
{Amer. J. Hyg., 1932,15, 444) VI 
— and —. Precipitation reactions 
of meningococcus strains with im- 
mune serum in agar plates in rela- 
tion to antigenic activity {Amer. J. 
Hyg., 1934, 20, 444) ’ VIII 
— and —. The relative potency of 
monovalent and polyvalent anti- 
meningococcus sera {Amer. J. 
Hyg., 1937, 26, 382; J. Bact. {Soc: 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 643) IX 
— and Dow, Jessie E. Observations 
on the effect of freezing on diph- 
theria toxin-antitoxin mixtures 
{J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 1924, 82, 
1678) m, 1923-1925 
— and —. Preliminary note on modi- 
fication of diphtheria toxin by 
formaldehyde and its immunizing 
value for guinea-pigs (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1924, no. 2, 12) 
—, Hendry, Jessie L., and Murdick, 
Philip P. The concentration and 
standardization of type-I anti- 
pneumococcus serum {Amer. J. 
Hyg., 1936, 23, 187) VIII 
— and Hutton, Alice I. An immuno- 
logical study of an atypical menin- 
gococcus strain (J. Immunol., 1926, 
11, 393) IV 
— and Leddon, Gertrude E. Nu- 
trient gelatin medium for the 
maintenance of stock cultures (N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1929, no. 1, 2) 
— and Murdick, Philip P. A study 
of diphtheria antitoxic serum of ex- 
ceptionally high potency with a 
comparative analysis of its various 
constituents (J. Immunol., 1927, 
14, 235) IV 
— and Wheeler, Mary W. The appli- 
cation of tests of toxicity in the 
study of hemolytic streptococci (N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1926, no. 1, 4) 
— and —. Comparison of reactions 
in individuals to toxins prepared 
from three strains of scarlet fever 
streptococci {Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, 
and Med., 1924, 22, 85; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1924, no. 2, 13) 
— and —. Further observations on 
the toxins of hemolytic streptococci 
(J. Immunol., 1927, 13, 19; Arch. 
Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1926, 2, 451; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1926, 
2, 440) IV 
— and —. Hemolytic streptococcus 
carriers: their relation to the 
spread of scarlet fever {J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1927, 89, 1394) IV 
— and —. Preliminary report on 
preparation of scarlet fever (strep- 
tococcus) toxic filtrates and reac- 
tions induced in animals (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1924, no. 2, 13) 
— and —. Reactions induced in in- 
tracutaneous injections of toxins of 
streptococci from scarlet fever 
{Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1924, 22, 86) 
— and —. Studies of the toxins of 
the hemolytic streptococci associ- 
ated with scarlet fever {J. Im- 
munol., 1926, 11, 477; Ann. Rep., 
1925, 46, 35) IV 
—, —, and Hendry, Jessie L. A study 
of the reactions between toxins and 
antisera produced with hemolytic 
streptococci {J. Immunol., 1928, 
15, 539; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1928, 
15, 36; Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 
1928, 5, 742) V 
—, —, and West, Cutler D. A com- 
parative study of hemolytic strep- 
tococci from patients convalescent 
from scarlet fever {J. Infect. Dis., 
1930, 47, 16; Health News, 1930, 
p.154) VI 20 
AUTHORS 
Kirkbride, Mary B.—Continued 
—, Wheeler, Mary W., and West, 
Cutler D. The persistence of 
hemolytic streptococci in the throats 
of patients convalescent from scar- 
let fever (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1928, no. 2, 
16) 
—. See Wadsworth and Kirkbride 
—. See Wadsworth, Kirkbride, and 
Gilbert 
—. See Wadsworth, Kirkbride, and 
Hendry 
—. See Wadsworth, Kirkbride, and 
Wheeler 
Kline, Gordon M. The demonstra- 
tion of bacteriophage in old stock 
cultures (J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1927, 12, 1074; Amer. J. Path. (Sci. 
Proc.), 1927, 3, 561) IV 
—. Effect of bile, sodium salts of bile 
acids, and unsaturated fatty acids 
on bacteriophagic action (Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1927, 24, 735) 
IV 
Kober, Philip A. The efficiency of 
the aeration method for distilling 
ammonia, in answer to certain crit- 
icisms (J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1916, 
38, 2568) I, 1914-1919 
—. An improved nephelometer-color- 
imeter (J. Biol. Chem., 1917, 29, 
155) I, 1914-1919 
—. Improvements in the copper 
method for estimating amino acids 
(J. Ind. and Eng. Chem., 1917, 9, 
501) ' I, 1914-1919 
—. A new form of ultra-filter: some 
of its uses in biological and syn- 
thetic organic chemistry (J. Amer. 
Chem. Soc., 1918, 40,’1226) 
I, 1914-1919 
—. Pervaporation, perstillation and 
percrystallization (J.Amer. Chem. 
Soc., 1917, 39, 944; Health News, 
1917, p.245) I, 1914-1919 
—. The preparation of arsphenamine 
(salvarsan) (J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 
1919, 41, 442; Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, 
and Med., 1918, 16, 23) 
I, 1914-1919 
—. Technical applications of nephel- 
ometrv (J. Ind. and Eng. Chem., 
1918,10,556) 1,1914-1919 
— and Davis, Walter S. The prepa- 
ration of primary and secondary 
arsanilic acids (J. Amer. Chem. 
Soc., 1919, 41, 451; Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1918, 16, 13) 
I, 1914-1919 
Korovin, Nathan. See Dacey and 
Korovin 
Kozlowski, Anthony. Comparative 
studies of the action on the pneumo- 
coccus of bile acids and unsaturated 
fatty acids, found in bile in the 
form of soaps (J. Exp. Med., 1925, 
42, 453) IV 
—. A comparative study of the 
action of sodium ricinoleate upon 
bacteria (J. Bad., 1928. 16, 203) 
V 
—. The effect of ricinoleated vaccine 
of the hemolytic streptococcus 
(scarlet fever) on animals (J. 
Immunol., 1928, 15, 115) V 
—. Ricinoleated vaccines (J. Im- 
munol., 1929, 16, 357) V 
L 
Lange, Carl. Methods for the exami- 
nation of spinal fluid (Amer. J. 
Syph., 1939, 23, 638) X 
—. The quantitative complement 
fixation test. Discussion of “The 
serodiagnosis of infectious dis- 
ease,” by Augustus B. Wadsworth 
(A. Y. State J. Med., 1938, 38, 
1385)_ 
—. Spinal fluid changes in neuro- 
syphilis (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1938, no. 1, 11) 
— and Harris, Albert H. A citrate 
gold of optimal and reproducible 
sensitivity for use in the colloidal 
gold reaction. Its preparation and 
control (Amer. J. Put. Health, 
1944, 34, 1087) XI 
— and —. Interpretation of cere- 
brospinal fluid findings. 1. The 
dementia paralytica formula and 
the necessity of its quantitative 
differentiation (Arch. Neurology 
and Psychiatry, 1945, 53, 116) XI 
— and —. The significance of the pH 
in the cold reaction (J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1944. 29, 970) XI AUTHOR; 
21 
Langworthy, H. Virginia. A com- 
parison of icebox fixation with water 
bath fixation for complement fixa- 
tion tests with cholesterinized anti- 
gen (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1921, p.ll) 
— and Kerley, E. Jane. A compari- 
son of room, icebox and ice water 
bath temperatures for the fixation 
of complement (N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1922, no. 
1. 1) 
— and —. The practical value of an 
ice-water bath for use in the com- 
plement-fixation test for syphilis {J. 
Lah. and Clin. Med., 1922, 8, 54) 
n, 1920-1923 
— and Moore, Anna C. A study of 
Leptospira icterohaemorrhagiae {J. 
Infect. Bis., 1927, 41, 70) IV 
— and Wemple, Margaret J. Pre- 
servation of antisheep amboceptor 
with glycerin {J. Lah. and Clin. 
Med., 1925, 10, 864) TV 
— and Willson, F. Louise. Compari- 
son of two methods of adjusting the 
hemolytic system for use in the 
complement-fixation test for syphi- 
lis {Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1921, 
11, 532) H, 1920-1923 
—. See Gilbert and Langworthy 
—. See Gilbert, Langworthy, and 
Moore 
—. See Wadsworth, Langworthy, 
Stewart, F. C., Moore, and Cole- 
man 
Laviano, Alice B. See Gilbert, Cole- 
man, and Laviano 
Lawrence, Joseph S. The laboratory 
service of the State of New York 
{Health News, 1917, p.249) 
—. See Finley and Lawrence 
Leddon, Gertrude E. See Kirkbride 
and Leddon 
Lyall, Harold W. Distribution of 
combined typhoid-paratyphoid vac- 
cine discontinued {Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.36) 
—. Distribution of diphtheria toxin- 
antitoxin mixture discontinued 
(Ann. Rep., 1937, p.36) 
—. Distribution of polyvalent anti- 
dysentery serum for therapeutic 
use, available since 1916, discon- 
tin ncd (Ann. Rep., 1937, p.36) 
—. Meningococcal meningitis treated 
exclusively with State serum: evalu- 
ation of 197 cases (Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.34) 
—. Preparation of tetanus toxoid for 
active immunization of horses 
{Ann. Rep., 1936, p.30; 1937, p.10; 
1938, p.27; 1939, p.37; 1940, p.33, 
35; 1941, p.32, 43) 
—. Production and standardization 
of autipneumococcus serum {Amer. 
J. Put). Health, 1941, 31, 167) X 
— and Murdick, Philip P, The con- 
centration and purification of 
immune sera (N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1935, no. 
1, 15) 
— and —. Immune globulin (hu- 
man) in the modification and pre- 
vention of measles {N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1941, 41, 452) X 
— and —. Study of serum sensi- 
tivity {Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 82; 
1932, 53, 82; 1933, 54, 67) 
•— and —. Tetanus antitoxin : serum 
reactions following prophylactic in- 
jection {N. Y. State J. Med., 1938, 
38, 882; Health News, 1937, p.177) 
IX 
— and Odell, Helen R. Production 
and standardization of diagnostic 
antipneumocoecus sera {Amer. J. 
Hyg. sec. B, 1939, 29, 103; J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 276) IX 
—. See Dow and Lyall 
M 
McClure, George Y. High incidence 
of infective stools in a small out- 
break of infantile paralysis (J. 
Lah. and Clin. Med., 1941. 26, 1906) 
X 
—. An improved method for determ- 
ining the presence of the vims of 
anterior poliomyelitis in stool speci- 
mens (Science, 1941, 93, 118) X 
—. Study of sensory ganglia in 
Macaco mulatto after gastrointes- 
tinal administration of poliomyeli- 
tis virus (Amer. J. Path., 1943, 
19, 655) 
—. A study of the effect of surface- 
active agents on rabies virus: pre- 22 
AUTHORS 
McClure, George Y.—Continued 
liminary report {J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1942, 43, 409) X 
—. A syndrome in Macacus rhesus 
after inoculation of stool from car- 
riers of poliomyelitis virus: a pre- 
liminary report {Science, 1941, 94, 
307, 386) X 
—. Use of a wetting agent in prepar- 
ing stools for monkey inoculation 
(J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1941, 41, 
268) X 
— and Langmuir, Alexander D. 
Search for carriers in an outbreak 
of acute anterior poliomyelitis in 
a rural community: the incidence 
of virus in feces {Amer. J. Hyg., 
1942, 35, 285) X 
—. See Harris and McClure 
Mack, Lura M. Etched slides to per- 
mit use of lead pencil for labeling 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1926, no. 2, 10) 
— and Coffey, Julia M. A compara- 
tive study of the efficiency of dehy- 
drated Endo’s agar and Krum- 
wiede’s triple-sugar agar {J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1928, 13, 1146) V 
McKinnon, James D. See Early and 
McKinnon 
Maillard, Edgar R. A case of 
tularemia in which no local lesion 
developed at the site of injury {N. 
Y. State J. Med., 1933,33,751) VII 
—. Electrodesiccation of tonsils har- 
boring Monilia krusei (Castellani) 
and nonvirulent diphtheria bacilli 
{N. Y. State J. Med., 1931, 31, 895; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1930, no. 2, 1) VI 
—. The first case of rabies in a horse 
to be reported from this Division 
{Ann. Rep., 1942, p.67) 
—. “Lepra” cells in tissue from case 
clinically diagnosed as leprosy 
{Ann. Rep., 1939, p.51) 
—. Reports on selected pathologic 
specimens. Published in Annual 
Reports of the Division. 
—. Titers of multiple blood sera 
from patients with early syphilis 
treated by intensive arsenical 
method {Ann. Rep., 1941, p.69) 
— and Hazen, Elizabeth L. A further 
report on Rocky Mountain spotted 
fever in New York State {J. Bad. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1942, 43, 409) X 
— and —. Rocky Mountain spotted 
fever in New York State outside of 
New York City (Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1935, 25, 1015; Health 
News, 1939, p.6) VIII 
— and —. A second report on Rocky 
Mountain spotted fever in New 
York State exclusive of New York 
City {N. Y. State J. Med., 1944, 
44, 73) 
Maltaner, Elizabeth J. Is the sensi- 
tizing effect of cholesterol for the 
antigen used in the complement- 
fixation test for syphilis due to the 
contaminating sterol, ergosterol ? 
(J. Immunol., 1930, 18, 11; Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1929, 26, 
677) V 
—. The quantitative determination 
of the fixation of complement as 
applied in the test for syphilis (N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1937, no. 1, 7) 
—. Reaction of sera from patients 
with yaws in quantitative comple- 
ment-fixation tests for syphilis and 
tuberculosis {Amer. J. Trop. Med., 
1941, 21, 145; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1940, no. 
1, 15) X 
—. Reactivation of ammonia-inactiv- 
ated complement by leucocytes 
{Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1935, 32, 1555) VIII 
—. Serologic tests for thfc diagnosis 
of syphilis; associate referee report 
for 1937 {Amer. J. Pub. Health 
{supp. Year Book), 1938, 28. 114) 
IX 
—. Serologic tests in the diagnosis 
of syphilis {Amer. J. Pub. Health. 
1939, 29, 104; J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 336) IX 
—. A study of the sera of lepers in 
quantitative complement-fixation 
tests for syphilis and tuberculosis 
{Amer. J. Trop. Med., 1940, 20, 
843; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1939, no. 2, 29) 
X 
—. A summary of the results 
obtained with the complement-fixa- 
tion reaction for tuberculosis in a 23 
AUTHORS 
series of 1002 cases (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1929, no. 2, 6) 
— and Maltaner, Frank. A further 
note on the quantitative determina- 
tion of the fixation of complement 
by immune serum and antigen (J. 
Immunol., 1935, 29, 151) VIII 
— and —. The standardization of 
the cardiolipin-lecithin-cholesterol 
antigen in the complement-fixation 
test for syphilis {J. Immunol. In 
press; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1945, 
49, 199; Ann. Rep., 1943, p.17) XI 
—. See Gilbert and Maltaner, E. J. 
—. See Maltaner, F., and Johnston 
—. See Maltaner, F., and Mal- 
taner, E. J. 
—. See Wadsworth and Maltaner, 
E. J. 
—. See Wadsworth, Maltaner, P., 
and Johnston 
—. See Wadsworth, Maltaner. E. 
J., and Maltaner, F. 
—. See Wadsworth, Maltaner, E. 
J., and Stevens 
—. See Wadsworth, Maltaner, F., 
and Maltaner, E. J. 
Maltaner, Frank. Basic principles 
governing the fixation of comple- 
ment and their application to prac- 
tical tests {J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 335) 
—. The complement fixation test in 
tuberculosis: a review {Amer. J. 
Put). Health, 1926, 16, 945) IV 
—. A note on the preparation of 
cephalin {J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 
1931, 53, 4019) VI 
—. A note on the preparation of 
lecithin {J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 
1930, 52, 1718) VI 
—. A study of “smooth” and 
“rough” forms of the typhoid bacil- 
lus in relation to prophylactic vac- 
cination and immunity in typhoid 
fever (J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 161) 
VII 
—. Titration of complement in blood 
sera from apparently normal in- 
dividuals and from patients with 
pneumonia; in publication by 
David D. Rutstein and William H. 
Walker (J. Clin. Invest., 1942. 21, 
347) 
— and Hoppe, Ella N. The chemo- 
tactic effect of osmosis upon leu- 
cocytes (J. Hyg., 1921, 19, 309; 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1920, 17, 216) II, 1920-1923 
— and Johnston, Elizabeth. Observa- 
tions on the agglutinative and 
hemolytic action of calf serum on 
sheep cells (J. Immunol., 1921, 6, 
271) H, 1920-1923 
— and —. Observations upon the 
conglutination phenomenon (J. 
Immunol., 1921, 6, 349) 
II, 1920-1923 
— and Maltaner, Elizabeth J. The 
antigenic action of the lipids: syn- 
thetic lecithin {Ann. Rep., 1935, 
P-13) 
— and —. The chemistry of the 
coagulation of the blood (Amer. J. 
Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1926, 2, 450) 
— and —. The quantitative determi- 
nation of the antigen-antibody 
reaction by complement-fixation 
(Internal. Congr. Microbiol., 3d, 
New York, 1939. Proc., 1940, p. 
781) 
— and —. The role of cephalin and 
“thromboplastin” in the coagula- 
tion of vitamin-K-defieient chick 
plasma {Arch. Biochem., 1943, 2, 
37; Ann. Rep., 1941, p. 17) XI 
— and —. Serodiagnostic tests for 
syphilis: anticomplementary reac- 
tion of serum {Ann. Rep., 1942, 
P-21) 
— and —. Studies of anticomple- 
mentary, atypical, and nonspecific 
reactions of sera {Ann. Rep., 1943, 
P-19) 
— and Thompson, William R. Chemi- 
cal analyses of the blood plasma of 
chicks deficient in vitamin K {Arch. 
Biochem., 1943, 2, 49) XI 
—. See Maltaner, E. J., and Mal- 
taner, F. 
—. See Thompson and Maltaner, F. 
—. See Wadsworth, Maltaner, E. 
J., and Maltaner, F. 
—. See Wadsworth, and Maltaner. 
F. 
—. See Wadsworth, Maltaner F.. 
and Johnston 
—. See Wadsworth, Maltaner. F.. 
and Maltaner, E. J. 24 
AUTHORS 
Mann, Boris. Improvement of the 
unit value of low grade diphtheria 
antitoxin by reprecipitation {Ann. 
Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 277) 
—. Tests made to determine the time 
necessary for complete dialysis of 
diphtheria antitoxin {Ann. Rep., 
1915, 36, v.3, 281) 
— and Van Saun, Anna I. The value 
of chemical tests on the serums and 
spinal fluids of syphilitics: with 
special reference to the Gordon 
mercuric chloride test {N. Y. Med. 
J., 1918, 107, 783; Health News, 
1916, p.156) 1,1914-1919 
—. See Nevin and Mann 
Mendez, Laura. See Wadsworth 
and Wheeler 
—. See Wheeler and Mendez 
Milford, Leslie R. The determina- 
tion of nitrates in waters contain- 
ing large amounts of chlorides 
{Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 297) 
— and Stafford, Irving J. Compari- 
son of the methods for the determi- 
nation of dissolved oxygen in water 
and sewage {Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, 
v.3, 301) 
Miller, John K. The approved labora- 
tory in New York State in relation 
to chemotherapy {N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1941, 41,‘ 2446) X 
—. Detection of strains of pneu- 
mococci resistant to sulfon- 
amides: preliminary report on 
tentative methods (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1941, no. 2, 36) 
—. The effect of para-aminobenzoic 
acid on the bacteriostatic action 
produced by sodium paranitro- 
benzoate on a strain of Streptococ- 
cus viridans {J. Pharmacol, and 
Exp. Therap.. 1941. 71, 14) X 
—. Endocarditis in rabbits during 
intravenous immunization with 
nneumococci {J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1940, 40, 165) X 
—. Intravenous injection of bac- 
terial products in horses and goats 
(Ann. Rep., 1942, p.15) 
—. Meningococcal endocarditis in 
immunized horses (Amer. J. Path., 
1944, 20. 269; Ann. Rep., 1942. p. 
16' XI 
—. An outbreak of meningococcal 
meningitis in a rural community. 3. 
Resistance of the meningococcus 
strains to sulfonamides in vitro 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1942, no. 1, 7) For 
Part 2, see Cohen 
—. Preliminary report on the action 
of immune serum in conjunction 
with sulfanilamide in type-III 
pneumococcus infections in mice 
{J. Bact. {8oc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 
219) IX 
A preliminary report on the 
chemotherapeutic action of 2-(p- 
amino-benzenesulf onamido) pyri- 
dine, M. & B. 693, on type-III pneu- 
mococcal infections in mice (J. 
Bactr(Soc. Proc.). 1939, 37, 228) 
—. The production in cultures con- 
taining sodium paranitrobenzoate 
of a substance that affects the 
action of sulfathiazole (J. Pharma- 
col. and Exp. Therap., 1941, 72, 
354) X 
—. A study of substances that inter- 
fere with the growth-retarding 
action of sulfathiazole on pneumo- 
cocci (/. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1941. 
42, 133) 
—. The sulfanilamide derivatives 
and related compounds {Ann. Rep.. 
1940, p.9) 
—. Sulfonamide-inhibitor-free media 
for pneumococci: preliminary 
report {J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1942. 
43, 774) X 
—, Cohen, Sophia M., and Griffin, 
Charles A. Chemotherapy of men- 
ingococcal bacteriemia in two horses 
undergoing immunization against 
meningococci {Ann. Rep., 1942. 
P-44) 
— and Harris, Albert H. The con- 
centration of sulfanilamide in the 
peritoneal cavity of rabbits {J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1941, 41, 2681 
X 
— and Rutstein, David D. Virulence 
for man of pneumococcus type 
ITT, with reference to growth 
activity of strains at 41 °C. (J. 
Bact., 1941, 41, 627) 
—. See Harris and Miller 25 
AUTHORS 
Moore, Anna C. A note on the 
method of diluting antigens for use 
in the complement-fixation test for 
syphilis {J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1927, 12, 594) IV 
—. The use of a 15-minute titration 
period for the standardization of the 
hemolytic system in complement- 
fixation tests (N.Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1921, 
p.ll) 
—. See Gilbert, Kelley, and Moore 
—. See Gilbert, Langworthy, and 
Moore 
—. See Gilbert and Moore 
—. See Langworthy and Moore 
—. See Schaible, Anna M(oore) 
—. See Wadsworth, Langworthy, 
Stewart, F. C., Moore, and Cole- 
man 
Mortillaro, Mary. See Hazen and 
Mortillaro 
Murdick, Philip P. Methods of con- 
centrating horse and rabbit anti- 
pneumococcus sera {Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.45) 
—. Note on the further purification 
of diphtheria and tetanus antitoxins 
concentrated by ammonium-sulfate 
fractionation {J. Immunol., 1929, 
17, 269) V 
—. Studies of the inhibitory action 
of ‘Merthiolate’ {Ann. Rep., 1932, 
53, 91) 
— and Cohen, Sophia M. A note on 
the concentration and purification 
of antimeningococcus serum (J. 
Immunol., 1935, 28, 205) VIII 
— and —. A note on the fractiona- 
tion of antimeningococcus serum 
J. Immunol., 1933, 24, 531) VII 
—and Hendry, Jessie L, The concen- 
tration of antistreptococeus plasmas 
of different antitoxic potencies {J. 
Immunol., 1935, 29, 501) VIII 
—. See Berthelsen and Murdick 
—. See Hendry and Murdick 
—. See Kirkbride, Hendry, and 
Murdick 
—. See Kirkbride and Murdick 
—. See Lyall and Murdick 
—* See Thompson and Murdick 
See Wood and Murdick 
N 
Nevin, Mary. Botulism from cheese 
{J. Infect. Dis., 1921, 28, 226) 
II, 1920-1923 
—. Tests of disinfectants {Ann. 
Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 312) 
— and Mann, Boris. Preparation of 
a preservative from eresol (J. 
Amer. Chem. Soc., 1917, 39, 2752) 
Nichols, Ruhamah R. See Hyman 
and Nichols 
—. See Wadsworth, Hyman, and 
Nichols 
0 
O’Brien, James E. See Gilcreas and 
0 ’Brien 
Odell, Helen R. Comparative agglu- 
tinability of different strains of B. 
typhosus {Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 
282) 
—. Comparison of Loeffier’s coagu- 
lated blood serum and blood serum 
with the addition of sterile ox gall 
{J. Barf., 1918, 3, 189) 
I, 1914-1919 
—. Observations on the preparation 
and standarization of diagnostic 
antipneumocoeeus serum (rabbit) 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 1, 5) 
—. Observations on the standardiza- 
tion of antipneumococcus serum by 
the protection test (J. Immunol.. 
1930, 18, 73) V 
—. A study of pneumococci isolated 
from horses undergoing pneumococ- 
cus immunization: footnote in pub- 
lication by A. B. Wadsworth and 
O. M. Sickles (J. Exp. Med., 1927. 
45, 790) IV 
—. See Lyall and Odell 
Owen, Helen H. Occasional irregu- 
larities in routine virulence tests 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1921, p.8) 
— and Band, Marie. The Stolten- 
berg differential stain for diph- 
theria bacilli (Amer. J. Pub. 
Health. 1930.20,426) VI 
—. See Coleman, Owen, and Dacey 26 
AUTHORS 
Owen, Helen H.—Continued 
—. See Gilbert and Owen 
—. See Gilbert, Stewart, F. C., and 
Owen 
—. Titration of antistreptococcus 
serum in rabbits (Ann. Rep., 1931, 
52, 47) 
—. Ultrafiltration of culture filtra- 
tes, gonococci in saline, and vac- 
cinia virus (Ann. Rep., 1941, p. 
23) 
—. The use of a wetting agent in 
the preparation of nitrocellulose 
membranes (Ann. Rep., 1940, p. 
19) 
— and Muraschi, Thelma F. Amino 
acid inhibition of copper proteinate 
formation (J. Biol. Chem., 1945, 
153, 463) XI 
— and Sickles, Gretchen R. Immun- 
ity in guinea pigs one year after 
immunization with calcium-phos- 
phate and alum-adsorbed diphtheria 
toxoids (Ann. Rep., 1936, p.16) 
— and —. Preparation of diphtheria 
toxoid by treatment of the toxin 
with one-per-cent formalin and pre- 
cipitation with acetone (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1932, no. 2, 4) 
— and —. A simple technic for the 
ultrafiltration of biological ma- 
terials (J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1937, 
33, 110) 
— and —. A study of the ultrafil- 
tration and of the adsorption on 
calcium phosphate of diphtheria, 
streptococcus, tetanus, and botu- 
linus toxins (J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.). 
1936, 31, 573) 
—. See Thompson and Quigley 
—. See Wadsworth and Quigley 
—. See Wadsworth, Quigley, and 
Sickles, G. R. 
p 
Pangborn, Mary C. Acid cardiolipin 
and an improved method for the 
preparation of cardiolipin from 
beef heart (J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 
153, 343) XI 
—. Cardiolipin: a new phospholipid 
(J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1945, 49, 
199) 
—. Isolation and purification of a 
serologically active phospholipid 
from beef heart (J. Biol. Chem., 
1942, 143, 247; J. Bad. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1940, 39, 80) X 
—. A new serologically active phos- 
pholipid from beef heart (Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1941, 
48, 484) X 
—. A note on the preparation of 
cardiolipin (J. Biol. Chem., 1945, 
157, 691) XI 
—. A note on the purification of leci- 
thin (J. Biol. Chem./ 1941, 137, 
545) X 
—. Studies of the salts of cardiolipin 
(Ann. Rep., 1942, p.18) 
—. Studies on the purification of 
antigens for the serodiagnosis of 
syphilis (J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 
1940, 39, 80) 
—. See Wadsworth and Pangborn 
Parsons, Ellsworth A. See Gilbert 
and Parsons 
Preston, Margaret K. A comparison 
of different methods of producing 
anti-sheep hemolysin in rabbits 
(Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 286) 
—. See Van Saun and Preston 
R 
Rice, Christine E. Antigens for the 
complement-fixation test with anti- 
gonococcus serum: a preliminary 
report (J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 
1937, 33, 644) 
—. The complement-fixation test 
with gonococcal antigens (Amer. 
Assoc. Adv. Sci. The gonococcus 
and gonococcal infection. Lancas- 
ter, Pa., Science Press, 1939. 
p.64. Publication no. 11; J. Bart. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 337) X 
Q 
Quigley, James J. A simple technic 
for ultrafiltration (Amer. J. Hyq., 
1934, 20, 218) VIII 
—. Studies on the stability of diph- 
theria toxoid (Ann. Rep., 1935, p, 
22) 27 
AUTHORS 
—. Complement fixation with atypi- 
cally reacting antipneumocoecus 
rabbit sera {Ann. Rep., 1943, p.9) 
—. Complement fixation with frac- 
tions of antipneumocoecus rabbit 
sera, types 2, 3, 7, 8, and 14 {Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.ll) 
—. Complement fixation with type-1 
immune rabbit serum {Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.10) 
—. Horse and rabbit serum in the 
complement fixation reaction {J. 
Bact. {Soc.' Proc.), 1937, 33, 109) 
—. Human serum tested for comple- 
ment-fixing activity with gonococcus 
antigens {Ann. Rep., 1942, p.ll) 
—. Studies of antipneumococcal 
serum. 2. Complement-fixing activ- 
ity of antipneumococcal rabbit- 
serum with homologous type-speci- 
fic carbohydrate. Technic of test. 
General quantitative relationships 
among reagents. 4. Maximally 
reactive proportions of antigen and 
antiserum in precipitation and com- 
plement-fixation. 5. The effect of 
the time and temperature of incuba- 
tion on the complement-fixation 
reaction of antipneumococcal rab- 
bit-serum with homologous type- 
specific carbohydrate {J. Immunol., 
1942, 43, 129; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1940, 40, 164; J. Immunol., 1943, 
46, 427; Ann. Rep., 1942, p.10; J. 
Immunol., 1943, 47, 373) For 
Parts 1 and 3, see Sickles, G. M., 
and Rice; Rice and Sickles, G. R. 
X, XI 
—. A study of the antigenic activity 
of preparations made from various 
strains of Treponema pallidum {J. 
Immunol, 1932, 22, 67) VI 
— and Sickles, Gretchen R. Studies 
of antipneumococcal serum. 3. The 
relation of complement-fixation 
titers to antibody-nitrogen values 
{J. Immunol., 1942, 43, 319) For 
Part 1, see Sickles, G. M., and 
Rice; for Parts 2, 4, and 5, see 
Rice X 
—.. See Sickles, G. M., Coffey, and 
Rice 
—. See Sickles, G. M.. and Rice 
Robinson, Lncena K. Broth for the 
production of pneumococcus soluble 
specific substances {J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1940, 40, 164) X 
—. Preparation of monovalent pre- 
cipitating rabbit sera, for the iden- 
tification of the blood meals of 
mosquitoes {Ann. Rep., .1927, 48, 
71) 
—. See Brown, R. F., and Robinson 
—. See Hendry and Robinson 
s 
Sanderson, Wallace W. Bacterio- 
logic study of pollution of bathing 
areas (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Froc., 1943, no. 2, 44) 
—. See Gilcreas and Sanderson 
Saylor, Edward L. See Gilbert and 
Saylor 
Schaible, Anna M(oore). A note on 
the standardization of antigen for 
use in the complement-fixation test 
for syphilis (J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1929, 14, 370) V 
—. See Gilbert, Langworthy, and 
Schaible 
—. See Gilbert and Schaible 
—. See Moore, Anna C. 
Schleifstein, Joseph I. Adenoma of 
the sweat glands {Arch. Path. 
{Soc. Tram.), 1934, 18, 135) 
—. Argentaffin tumor of the appen- 
dix in a pregnant woman {Arch. 
Path. {Soc. Trans.). 1936, 22, 424) 
—. Bovine mastitis incited by a 
strain of hemolytic streptococcus 
belonging to group A (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1938, no. 1, 5) 
—. Carcinosarcoma of the breast 
{Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1934 
17, 719) 
—, Distribution of types of pneumo- 
cocci in specimens from normal in- 
dividuals and from patients having 
pneumonia {N. Y. State J. Med., 
1938, 38, 353; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 
1, 5; Health News, 1938, p.58) IX 
—. Experience with fixed frozen sec- 
tions in the examination of surgical 
specimens (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1931, no. 2, 2) 
—. Fibro-adenoma of the breast con- 
taining carcinoma and cartilage 28 
AUTHORS 
Schleifstein, Joseph I.—Continued 
{Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1934, 
17, 720) 
—. Fibroma of the umbilicus {Arch. 
Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1933, 16, 592) 
—. Ganglioneuroma of the left 
retroperitoneal sympathetic chain 
{Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1933, 
16, 592) 
—. Intracranial teratoma in a rab- 
bit {Ann. Rep., 1938, p.35) 
—. Multiple myeloma: report of a 
case {Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 
1937, 24, 128) 
—. Neuro-epithelioma of the retina 
{Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1934, 
18, 135) 
—. Pulmonary acariasis in the mon- 
key: Pneumonyssus griffithi Newst 
identified {Ann. Rep., 1938, p.37; 
1940, p. 53) 
—. A rapid method for demonstrat- 
ing Negri bodies in tissue sections 
{Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1937, 27, 
1283; Health News, 1938, p.16) IX 
—, Rat-bite fever (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1935, no. 2, 37) 
—. Reports on selected pathologic 
specimens. Published in Annual 
Reports of the Division. 
—. Review of tissue specimens, dis- 
cussion of sections studied by par- 
ticipants in Conference on Enteric 
Diseases (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1943, no. 2, 60) 
—. Sarcoma of the stomach {Arch. 
Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1933, 16, 593) 
—. Spontaneous tuberculosis in a 
rabbit {Ann. Rep., 1943, p.70) 
—. Spontaneous tumors in rabbits 
and other small laboratory animals 
{Ann. Rep., 1940, p.52; 1941, p.64) 
—. A study of experimental nephri- 
tis in the horse {Amer. J. Path. 
(Sci. Proc.), 1939, 15, 596) 
—. Tissue changes in rabbits under- 
going immunization for produc- 
tion of antipertussis serum {Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.70) 
—. Trichinosis in a wild bear {Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.71) 
—. The use of dioxau in the pre- 
paration of paraffin sections 
(Ann. Rep., 1936. p.43) 
— and Coleman, Marion B. Bac- 
terium enterocoliticum: new species 
{Ann. Rep., 1948, p.56) 
— and —. An extensive outbreak 
of enteric disease incited by B. 
dysenteriae Schmitz {J. Infect. 
Bis., 1937, 61, 257; ,/. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1987, 33, 111) IX 
— and —. An unidentified micro- 
organism resembling B. lignieri and 
Past, pseudotuberculosis, and path- 
ogenic for man (N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1939, 39, 1749; Health News, 
1940, p.22) X 
—. See Griffin and Schleifstein 
Sexton, Anna M. The laboratory 
section of the American Public 
Health Association ; report of the 
archivist {Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1945, 35, 849) 
Shaw, Myrtle. The action of bac- 
terial toxins on the tissues of cold- 
blooded animals (J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 338) 
—. Decomposition of pneumococcus 
carbohydrate by the combined 
activity of strains of two bacterial 
species (J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 
1937, 33, 644) 
—. The effect of colchicine on tissue 
cultures of tadpole heart (J. Bad. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1939, 37, 229) 
—. See Sickles, G. M., and Shaw 
Sherwood, Marion B. See Gilbert 
and Sherwood 
Sickles, Grace M. Activity of strep- 
tococcus toxin in the phenomenon 
of local reactivity (Shwartzman) 
{Ann. Rep., 1935, p.7) 
—. Agar in immune reactions {Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 40) 
—. The antigenic activity of cardio- 
lipin in vivo {Ann. Rep.. 1942, 
P-20) 
—. The comparative potency of con- 
centrated and unconcentrated anti- 
pneumococcus serum (J. Infect. 
Bis., 1929. 45, 490; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1929, no. 2, 7) V 
—. Comparison of different strains 
of typical and atypical pneumo- 
cocci and streptococci {J. Bad. 
'Soc. Proc.). 1932. 23, 86) AUTHORS 
29 
—. Effect of soil microorganisms on 
the carbohydrates of pneumococci 
in the study of relationships be- 
tween types 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 8 
{Ann. Rep., 1937, p.9; 1938, p.10; 
1939, p.13; 1940, p.9) 
—, Effect of type-I pneumococcus 
culture broth on the protective 
action of tvpe-I antiserum (J. 
Infect. Dis.,'1927, 40, 369) IV 
—. Further studies of pneumococci 
isolated from serum-treated cases 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 2, 31; Ibid., 
1938, no. 2, 30) 
—. Growth and viability of pneumo- 
cocci at elevated temperatures 
(Ann. Rep., 1934, p.ll) 
—. Heterophile antigen in hemolytic 
streptococci (Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 
411 
—. Local skin reaction obtained by 
intravenous injection of agar fol- 
lowing intracutaneous inoculation 
of meningococcus toxin (J. 
Immunol., 1931, 20, 169) VI 
—. Production of antipneumococcus 
rabbit serum (Ann. Rep., 1938, 
p.8; 1939, p.10; 1940, p.7; 1941, 
p.9; 1942, p.8) 
—. The protective activity of strep- 
tococcus antitoxic serum in relation 
to toxin group and precipitation 
type (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1935, no. 2, 
40) 
—. Specific activity of antistrepto- 
eoccus sera, investigation of the 
“antisepticemic” effect in rabbits 
(Ann. Rep., 1936, p.8) 
—. The standardization of antimen- 
ingococeus serum; the titration of 
its neutralizing potency by the phe- 
nomenon of local skin reactivity 
(Amer. J. Hyg., 1933, 17, 412; 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1933, 23, 
259 (abs.)) VII 
—. Study of new and unclassified 
strains of pneumococci in relation 
to production of antipneumocoecus 
rabbit sera {Ann. Rep., 1942, p.8) 
—. Thermal limits of growth of a 
number of species of microorgan- 
isms {Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 51) 
—. Unclassified pneumococcus strains 
in relation to the production of 
therapeutic sera {Ann. Rep., 1941, 
P-9) 
— and Coffey, Julia M. A hemolytic 
substance in pneumococcus culture 
broth (J. Infect. Dis., 1928, 43, 
490; Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1928, 25, 653) V 
—, —, and Rice, Christine E. Sero- 
logic investigation of virus infec- 
tion (Ann. Rep., 1941, p.12; 1942, 
P-13) 
— and Rice, Christine E. Comple- 
ment-fixation tests with gonococcus 
antigens (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1938, no. 1, 1) 
— and —. Quantitative complement- 
fixation tests with serum and spinal 
fluids from meningococcus men- 
ingitis cases, convalescents, and 
contacts (J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 337) 
— and —. Studies of antiraeningo- 
eoccal serum. 1. The development 
of reactivity with bacterial frac- 
tions and with agar in the serum 
of horses and rabbits. 2. The com- 
plement-fixing activity of sera from 
horses under immunization with 
suspensions of living cells or with 
broth culture filtrates of the men- 
ingococcus (J. Immunol., 1938, 
34, 221; Ibid., 1938, 35, 427) IX 
— and —. Studies of antipneumo- 
coecal serum. 1. The development 
of reactivity with bacterial frac- 
tions and with agar in the serum 
of horses and rabbits (J. Immunol., 
1938, 34, 235) For Parts 2, 4, and 
5, see Rice; for Part 3, see Rice 
and Sickles, G. R. IX 
— and Shaw, Myrtle. Action of 
microorganisms from soil on type- 
specific and nontype-specific pneu- 
mococcus type-T carbohydrates 
(Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1934, 31, 443) VII 
— and —. The action of soil micro- 
organisms on the carbohydrates 
of pneumococci of types I— 
XXXII (J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 219) IX 
— and —. The activity against type- 
VIII pneumococcus of an enzyme 30 
AUTHORS 
pneumococcus (J. Bact., 1934, 28, 
415; Ihid., (Soc. Proc.), 1934, 27, 
106) VIII 
— and Sickles, Gretchen R. The 
antibody-nitrogen values obtained 
during immunization with anti- 
pneuraococcus sera {Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.8) 
—. See Wadsworth and Sickles, 
G. M. 
Sickles, Gretchen R. The effect of 
phenol and ‘ Merthiolate ’ on the 
antigenic potency of purified diph- 
theria toxoids (J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 644) 
—. Persistence of immunity in 
guinea pigs immunized with cal- 
cium- and alum-precipitated diph- 
theria toxoids {J. Infect. Dis., 
1937, 61, 234) IX 
—. Susceptibility of cold-blooded 
animals to bacterial toxins {Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.16) 
—. See Quigley and Sickles, G. R. 
—. See Rice and Sickles, G. R. 
—. See Sickles, G. M., and Sickles, 
G. R. 
—. See Wadsworth, Quigley, and 
Sickles, G. R. 
Smeeton, Mary A. Comparison be- 
tween the subcutaneous and intra- 
cutaneous methods of testing the 
virulence of diphtheria bacilli {J. 
Infect. Dis., 1917, 21, 254) 
I, 1914-1919 
Smith, Letha A. See Wadsworth, 
Crowe, and Smith 
Stafford, Irving J. See Milford and 
Stafford 
Stevens, Bernice S. See Wadsworth, 
Maltaner, E. J., and Stevens 
Stewart, F. Constance. See Gilbert 
and Stewart, F. C. 
—. See Gilbert, Stewart, F, C., and 
Owen 
—. See Wadsworth, Langworthy, 
Stewart, F. C., Moore, and Cole- 
man 
Stewart, Fred W. Discussion of 
tissue sections studied by partici- 
pants in Conference in Surgical 
Pathology (In Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Conference on 
Surgical Pathology. Summary of 
discussion, 1940-1944. Albany, 
Sickles, Grace M.—Continued 
produced by a soil microorganism 
grown on type-III polysaccharide 
{J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1939, 38, 
241) X 
— and Shaw, Myrtle. Antibiotic ac- 
tivity of a microorganism, no. 4205, 
isolated from soil {Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p. 12; 1943, p.13) 
— and —. Cultures resembling Pas- 
teurella lepiseptica {Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.8) 
— and —. The effect of purified 
diphtheria toxin on Planaria macu- 
lata and Paramecium caudaturn 
{J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 
73) 
— and —. A microorganism which 
decomposes the specific carbohy- 
drate of pneumococcus type VIII 
{Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1935, 32, 857) VIII 
— and —. Microorganisms which 
decompose bacterial carbohydrates 
{Ann. Rep., 1935, p.9; 1936, p.9) 
— and —. Microorganisms which 
decompose the specific carbohydrate 
of pneumococcus types II and III 
{J. Infect. Dis., 1933, 53, 38; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1933, 25, 99) 
vn 
— and —. Production, in the 
absence of pneumococcus type-8 
carbohydrate, of an enzyme (from 
soil microorganism no. 3574) active 
on type-8 carbohydrate {Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.12) 
— and —. The production of speci- 
fic antisera for enzymes that de- 
compose pneumococcus carbohy- 
drates types 3 and 8 {J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 133) 
— and —. Soil microorganisms 
which decompose the carbohydra- 
tes of the pneumococcus: report 
on the isolation of two new strains 
(J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 
573) 
— and —. Staphylococcus cultures 
obtained at autopsy from rabbits 
under immunization with pneumo- 
cocci {Ann. Rep., 1941, p.10) 
— and —. A systematic study of 
microorganisms which decompose 
the specific carbohydrates of the 
Stafford AUTHORS 
31 
Published by the Division, 1941- 
1945. 5v. mimeographed) 
— and Foote, Frank W., Jr. Case- 
type collection of pathologic speci- 
mens {Ann. Rep., 1943, p.57) 
—. See Foote and Stewart, F. W. 
Stull, Arthur. A chemical study of 
type III pneumococci {J. Biol. 
Chem., 1929, 82, 641) V 
— and Quigley, James J. Gasometrie 
analysis of evaporated milk {Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.24) 
— and —. A simple system of quan- 
titative ultrafiltration in chemical 
analysis (J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 151, 
343; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1942, 
43, 773) X, XI 
—. See Hallinan and Thompson 
—. See Maltaner, F., and Thomp- 
son 
Torrance, Calvin C. The ascorbic 
acid concentration of inflammatory 
lesions of the skin (J. Infect. Dis., 
1940, 67, 53; Amer. J. Path. {Sci. 
Proc.), 1938, 14, 632) X 
—. Changes in the oxidation-reduc- 
tion potentials of the skin of guinea 
pigs on a scorbutigenic diet (J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1939, 38, 240) 
X 
—. A comparison of the effect of 
different toxic bacterial products 
upon the adrenals of guinea pigs: 
preliminary report (J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 645) 
—. Concentration of dye solution, 
given intravenously, in local in- 
flammatory areas induced by in- 
tradermal injections of streptococ- 
cus toxin {Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 
70) 
—. Diphtherial intoxication and 
vitamin C content of the sup- 
rarenals of guinea pigs (J. Biol. 
Chem., 1940, 132, 575) X 
—. The effect of diet upon the 
vitamin-A reserves of guinea pigs 
in relation to susceptibility to bac- 
terial toxins (N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1934, no. 
1, 8) 
—. Effect of diphtheria toxin upon 
vitamin C in adrenals of guinea pigs 
{Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1937, 35, 654; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1936, 31, 574; Ihid., {Soc. Proc.), 
1937, 33, 645) 
—. The effect of diphtheria toxin 
upon vitamin C in vitro {J. Biol. 
Chem., 1937, 121, 31) IX 
—. The effect of vitamin C on hemo- 
lytic complement (N. Y. State 
T 
Thompson, William R. Apparatus 
for precision calibration of pipets, 
volumetric flasks, and burets {hid. 
and Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 1942, 
14, 268; Ihid., 1943, 15, 118; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 134; 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p. 26) X 
—. Attachment for pipets for pre- 
cise transfer of dangerous fluids 
{Ind. and Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 
1942, 14, 73; Ann. Rep., 1943, p. 
20) X 
—. Biological applications of normal 
range and associated significance 
tests in ignorance of original dis- 
tribution forms {Ann. Math. 
Statis., 1938, 9, 281) . IX 
—. Collection of micro-Kjeldahl 
ammonia in boric acid and precise 
titration {Ann. Rep., 1943, p, 23) 
—. A microburette system {J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1944, 47, 582; Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.20) 
—. Modification of Holden’s gasome- 
tric method for determination of 
carbon dioxide formed by yeast 
action, and its application to sugars 
in various combinations in biologic 
media {J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 151, 
325; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1942, 
43, 773; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.18; 
1941, p.24; 1942, p.25) X, XI 
— and Maltaner, Frank. On the 
construction of graphs and tables 
for evaluation of the quantitative 
complement-fixation reactions and 
reaction ratios ( J. Immunol., 1940, 
38, 147) X 
— and Murdick, Philip P. Calibra- 
tion of glass syringes {Ann. Rep., 
1943, p. 23) 32 
AUTHORS 
Torrance, Calvin C.—Continued 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1939, no. 1, 3) 
—. Experimental studies of polio- 
myelitis {Ann. Rep., 1933. 54, 69; 
1934, p.39; 1935, p.40) 
—. Experimental studies of puer- 
peral infection. 1. The suscepti- 
bility of pregnant mice to intraperi- 
toneal inoculations of hemolytic 
streptococci. 2. A study of the 
survival of hemolytic streptococci 
in the vagina of rabbits during 
pregnancy. 3. The effect of preg- 
nancy on the reserves of vitamin A 
in the liver of rabbits. 4. The 
effect of pregnancy on the hemo- 
lytic and agglutinative activity of 
the blood serum. 5. The variation 
in the susceptibility of the skin to 
streptococcus toxin during preg- 
nancy {Amer. J. Obst. and Gy nee., 
1934, 27, 863, 868; Ibid., 1935, 29, 
434; J. Immunol., 1934, 27, 531) 
VII, VIII 
—. Further studies on the relation 
between vitamin-A metabolism and 
susceptibility to bacterial toxins 
{Amer. J. Hyg., 1936, 23, 74) VIII 
—. Hydatid disease in rhesus mon- 
key: ease report {Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-34) 
—. Immunologic reactions in infec- 
tious anemia {Ann. Rep., 1935, p. 
42) 
—. A method of determining ascor- 
bic acid in skin (Science, 1938, 87, 
332) IX 
—. A note on immunologic reactions 
associated with equine infectious 
anemia {Amer. J. Vet. Research, 
1940, 1, 63) X 
—. Oxidation-reduction potentials 
and a method of determining them 
in skin {J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1938, 
35, 339) 
—. Oxidation-reduction potentials 
of inflammatory lesions of the skin 
{Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1940, 45, 741) X 
—. The relation between vitamin-A 
metabolism and susceptibility to 
diphtheria toxin {Amer. J. Hyg., 
1933. 18, 375) VII 
—. Relation of suprarenal hemor- 
rhage to loss of vitamin C in experi- 
mental diphtherial intoxication 
{Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1939,41,421) IX 
—. Report of experimental labora- 
tory studies of puerperal infection 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 1, 7) 
— and DeWeerdt, Jacob B. A study 
of the abnormal blood cells of horses 
with infectious anemia ( Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.41) 
V 
van Amstel, Jeanne E. See Wads- 
worth, van Amstel, and Brigham 
Van Saun, Anna I. The effect of the 
natural antisheep hemolysin con- 
tent of human serum on comple- 
ment-fixation tests {J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1917, 3, 59) 
I, 1914-1919 
—. Wassermann reaction with dia- 
betic sera (J. Med. Research, 1917, 
37, 205) I, 1914-1919 
—. Wassermann reaction with 
graded quantities of spinal fluid 
{Health News, 1916, p.l 57; Ann. 
Rep., 1915, 36, v,3, 290) 
—. The Wassermann reaction with 
large amounts of patient’s serum 
(J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1917, 3, 
61) I, 1914-1919 
— and Preston, Margaret K. Com- 
parative Wassermann tests with 
two antigens (Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1918, 8, 146; Health News, 
1917, p.243) I, 1914-1919 
—. See Gilbert and Van Saun 
—. See Mann and Van Saun 
Varley, Florence M. See Harris and 
Varley 
Vories, Ruth. A simple method of 
pasteurizing a one quart bottle of 
milk {Health News, 1916, p.239; 
Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 308) 
—. See Wadsworth and Vories 
Vose, Blanche C. See Davis and 
VOSE AUTHORS 
33 
W 
Wachter, Leonard M. Electro-pure 
process for treating milk (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1927, no. 2, 6; Ann. Rep., 
1927, 48, 81) 
—. Ground glass in food {Health 
News, 1918, p.132) 
—. Laboratory aid in tracing milk- 
borne typhoid fever infections 
{Health News, 1918, p.38) 
—. The laboratory aspects of oyster 
pollution {Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1925, 15, 1066) IV 
—. The limitations of the laboratory 
methods of water analysis {Health 
News, 1915, p.177) 
—. Recent pasteurization experi- 
ments (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1922, no. 2, 5) 
Wadsworth, Augustus B. The accu- 
racy of the laboratory service in 
the diagnosis of diphtheria {Health 
News, 1916, p,154) 
—. The action of bacterial toxins 
{J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 81) VII 
—. Antitoxic and antibacterial sera 
in the treatment of infection (In- 
ternal Congr. Microbiol., 2d, 
London, 1936. Proc., 1937, p.510) 
IX 
—. The approval of laboratories and 
their development under state aid 
(N, Y. State Dept. Health. Quart., 
1924, 1, 118) III, 1923-1925 
—. Approved laboratory services 
and their possible expansion; state- 
wide inventory of available serv- 
ices ; present status according to 
counties, with suggested develop- 
ments; mobile laboratory units . . . 
(N. Y. State Commission to Formu- 
late a Long Range Health Program. 
Interim Report. Legislative Docu- 
ment, 1941, no. 83, 73) 
—. A bacteriologic investigation of 
an outbreak of influenza in an in- 
stitution, the inmates of which 
were previously free from the in- 
fluenza bacillus when completely 
vaccinated with influenza {J. 
Amer. Med. Assoc., 1919, 73, 1657) 
—. Comparison of the potency 
of polyvalent antimeningoeoccus 
serum produced with four and six 
representative strains and that 
produced with sixty strains, as 
determined by the agglutination 
titer {J. Exp. Med., 1921, 33, 107) 
II, 1920-1923 
—. The complement fixation reac- 
tion with bacterial antigens (In 
Jordan, E. O., and Falk, I. S. The 
newer knowledge of bacteriology 
and immunology. Chicago, Uni- 
versity of Chicago Press, 1928, p. 
831) V 
—. Conference on Meningococcus 
Meningitis {Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 
49) 
—. A convenient outfit for the 
Schick test (J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1925, 10, 495) III, 1923-1925 
—. Cooperation between a central 
state laboratory and local municipal 
and county laboratories {J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1921, 77, 512) 
II, 1920-1923 
—. Cooperation between the central 
state laboratory and the local, 
municipal and county laboratories 
{N. Y. State J. Med., 1921, 21, 386) 
—. The development of laboratory 
service in New York State {Vener. 
Dis. Inf. {supp. 9), 1939, p.132) 
IX 
—. The development of public health 
laboratory service in New York 
State (N. Y. State Dept. Health 
Quart., 1924,1, 12) III, 1923-1925 
—. The development of state depart- 
ments of health in relation to health 
insurance and industrial hygiene 
{Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1920, 10, 
53; N. Y. State J. Med., 1920, 20, 
21) II, 1920-1923 
—. The development of the labora- 
tory service of the State {Health 
News, 1915, p.211) 
—. Diagnosis by the method of com- 
plement fixation (Cyclopedia of 
medicine, G. M. Piersol, ed.-in-chief. 
Philadelphia, Davis, 1931-1933, 7, 
145; Ibid., 1939, 7, 570; with Mal- 
taner, E. J., Ibid., 1941. Service 
volume, p, 157) 
—. Discussion following Sym- 
posium on the Therapeutic Use of 
Biologic Products, New York State 34 
AUTHORS 
Wadsworth, Augustus B.—Cant’d 
Medical Society (N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1933, 33,' 100) 
—. Discussion of “Discrepancies in 
serologic findings as shown by the 
results of the Washington Sero- 
logy Conference,” by J. F. Ma- 
honey (N. T. State J. Med., 1943, 
43, 846) 
—. Discussion of “Etiology of the 
pneumonias,” by Rufus Cole (N. 
Y. Stale J. Med., 1919, 19, 259) 
—. Discussion of ‘ ‘ Fundamental fea- 
tures of the complement deviation 
reaction as applied to tuberculosis, 
by Paul A. Lewis and Joseph P. 
Aaronson (Nat. Tuberc. Assoc. 
Trans., 1921, 17, 276) 
—. Discussion of “Health insurance 
as a means of organized practice of 
medicine,” by John A. Lapp (Conf. 
State and Provincial Health 
Authorities of North America, 
Proc., 1919, 34, 130) 
—. Discussion of “Observations on 
therapeutic value of scarlatinal an- 
titoxin,” by Francis G. Blake and 
James D. Trask (N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1925, 25, 1098) IV 
—. Discussion of “The confusing 
multiplicity of serologic tests for 
syphilis: the standardization of the 
serologic report as a possible solu- 
tion,” by Joseph Earle Moore and 
Harrv Eagle (Assoc. Amer. Phys. 
Trans., 1941, 56, 120) 
—. The effect of freezing on toxin- 
antitoxin mixtures (Health News. 
1924, p.25) 
—. The epidemic of poliomyelitis 
(Albany Med. Ann., 1917, 38, 1) 
I, 1914-1919 
—. 'The First International Congress 
of Microbiology (Health News, 
1930, p.190) 
—.; The hemolytic streptococci and 
antistreptococcus serum in scarlet 
fever (Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1929, 
19,1287) V 
—. Infection and immunity (Nelson 
loose-leaf medicine, W. W. Herrick, 
ed.-in-ehief. N. Y,, Nelson, 1920. 1, 
3 ‘Ibid., 1930,1, 3 -Ibid., 1941,1, 1) 
—. Infection and immunity : survey 
of literature. 1920-1928, published 
approximately annually (Nelson 
loose-leaf living medicine, W. W. 
Herrick, ed.-in-ehief. N. Y., Nelson, 
1920-1928) 
—. The International Conference on 
the Standardization of Sera and 
Serological Tests (Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1923, 13, 388) (Editorial) 
—. Laboratories of the State Depart- 
ment of Health (Health News, 
1914. p.92; 1915, p.211; 1916, 
p.152; 1917, p.240; 1918, p.10; 
1919, p.5; 1920, p.ll; 1921, p.38; 
1922, p.45; 1923, p.33) 
—. The laboratory section of the 
American Public Health Associa- 
tion : report of the archivist (Amer. 
J. Pub. Health (supp. Year Booh), 
1937, 27, 102; Ibid., (supp. Year 
Book), 1938, 28, 92; Ibid., (supp. 
Year Book), 1942, 32,148; Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1943, 33, 575; Ibid.. 
1944, 34, 880) 
—. Laboratory service for the State 
(Med. Bee. N. Y., 1915, 88, 125) 
—. Laboratory service in an epi- 
demic of paratyphoid fever among 
the troops (N. Y. State J. Med., 
1917, 17, 506; Health News, 1917, 
p.239; Ann. Rep., 1916, 37, 115) 
I, 1914-1919 
—. Laboratory service of the State 
of New York (with reports from 
local laboratories and map showing 
service in the State) (Health News. 
1916, p.159) 
—. Laboratory services (N. Y. State 
Commission to Formulate a Long 
Range Health Program. Special 
Report. Legislative Document, 
1941, no. 64, 61; Health News, 1941, 
P-93) 
—. Meningococcus meningitis: the 
results of recent investigation in 
relation to serum therapy (Amer. 
J. Hyg., 1931, 14, 630) VI 
—. Museum of the Division of 
Laboratories and Research, New 
York State Department of Health. 
New Scotland Avenue, Albany. 
N. Y. (J. Tech. Methods and Bull. 
Internal. Assoc. Med. Museums, 
1938, no. 18, 162) 
—. Nephrolithiasis purpura hemor- 
rhagica and streptococcus infection AUTHORS 
35 
(J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 1918, 71, 
2052) I, 1914-1919 
New plans for laboratory sup- 
plies and supply stations (Health 
News, 1915, p.149) 
The new state laboratory {Health 
News, 1919, p.306) 
- Notes on the First Congress of 
the International Society for Micro- 
biology and on some European 
laboratories visited (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1930, no. 2,18) 
Notes on the Second Interna- 
tional Congress for Microbiology 
and on some of the European 
laboratories visited (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1936, no. 2, 29) 
Observations concerning various 
pneumonia infections (Health 
News, 1918, p.333) 
Outstanding needs in the cam- 
paign against syphilis with respect 
to laboratory services (N. Y. State 
Charities Aid Assoc. State and 
Local Committees on Tuberc. and 
Pub. Health. Papers of annual 
conference, sec. 2, 1938, no. 5, 
mimeographed) 
Practical limitations of vaccine 
and serum therapy {New England 
J. Med., 1935, 213, 1285) ' VIII 
Practical problems in the serum 
therapy of meningococcus meningi- 
tis {Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1931. 
21, 157) VI 
The practical value of anti- 
pneumococcus, antimeningococcns 
and antistreptococcus sera in the 
treatment of pneumonia, meningi- 
tis, scarlet fever and other strep- 
tococcus infections (N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1932, no. 1, 5) 
-. Preliminary observations on the 
coagulative process {Ann. Rep.. 
1941, p.19) 
The preparation of the pure 
virus of smallpox vaccine (Health 
News, 1918, p.67) 
-• Problems in the serum therapy 
of pneumonia (Internat. Congr. 
Microbiol., 3d, New York, 1939. 
Proc.. 1940, p.653) 
—. Proposed collection of interest- 
ing pathological specimens (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1933, no. 1, 4) 
—• The protective value of pneumo- 
coccus vaccination in mice and rab- 
bits {J. Immunol., 1920, 5, 429) 
II, 1920-1923 
—. The public health laboratory 
(Nelson loose-leaf medicine, W. W. 
Herrick, ed.-in-ehief. N. Y., Nelson, 
1941, 7, 547; with Biggs, U>id., 
1920, 7, 135; with Biggs, Ibid., 
1928, 2, 151) X 
—. The public health laboratory of 
the State {Health News, 1914, p. 
400) 
—. Recent advances in the serum 
therapy of pneumonia, meningitis, 
scarlet fever and other strepto- 
coccus infections (Assoc. Amer. 
Phys. Trans., 1932, 47, 161; ./. 
Amer. Med. Assoc., 1932, 99, 204; 
Ibid., 1932, 99, 71) VII 
—. Recommendations of Committee 
on Laboratory Service of the Gov- 
ernor’s Health Commission (Arm. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 45) 
—. Report of the Committee on 
Pneumonia (Conf. State and Pro- 
vincial Health Authorities of North 
America. Proc., 1919, 34, 87) 
-*■. Report of the work of the Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Research 
{Health News, 1917, p.19) 
—. The results of preventive vac- 
cination with suspensions of the 
influenza bacillus {Pub. Health J. 
Toronto, 1919, 10, 309) 
—. Review of recently published 
reports on the serum treatment of 
type I pneumonia, together with a 
report of 445 additional cases 
{Amer. J. Hyg., 1924, 4, 119; J. 
State Med., 1924, 32, 582), 
III, 1923-1925 
—. Sanitary and biological research 
laboratories (National Research 
Council. Construction and equip- 
ment of chemical laboratories. N. 
Y., Chemical Foundation, Inc., 
1930, p.307) 
—. Serodiagnosis of infectious dis- 
ease (Assoc. Amer. Phys. Trans., AUTHORS 
Wadsworth, Augustus B.—Cant’d 
1938, 53, 263; N. Y. State J. Med., 
1938, 38, 1383; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 335) IX 
—. The serodiagnosis of syphilis 
(Hommage a la memoire du Pro- 
fesseur Jean Cantacuzene. Paris, 
Masson, 1934, 2, 789) VII 
—. Serologic tests as aids in the 
diagnosis and prognosis of syphilis 
{N. Y. State J. Med., 1940, 40, 177) 
X 
—. Serum diagnosis of syphilis and 
gonococcus infection by comple- 
ment fixation {Health News, 1917, 
p.119; Puh. Health, London, 1917, 
30, 205) 
—. Serum therapy of pneumonia in 
New York State {N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1925, 25, 528) III, 1923-1925 
—. Serum therapy of streptococcus 
infection {Canadian Puh. Health 
J., 1933, 24, 1) VII 
—. Die Serumtherapie der Pneu- 
monic des Typus I {Seuchen- 
hek'dmpfung, 1930, 7, 22) V 
—. Some comments on the purpose 
of the proposed health center bill 
and some reasons for its enactment 
{N. Y. State J. Med., 1920, 20, 165) 
—. Some of the practical problems 
in the serum therapy of bacterial 
infections {Ann. Int. Med., 1937, 
11, 791) IX 
—. Stainless steel for laboratory 
equipment {Steel Horizons, 1940, 
2, 8) 
—. Standard methods of the Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Research 
of the New York State Department 
of Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939. 681p. 
—. Standard methods of the Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Research 
of the New York State Department 
of Health: general laboratory pro- 
cedures and the methods used in 
the department for the preparation 
of media and glassware; the labora- 
tories for sanitary and analytical 
chemistry; the research, publica- 
tions, and library department; the 
antitoxin, serum, land vaccine 
laboratories; the diagnostic labora- 
tories; the executive offices. Balti- 
more, Williams and Wilkins, 1927. 
704p. 
—. The standardisation of anti- 
pneumococcus and antimeningo- 
coccus sera in the United States of 
America (League of Nations. 
Health Organisation. Reports on 
serological investigations presented 
to the Second International Con- 
ference on the Standardisation of 
Sera and Serological Tests, Paris, 
November, 1922. Geneva, League 
of Nations, 1923, p.46) 
—. Standardization of laboratory 
methods (Amer, J. Puh. Healthr 
1920, 10, 932) II, 1920-1923 
—. State aid for local laboratories 
(Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1924, 14, 
139) 
—. State laboratory work in New 
York {Modern Med., 1920, 2, 54) 
—. Statement regarding the new 
serologic tests for syphilis, tuber- 
culosis, and gonorrhea {N. Y. State 
J. Med., 1938, 38, 1386) 
—. Studies of the streptococci and 
antistreptococcus serum in scarlet 
fever (Internat. Congr. Microbiol., 
1st, Paris, 1930. Proc.. 1932, 1, 308) 
VI 
—. A study of experimental organ- 
izing pneumonia {J. Med. Research, 
1918, 39, 147) I, 1914-1919 
—. A study of the endocardial les- 
ions developing during pneumo- 
coccus infection in horses {J. Med. 
Research, 1919, 39, 279) 
I, 1914-1919 
—. Summary review of the labora- 
tory service of the Division of 
Laboratories and Research, 25th 
anniversary of the reorganization 
{Ann. Rep., 1939, p.7) 
—. Treatment of suspected rabies 
{Health News, 1914, p.416) 
—. The trend of research in the 
specific therapy of the infectious 
diseases (Med. Soc., County of Erie 
and Buffalo Acad. Med. Bull., 1931, 
8, 18) 
—. Vaccine and serum therapy (Nel- 
son loose-leaf medicine, W. W. Her- 
rick, ed.-in-chief. N.Y., Nelson, 
1931, 1, 49; Ihid., 1941. 1. 49 i AUTHORS 
37 
—. Virulence of diphtheria bacilli 
from diphtheria patients and from 
carriers: the results of five hundred 
and forty-eight tests {J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1920, 74, 1633) 
II, 1920-1923 
— and Brown, Rachel F. Chemical 
and immunological studies of the 
pneumococcus. 1. A specific anti- 
genic carbohydrate of type I 
pneumococcus. 2. The ether-solu- 
ble fraction of type I pneumococ- 
cus. 3. Cellular carbohydrate frac- 
tions. 4. Ultrafiltration in the 
preparation of type-I, -II, -III, 
and atypical polysaccharides (J. 
Immunol., 1931, 2i, 245, 255; Hid., 
1933, 24, 349; Hid., 1937, 32, 467) 
For Part 5, see Brown, R. F.; for 
Part 6, see Brown, R. F„ and 
Robinson VI, VII, IX 
— and —. A new antigen and its use 
in the serodiagnosis of syphilis {J. 
Immunol., 1936, 31, 155; J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 72) VIII 
— and Coffey, Julia M. The toxi- 
genic properties of hemolytic strep- 
tococci from human infections {J. 
Immunol., 1935,29, 505; Hid., {Soc. 
Proc.), 1935, 29, 59) VIII 
— and Crowe, Marguerite O’L. A 
preliminary study of the absorption 
spectra of cephalin, lecithin, and 
selected antigens {J. Phys. Chem., 
1936, 40, 739; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1936, 31, 67) VIII 
— and —. The spectroscopic investi- 
gation of bacterial toxins. 2. The 
ultraviolet absorption spectra and 
fluorescence of synthetic products 
in toxigenic and nontoxigenic diph- 
theria cultures {J. Infect. Dis., 
1943, 73, 106) For Part 1, see 
Wadsworth, Orowe, and Smith 
XI 
—, —, and Smith, Letha A. Absorp- 
tion spectra of the carbohydrates 
of the pneumococcus: a prelimin- 
ary note {J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 
481) VII 
—, —, and —. The spectroscopic in- 
vestigation of bacterial toxins. 1. 
The absorption spectra of the 
products of C. diphtheriae {Brit. 
J. Exp. Path., 1935, 16, 201) For 
Part 2, see Wadsworth and Crowe 
VIII 
— and Gilbert, Ruth. Approval of 
laboratories for surgical pathology 
in New York State {Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1934, 24, 1035) VIII 
—, —, and Hutton, Alice I. Study 
of the classification of meningococci 
(J. Exp. Med., 1921, 33, 99) 
II, 1920-1923 
—, Harris, Norman MacL., and Gil- 
bert, Ruth. The complement-fixa- 
tion test for syphilis, standard pro- 
cedure of the American Public 
Health Association; report from 
Standard Methods Committee of 
the American Public Health Asso- 
ciation, including the referee 
report for 1933 {Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1934, 24, 727) 
— and Hoppe, Ella N. The action 
of bacterial culture products on 
phagocytosis {J. Immunol., 1921, 6, 
399; Assoc. Amer. Phys. Trans., 
1921,36,399) II,' 1920-1923 
— and —. The neutralization or 
destruction of diphtheria toxin by 
tissue {J. Exp. Med., 1931, 53, 821; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1931, 
7, 545) VI 
— and —. Phagocytosis work (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1921, p.12) 
— and —. Susceptibility of eels and 
dogfish to diphtheria toxin : toxicity 
of eel serum and dogfish and skate 
plasma {Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1933, 31, 83) VII 
— and Hyman, Leonard W. Phos- 
pholipids and cholesterol in plasma 
of immunized horses {J. Immunol., 
1938, 35, 55) IX 
—, —, and Nichols, Ruhamah, R. The 
lipid content of livers of non-im- 
munized and immunized horses 
{Amer. J. Path., 1935, 11, 419) 
VIII 
— and Kirkbride, Mary B. Compari- 
son of the potency, polyvalency, 
and therapeutic action of antimen- 
ingococeus serum {Amer. J. Hun., 
1926. 6. 507) IV 38 
AUTHORS 
Wadsworth, Augustus B.—ConVd 
•— and Kirkbride, Mary B. A note on 
the production of antipneumococcus 
sera (J. Exp. Med., 1917, 25, 629; 
Health News, 1916, p.155) 
I, 1914-1919 
— and —. A study of the changes in 
virulence of the pneumococcus at 
different periods of growth and un- 
der different conditions of cultiva- 
tion in media (J. Exp. Med., 1918, 
28, 791) I, 1914-1919 
—, —, and Gilbert, Ruth. The stand- 
ardization of antipneumococcus and 
antimeningocoecus serums {Arch. 
Int. Med., 1919, 23, 269) 
I, 1914-1919 
—, —, and Hendry, Jessie L. A com- 
parative study of the potency and 
polyvalency of antistreptocoecus 
serum used in the treatment of scar- 
let fever {Amer. J. Hyg., 1929, 9, 
371) V 
—, —, McCoy, George W., and Has- 
seltine, Hermon E. A report on 
pneumococcus inoculation in New 
York State institutions {J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1922, 79, 1128) 
—, —, and Wheeler, Mary W. Stand- 
ardization of scarlet fever antistrep- 
tococcus serums (J. Amer. Med. As- 
soc., 1926, 87, 623) IV 
—, Langworthy, H. Virginia, Stew- 
art, P. Constance, Moore, Anna C., 
and Coleman, Marion B. Infec- 
tious jaundice occurring in New 
York State: preliminary report of 
an investigation, with report of a 
case of accidental infection of the 
human subject with Leptospira 
icterohaemorrhagiae from the rat 
(J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 1922, 78, 
1120) H, 1920-1923 
— and Maltaner, Elizabeth J. Diag- 
nosis by the method of complement 
fixation (Cyclopedia of Medicine; 
(1. M. Piersol, ed.-in-chief. Phila- 
delphia, Davis, 1941. Service vol- 
ume, p.157) 
—, —, and Maltaner, Frank. The 
antigenic action of cholesterol (J. 
Immunol. 1935, 29, 135; Ibid., 
(Soc. Proc.). 1984. 26, 332) VIII 
—, —, and —. The antigenic action 
of the phosphatides : further studies 
of purified cephalin {J. Immunol.. 
1985, 28, 183; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 
1984, 26, 332) VIII 
—, —, and —. The quantitative de- 
termination of the fixation of com- 
plement by immune serum and anti- 
gen (J. Immunol., 1981, 21, 318; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1931, 
7, 538) VI 
—, —, and —. A study of the anti- 
genic properties of lecithiit and 
cephalin (J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 
25; Amer. J. Path. (Sci. Proc.). 
1931, 7, 537) VII 
——, and Stevens, Bernice S. The 
complement-fixation test in tubercu- 
losis: a report of the results ob- 
tained in a series of 1,002 cases 
{Amer. Rev. Inhere., 1980, 22, 539) 
VI 
— and Maltaner, Frank. Purifica- 
tion and concentration of antigens 
for complement fixation by methods 
of dialysis, adsorption and extrac- 
tion (J. Exp. Med., 1921, 33, 119; 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1920, 17, 189) II, 1920-1923 
—, —, and Johnston, Elizabeth. 
Complement fixation in tuberculosis 
(N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1921, p.6) 
—, —, and Maltaner, Elizabeth J. 
The anticoagulative action of or- 
ganic acids, and of heparin and the 
organic base, diethylamine (Amer. 
J. Physiol., 1937, 119, 80; J. Bad. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 109) IX 
—, —, and —. Further studies of 
the chemical reactions underlying 
the coagulation of the blood; the 
activity of cephalin (Amer. J. 
Physiol, 1931, 97, 74) VI 
—, —, and —. Further studies of the 
chemical reactions underlying the 
coagulation of the blood; the activ- 
ity of lecithin (Amer. J. Physiol, 
1930, 91, 423) V 
—, —, and —. The inhibition of 
complementary activity by anti- 
coagulants (J. Immunol, 1937. 33, 
297) IX 
—, —, and —. Quantitative studies 
of the complement-fixation reac- 
tion with syphilitic serum and tis- AUTHORS 
39 
sue extract: technic of the practical 
quantitative test {J. Immunol., 
1938, 35, 217) IX 
—, —, and —. Quantitative studies 
of the reaction of complement fixa- 
tion with syphilitic serum and 
tissue extract {J. Immunol., 1938, 
35, 105) IX 
—, —, and —. Quantitative studies 
of the reaction of complement fixa- 
tion with tuberculous immune 
serum and antigen {J. Immunol., 
1938, 35, 93 ; {J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 336) IX 
—, —, and —. Studies on the activ- 
ity of cephalin as it relates to the 
coagulative and complementary 
properties of the blood {J. Im- 
munol., 1936, 30, 417; Ihid., {Soc. 
Proc.), 1934, 26, 333, 339) VIII 
—, —, and —. Studies on the coagu- 
lation of the blood (Assoc. Amer. 
Phys. Trans., 1931, 46, 296) VI 
—, —, and —. A study of the com- 
plement fixation reaction in tu- 
berculosis {J. Immunol., 1925, 10, 
241) HI, 1923-1925 
—, —, and —. A study of the coag- 
ulation of the hlood: the chemical 
reactions underlying the process 
{Am.er. J. Physiol., 1927, 80, 502) 
IV 
—, and Pangborn, Mary 0. The re- 
action of formaldehyde with amino 
acids (J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 116, 
423) vm 
— and Quigley, James J. Studies on 
the bacterial toxins: concentration 
and purification of the toxin of 
Streptococcus hemolyticus with 
acetone {J. Immunol., 1931. 20, 
459) VI 
— and —. Studies on the purifica- 
tion of diphtheria toxin by ultra- 
filtration {Amer. J. Hyy., 1934. 20, 
225) vm 
—, —, and Sickles, Gretchen R. The 
preparation of diphtheria toxoid 
by treatment of the toxin with* 1 
per cent formalin and precipitation 
with acetone {J. Immunol., 1933, 
25, 139; J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1933, 
25, 82) VH 
—, —, and —. Preparation of diph- 
theria toxoid; the action of for- 
maldehyde; precipitation by cal- 
cium (J. In feci. Dis., 1937, 6i, 237; 
J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1935. 29, 44) 
IX 
—, —, and —. The purification and 
concentration of diphtheria toxoid 
{J. Exp. Med., 1932, 55, 815) VI 
— and Sickles, Grace M. The effect 
of type-1 pneumococcus culture 
broth on the phagocytic action of 
type-I pneumococcus serum (J. Im- 
munol., 1927, 14, 321, 329) IV 
— and —. Preliminary report on 
the action of immune sera in con- 
junction with prontosil and sul- 
fanilamide in streptococcus infec- 
tion in mice (J. Bart. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 338) 
— and —. Studies of local reactivity 
to the bacterial toxins: a prelimin- 
ary report {J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 
1933, 25, 80) 
— and —. A study of pneumococci 
isolated from horses undergoing 
pneumococcus immunization {J. 
Exp. Med., 1927. 45, 787) IV 
— and —. Titration of the neutral- 
izing potency of antimeningococcus 
serum by the phenomenon of skin 
reactivity (N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1930, no. 2, 9) 
—, van Amstel, Jeanne E., and Brig- 
ham, Margaret W. The prepara- 
tion of antigens from cultures of 
Treponema pallidum {J. Immunol.. 
1930, 19, 289) VI 
— and Vories, Ruth. The action of 
leucocytes and brain tissue on diph- 
theria and tetanus toxins {J. Im- 
munol., 1921, 6, 413) H, 1920-1923 
— and Wheeler, Mary W. The at- 
tenuation and toxin production of 
the diphtheria bacillus. 1. Attenu- 
ation of the diphtheria bacillus. 2. 
Synthetic mediums. 3. Factors af- 
fecting growth and toxin produc- 
tion. 4. In infusion-free peptone 
mediums. 5. In synthetic mediums. 
8. TTltrafiltration of toxin produced 
iti peptone-dialysate mediums. 7. 
Studies on the separation and an- 
alysis of products of synthesis in 
diphtheria culture filtrates {J. In- 
fed. Dis., 1928. 42, 179; Ibid., 1934. 40 
AUTHORS 
Wadsworth, Augustus B., and Wheel- 
er, Mary W.—Continued 
55, 123; with Mendez, Ibid., 1938, 
62, 129; Arch. Path. (Soc. Trans.), 
1927, 4, 489; Amer. J. Path. (Sci. 
Proc.), 1927, 3, 540; J. Immunol. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1934, 26, 339; J. 
Infect. Dis., 1943, 73, 95) 
V, VIII, IX, XI 
— and —. Further studies on the 
purification and analysis of diph- 
theria toxin (J. Pact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 299) 
Walker, Amy. See Crowe and 
Walker 
Wemple, Margaret J. See Gilbert 
and Wemple 
—. See Langworthy and Wemple 
—. See Wadsworth, van Ams- 
tel, and Brigham, Margaret 
W (emple) 
West, Cutler D. See Kirkbride, 
Wheeler, and West 
Wheeler, Mary W. Action of bac- 
teriophage on C. diphtheriae (Ann. 
Pep., 1939, p.18) 
—. Action of formalin on purified 
diphtheria toxin (Ann. Pep., 1940, 
P-13) 
—. The attenuation and toxin pro- 
duction of the diphtheria bacillus, 
strain no. 3203 (Ann. Pep., 1934, 
P-14) 
—. Effect of hemolytic streptococci 
on toxin production of the diph- 
theria bacillus (Ann. Pep., 1935, 
P-16) 
—. Notes on the antigenic activity 
of hemolytic streptococci from dif- 
' ferent types of infection (J. Im- 
munol., 1932, 23, 311; J. Pact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1932, 23, 82) VII 
—. Observations on streptococcus 
toxin-antitoxin neutralization as a 
basis for specificity (Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Piol. and Med., 1930, 27, 570) VI 
—. Porphyrin production by coryne- 
bacteria (J. Pact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1940, 40, 163) X 
—. Production of monovalent botu- 
linus antitoxic serum types A and 
B (J. Immunol., 1923, 8, 501) 
HI, 1923-1925 
—. Purification and analysis of 
diphtheria toxin in synthetic 
medium (Internal. Congr. Micro- 
biol., 3d, New York, 1939. Proc., 
1940, p.794) 
—. Purification and analysis of 
diphtheric toxin by ultrafiltration 
(J. Pact. (Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 
220) . IX 
—. A simple method for determin- 
ing the capacity of “to contain” 
pipettes (J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1919, 4, 498) I, 1914-1919 
—. Streptococci associated with 
epidemic septic sore throat: their 
relationship to streptococci asso- 
ciated with scarlet fever (J. Prev. 
Med., 1931, 5, 181; Health News, 
1931, p.109) VI 
—. Streptococci from cases of epi- 
demic septic sore throat, scarlet 
fever, and erysipelas (J. Prev. 
Med., 1930, 4,‘ 1) V 
— and Coleman, Marion B. Bismuth- 
sulfite plating medium prepared 
with purified agar (J. Pact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1943, 45, 521) XI 
— and Crowe, Marguerite O’L. A 
note on conditions affecting the 
production of toxin and porphyrins 
by the diphtheria bacillus (J. Pact., 
1936, 31, 519; Ibid., (Soc. Proc.). 
1936, 31, 73) VIII 
— and Humphreys, Eleanor M. Iso- 
lation of P. botulinus, type B, from 
feces by use of blood agar plates in 
anaerobic jar (J. Infect. Dis., 1924. 
35, 305; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 1, 6) 
III, 1923-1925 
— and Mendez, Laura. Growth and 
toxin production of the diphtheria 
bacillus in synthetic medium: the 
effect of inorganic salts and car- 
bohydrates (J. Pact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1937, 33, 54) 
—. See Coleman and Wheeler 
—. See Kirkbride and Wheeler 
—. See Kirkbride, Wheeler, and 
Hendry 
—. See Kirkbride, Wheeler, and 
West 
—. See Wadsworth. Kirkbride. and 
Wheeler AUTHORS 
41 
—. See Wadsworth and Wheeler 
Willson, F. Louise. See Lang- 
worthy and Willson 
Wood, Chester J., and Murdick, 
Philip P. The stability of phtha- 
late solutions as standards in hydro- 
gen ion work (J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 
1922, 44, 2008) 
Zimmer, Margaret J. See Gilbert, 
Coleman, and Zimmer INDEX TO SUBJECTS Explanatory Notes 
The Annual Report of the Division of Laboratories *and Research has been 
issued as a separate publication since 1934; from this date it is published in 
the general report of the Department of Health only in an abbreviated form. 
References in the period 1914-1933, therefore, are to the volume number of 
the general Annual Report of the New York State Department of Health; 
from 1934, citations are by year and page number of the report of the Division. 
Citations to Health News indicate the weekly publication of the New York 
State Department of Health. 
When an article has been published in more than one form, as in abstract 
in the Annual Report or in society proceedings, and in complete form in a 
journal, each publication is cited. This practice was adopted to present a 
complete record and to facilitate reference, since not all sources may be 
available in a given library or institute. Entries for publications that are 
issued serially list the latest edition and usually note also frequency of 
publication or date of first issue. 
Roman numerals at the right margin indicate the volume of Collected 
Studies in which a reprint is included. The first reference listed in a series 
is to the reprint in the Studies. Because the first three volumes of Studies 
were not numbered at the time of publication, the dates are also added, as 
I, 1914-1919. INDEX TO SUBJECTS 
A 
Administration—Continued 
Organization and administration of 
the public health laboratory 
(Wadsworth. Nelson new loose- 
leaf medicine, W. W. Herrick, 
ed.-in-chief. N. Y., Nelson, 1941, 
7, 547) X 
— — methods of the Division of 
Laboratories and Research 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939. 681p. First edi- 
tion, 1927) 
operation of laboratory serv- 
ice of the State (Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research. Lab- 
oratory manual for physicians; 
8th ed. Published by the Division, 
1944. 103p.) 
Agar: 
Chemical study (Brown, R, F., 
Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 43; 1934, 
P-13) 
In immune reactions (Sickles, G. 
M. Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 40) 
Skin reaction by intravenous injec- 
tion following intracutaneous 
inoculation of meningococcus 
toxin (Sickles, G. M., J. 
Immunol., 1931, 20, 169; Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 53; 1934, p.7) 
VI 
See also Media; Skin—Reactions 
Agglutination; 
Br. abortus, presumptive test for 
(Gilbert and Coleman, J. Lai), 
and Clin. Med., 1931, 17, 88; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 1, 8) VI 
Calf serum with sheep cells (Mal- 
taner, F., and Johnston, J. 
Immunol., 1921, 6, 271) 
II, 1920-1923 
Effect of bile on agglutination reac- 
tion (Gilbert and Coleman, J. 
Lab. and Clin. Med., 1930, 15, 
Abortus melitensis group: 
Bee Brucella abortus 
Absorption spectra: 
Bee Spectroscopy 
Acariasis: 
Pulmonary, in the monkey, Pneu- 
monyssus griffithi Newst identified 
(Schleifstein, Ann. Rep., 1938, 
p.37; 1940, p.53) 
p-Acetylaminobenzoic acid: 
Determination in blood (Eckert, 
J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 148, 197) 
XI 
Acid-fast bacilli: 
Detection by fluorescence technic 
(Harris and Clark, M. E., Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.54) 
Bee also Names of specific micro- 
organisms, e.g. Mycobacterium 
tuberculosis 
Acids: 
Organic, anticoagulative action 
(Wadsworth, Maltaner, F., and 
Maltaner, E. J., Amer. J. Phy- 
siol., 1937, 119, 80; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 109; Ann. Rep., 
1936, p.12) IX 
Bee also p-Acetylaminobenzoic acid; 
Amino acids; p-Aminobenzoic 
acid; Ascorbic acid; Bile acids; 
Fatty acids; Formic acid; p- 
Nitrobenzoie acid 
Actinobacillus lignieresi: 
Unidentified microorganism resemb- 
ling Past, pseudotuberculosis and 
Actinobacillus lignieresi; identi- 
fied as new species, Bact. entero- 
coliticum ( Schleifstein and 
Coleman, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1939, 39, 1749; Health News, 
1940, p.22; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.45; 
1940, p.50; 1941, p.60; 1943, 
p.56) X 
Administration: 
Activities of the Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Published in 
Annual Reports of the Division. 46 
SUBJECTS 
Agglutination—Continued 
493; Diagnostic procedures and 
reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.247) 
V 
Of human red blood cells by anti- 
pneumococcus rabbit sera 
(Harris, Ann. Rep., 1938, p. 11) 
Agglutination tests: 
Bact. typhosum, granular and floc- 
cular agglutination (Gilbert, 
Coleman, and Laviano, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1933, 19, 225; J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1932, 23, 110; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1932, no. 2, 6; 
Health Neivs, 1934, p.22; Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 66; 1931, 52, 
53; 1932, 53, 100; 1933, 54, 80) 
VII 
, microscopic and macroscopic 
tests (Gilbert and Coleman, 
Am. J. Pub. Health, 1933, 23, 
693; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1931, no. 1, 
5) VII 
, — test (Gilbert and Cole- 
man, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1927, no. 1, 
1; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 60) 
Centrifugation as an aid in shorten- 
ing time of test (Hazen and 
Coleman, Ann. Rep., 1942, p.54) 
Importance of bacteriolysis (Gil- 
bert and Groesbeck, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1925, 15, 359; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1924, no. 2, 11) 
Joint investigation on typhoid fever 
by members of the N. Y. State 
Association of Public Health 
Laboratories; final report (Gil- 
bert, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 1, 
5) 
Sheep blood, defibrinated, as color 
standard for dried human blood 
(Gilbert and Parsons, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1924, 10, 206; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 1, 1) 
III, 1923-1925 
See also Agglutination; Agglutina- 
tive activity; Antigens; and sub- 
division Agglutination tests 
Agglutination tests—Continued 
under names of diseases, e.g. 
Typhoid fever—Agglutination 
tests 
Agglutinative activity: 
Antimeningococcus serum, antibac- 
terial and antitoxic (Kirkbride 
and Cohen, J. Immunol., 1937, 
33, 375; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.31) 
IX 
— — from horses and rabbits 
(Sickles, G. M., and Rice, J. 
Immunol., 1938, 34, 221) IX 
— —, potency of univalent and 
multivalent horse sera (Kirk- 
bride and Cohen, Amer. J. Hyg., 
1937, 26, 382; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 643; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.32) IX 
— —, titer of antibacterial and 
antifiltrate horse sera (Sickles, 
G. M., and Rice, J. Immunol., 
1938, 35, 427; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.8) IX 
Antipneumococcus sera from horses 
and rabbits (Sickles, G. M., and 
Rice, J. Immunol., 1938, 34, 235) 
IX 
Amboceptor: 
Absorption of natural amboceptor 
from sera in test for syphilis 
(Gilbert and Wemple, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1924, 10, 31; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1923, no. 2, 2) 
III, 1923-1925 
Antisheep, increasing potency by 
chemical fractionation ( Gilbert 
and Van Saun, Amer. J. Syph., 
1918, 2, 755) I, 1914-1919 
—, preservation with glycerol 
(Lanqworthy and Wemple, J. 
Lab. and Clin. Med., 1925, 10, 
864) IV 
—, production and distribution 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.513) 
—, — in mule (Gilbert, N. Y. State 
J. Med., 1922, 22, 286; N. Y. SUBJECTS 
47 
Amboceptor—Continued 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1922, no. 1, 1; Ann. Rep., 
1920, 41, 111; 1921, 42, 110; 1922, 
43, 170) II, 1920-1923 
Antisheep, quantitative comple- 
ment-fixation technic in testing 
trial bleedings from rabbits (Gil- 
bert, Ann. Rep., 1941, p.55) 
Natural, content in sera of horses, 
mules, donkeys, and goats (Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 82) 
See also Complement-fixation tests 
Amebiasis: 
See Dysentery—Amebic; Enda- 
moeba histolytica 
American Public Health Association: 
Laboratory section, report of the 
archivist (Wadsworth, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health (supp. Year Book), 
1937, 27, 102; Ibid., (supp. Year 
Book), 1938, 28, 92; Ibid., (supp. 
Year Book), 1942, 32, 148 ; Amer. 
J. Pub. Health, 1943, 33, 575; 
Ibid., 1944, 34, 880; Sexton, 
Ibid., 1945, 35, 849) 
Amidol: 
In colorimetric determination of 
dissolved oxygen (Gilcreas, J. 
Amer. Water Works Assoc., 1935, 
27, 1166; Ann. Rep.. 1935, p.65) 
VIII 
Amino acids: 
Estimation by copper method 
(Kober, J. Ind. and Eng. Chem., 
1917, 9, 501) I, 1914-1919 
Formation of a nicotinamide-like 
substance from amino acids and 
related compounds (Bovarnick, 
M. R., J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 151, 
467; Ann. Rep., 1943, p.46) XI 
substance in a heated 
asparagine-glutamate mixture 
(Bovarnick, M. R., J. Biol. 
Chem., 1943, 149, 301) XI 
extracellular d(—)-glutamic 
acid polypeptide by B. subtilis 
(Bovarnick, M., J. Biol. Chem., 
1942, 145, 415) X 
Identification as nicotinamide of 
substance formed from aspara- 
gine and glutamic acid (Bovar- 
nick, M. R., J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 
153, 1) XI 
Amino acids—Continued 
Inhibition of copper proteinate 
formation in sera (Quigley and 
Muraschi, J. Biol. Chem., 1945, 
158, 463) XI 
Reactivity with formaldehyde 
under conditions used for pre- 
paration of diphtheria toxoid 
(Wadsworth and Pangborn, J. 
Biol. Chem., 1936, 116, 423; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.23) VIII 
See also Peptides; and names of 
amino acids, e.g. Glutamic acid 
p-Aminobenzoic acid: 
Determination in blood (Eckert, 
J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 148, 197) 
XI 
Effect on bacteriostatic action pro- 
duced by sodium p-nitrobenzoate 
on Strep, viridans (Miller, J. 
Pharmacol, and Exp. Therap., 
1941, 71, 14; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
p.10) X 
Toxicity, absorption, and excretion 
in mice and rabbits (Miller, 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.9) 
Ammonia: 
Determination, ammonia-chlorine 
treatment of water (Davis and 
Kelly, J. Amer. Water Works 
Assoc., 1934, 26, 1196; Health 
News, 1934, p.180; Ann. Rep., 
1933, 54, 93) VIII 
Distillation by aeration (Kober, J. 
Amcr. Chem. Soc., 1916, 38, 
2568) I, 1914-1919 
Amylase test; 
As indication of pasteurization 
(Gilcreas and Davis, Internal. 
Assoc. Milk Sanit. Ann. Proc., 
1936, 25, 15; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Dairy and Milk Inspectors. Ann. 
Rep., 1936, 10, 73; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 38, 111; Health 
News, 1936, p.186; Ann. Rep., 
1936, p.51) IX 
Anaphylaxis: 
Experimental pneumonia in rab- 
bits (Kirkbride, J. Exp. Med., 
1915, 21, 605) I, 1914-1919 
Failure of antipneumococcus horse 
serum to sensitize guinea pigs to 
anaphylactic shock with specific 
carbohydrates (Brown, R. F- 48 
SUBJECTS 
Anaphylaxis—Continued 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1934, 31, 700) VII 
Induction of anaphylactic shock by 
specific carbohydrates of type-1 
pneumococcus (Brown, R. F., 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1934, 31, 699) VII 
Role of reticulo-endothelial system 
in immunity. 3. Active and pas- 
sive anaphylaxis in blocked ani- 
mal (Jungeblut and Berlot, J. 
Exp. Med., 1926, 44, 129; Ann. 
Rep., 1925, 46, 35) IV 
Serum reactions following prophy- 
lactic injection of tetanus anti- 
toxin (Lyall and Murdick, N. 
Y. State J. Med., 1938, 38, 882; 
Health News, 1937, p.177; Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.39) IX 
See also Skin—Reactions 
Anatoxins: 
See Names of specific toxoids, e.g. 
Diphtheria—Toxoid; Tetanus— 
Toxoid 
Anemia: 
Infectious, equine, immunologic 
reactions associated with (Tor- 
rance, Amer. J. Vet. Research, 
1940, 1, 63; Ann. Rep., 1935, 
p.42) X 
—, —, outbreak of (Griffin and 
Brose, J. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc., 
1936, 89, 664; Ann. Rep., 1935, 
p.40) ' VIII 
—, —, study of abnormal blood 
cells of horses with (Torrance 
and DeWeerdt, Ann. Rep., 1935, 
P-41) 
Animals: 
Experimental use restricted (J. 
Dental Soc. State of New York, 
1943, 9, 32; N. Y. State J. Med., 
1943, 43, 2338; Health News, 
1943, p.187) 
Laboratory, reports on breeding, 
care, and epizootics. Published 
in Annual Reports of the Divi- 
sion. 
—, use of experimental and test 
animals (Wadsworth, Standard 
methods of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research of the 
Animals—Continued 
New York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939, p.38) 
—, spontaneous tumors in rabbits 
and other animals (Schleifstein, 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.52; 1941, 
P-64) 
See also Cold-blooded animals; Epi- 
zoology; Parasites; and names of 
animals, e.g. Dogs; Rabbits 
Anthrax: 
See Bacillus anthracis 
Antianthrax serum: 
Administration, directions enclosed 
with each preparation, currently 
revised (Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Labora- 
tory manual for physicians; 8th 
ed. Published by the Division, 
1944, p.20) 
Antibiotics; 
Active substance from soil micro- 
organism no. 4205, chemical in- 
vestigations (Brown, R. F., Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.14) 
Antibiotic activity of strain no. 
4205 (Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.12; 1943, 
p.!3) 
See also Soil microorganisms 
Antidysentery serum: 
Distribution of multivalent anti- 
dysentery serum for therapeutic 
use, available since 1916; discon- 
tinued (Lyall, Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-36) 
Antigens: 
Bacterial, complement-fixation reac- 
tion with (Wadsworth. Jordan, 
E. 0., and Falk, I. S. The newer 
knowledge of bacteriology and 
immunology. Chicago, Univers- 
ity of Chicago Press, 1928, p.831) 
V 
Cardiolipin, acid, improved method 
for preparation from beef heart 
(Pangborn, J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 
153, 343) XI 
—, activity in vivo (Sickles, G. M., 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.20) 
—, greater recovery by replacing or 
supplementing sodium chloride 
with sodium sulfate (Pangborn, SUBJECTS 
49 
Antigens—Continued 
J. Biol. Chem., 1945, 157, 691) 
XI 
Cardiolipin, isolation and purifica- 
tion (Pangborn, J. Biol. Chem., 
1942, 143, 247; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1940, 39, 80; Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.15; 1940, p.12; 1941, p.16 ; 
1942, p.18) X 
—, reactivity in macro- and micro- 
precipitation tests (Brown, R. 
F., J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1945, 
49, 199) XI 
—, serologically active phospho- 
lipid from beef heart (Pangborn, 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1941, 48, 484; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1940, 39, 80) X 
—, standardization in complement- 
fixation test (Maltaner, E. J., 
and Maltaner, F., J. Immunol. 
In press; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1945, 49, 199; Ann. Rep., 1943, 
p.17) XI 
—, — in precipitation test (Brown, 
R. F., J. Immunol. In press; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1944, 47, 
581) XI 
Cephalin, antigenic action of 
(Wadsworth, Maltaner, E. J.’, 
and Maltaner, F., J. Immunol., 
1935, 28, 183 ; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 
1934, 26, 332; Ann. Rep., 1934, 
p.20) VIII 
Cholesterol, antigenic action of 
(Wadsworth, Maltaner, E. J., 
and Maltaner, F., J. Immunol., 
1935, 29, 135; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 
1934, 26, 332; Ann. Rep., 1933, 
54, 50; 1934, p.19) VIII 
For syphilis, complement-fixation 
test, Bordet-Ruelens antigen, 
reaction with cerebrospinal fluid 
(Hazen and Greenspan, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1936, 21, 1185) 
VIII 
, test, dilution of (Moore, 
J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1927, 12, 
594) IV 
, test, divergent results 
with alcoholic and cholesterolized 
antigens (Gilbert and Lang- 
worthy, Amer. J. Syph., 1925, 
9, 310) IV 
Antigens—Continued 
, test, optimum ratio of 
cholesterol to tissue-extract anti- 
gen (Kent, J. Immunol., 1940, 
39, 307; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1939, 38, 240; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.16) X 
, test, relation of choles- 
terol to antigen in tissue extracts 
(Kent, J. Immunol., 1942, 43, 
267; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1941, 
42, 134; Ann. Rep., 1941, p.55) 
X 
f test, standardization; 
associate referee report for 1937 
(Maltaner, E. J., Amer. J. Pub. 
Health {supp. Year Book), 1938, 
28,114) IX 
, test, standardization of 
antigens (Schaible, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1929, 14, 370; Ann. 
Rep., 1928, 49, 45) V 
— —, precipitation test (Wads- 
worth and Brown, R. F., J. 
Immunol., 1936, 31, 155; J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 72; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.ll) VIII 
— tuberculosis, complement-fixa- 
tion test, discussion by A. B. 
Wadsworth (Lewis and Aaron- 
son, Nat. Tuberc. Assoc. Trans., 
1921, 17, 276) 
, test, purification and 
concentration of antigens from 
tubercle bacilli (Wadsworth and 
Maltaner, F., J. Exp. Med., 
1921, 33, 119; Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1920, 17, 189; 
Wadsworth, Maltaner, F., and 
Johnston, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1921, 
p.6) II, 1920-1923 
Heterophile antigen in hemolytic 
streptococci (Sickles, G. M., 
Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 41) 
Lecithin and eephalin, antigenic 
properties of (Wadsworth, Mal- 
taner, E. J., and Maltaner, F., 
J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 25; Amer. 
J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1931, 7, 
537; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 52; 
1931, 52, 42; 1932, 53, 67). VII 50 
SUBJECTS 
Antigens—Continued 
Spectroscopic study, absorption 
spectra in visible and ultraviolet 
ranges (Wadsworth and Crowe, 
J. Phys. Chem., 1936, 40, 739; 
J. Pact. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 
67; Ann. Rep., 1934, p.18; 1935, 
p.20; 1936, p.18) VIII 
Trep. pallidum, antigenic activity 
of preparations from Noguchi 
strain (Wadsworth, van Ams- 
tel, and Brigham, J. Immunol., 
1930, 19, 289; Ann. Rep., 1928, 
49, 61; 1929, 50, 51) VI 
, of preparations from 
various strains (Rice, J. Im- 
munol., 1932, 22, 67; Ann. Rep., 
1929, 50, 50) VI 
, preparation of antigens from 
cultures (Brown, R. F., Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 45) 
See also Agglutination; Comple- 
ment-fixation tests; Lipids; and 
names of specific antigens 
Antimeningococcus serum: 
Administration, directions enclosed 
with each preparation, currently 
revised (Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Labora- 
tory manual for physicians; 8th 
ed; Published by the Division, 
1944, p.44) 
Comparative tests of State and 
National Institute of Health 
agglutinating rabbit sera for 
classification of meningococci 
(Cohen, Ann. Rep., 1941, p.45) 
: and other therapeutic 
multivalent horse sera (Cohen, 
Ann. Rep., 1941, p.44) 
— titrations of antibacterial and 
antitoxic sera (Kirkbride and 
Cohen, J. Immunol., 1937, 33, 
375; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.31) IX 
Complement-fixing activity of horse 
and rabbit sera (Rice, J. Pact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 109) 
— — —; quantitative technic, of 
serum and spinal fluid from con- 
valescent serum-treated meningo- 
coccus carriers (Sickles, G, M., 
and Rice, J\ Pact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 337) 
Concentration and purification 
(Lyall and Murdick, N. Y. 
Antimeningococcus serum—Coni ’d 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1935, no. 1, 15; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p. 47) 
(Murdick and Cohen, J. 
Immunol., 1935, 28, 205; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 84; 1932, 53, 84; 
1933, 54, 65; 1934, p.37; 3935, 
p.39) . VIII 
Distribution begun {Ann. Rep., 
1915, 36, 159, 175) 
Potency, multivalency, and thera- 
peutic action of (Wadsworth 
and Kirkbride, Amer. J. Hyg., 
1926, 6, 507) IV 
— of multivalent 4-, 6-, and 60- 
strain sera as determined by 
agglutination titer (Wadsworth, 
J. Exp. Med., 1921, 33, 107) 
II, 1920-1923 
Production and standardization, 
multivalent sera with group-I 
and group-II, and encapsulated 
group-II meningococcus strains 
(Cohen, Ann. Rep., 1940, p.28; 
1941, p.39) 
— in horse under immunization for 
13 years {Ann. Rep., 1941, p.42) 
— of univalent serum {Ann. Rep., 
1935, p. 38) 
—, serologic and immunologic pro- 
perties of meningococcus strains 
in relation to (Kirkbride and 
Cohen, Amer. J. Hyg., 1932, 15, 
444; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1936, no. 2, 
30) VI 
—, — — — studies of meningo- 
coccus strains, precipitation reac- 
tions associated with growth of 
cultures on immune-serum-agar 
plates (Kirkbride and Cohen, 
Amer. J. Hyg., 1934, 20, 444; J. 
Pact. {Soc. Proc.), 1934. 27, 85) 
VIII 
—, — — — studies of group-II 
meningococcus strains in relation 
to (Cohen, J. Infect. Dis., 1940, 
67, 74; J. Pact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1940, 39, 80; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.26 ; 1940, p.28; 1941, p.38) X 
—, standardization and preparation 
for distribution (Wadsworth. 
Standard methods of the Division 
of Laboratories and Research of SUBJECTS 
51 
Antimeningococcus serum—Cant’d 
the New York State Department 
of Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wilkins, 1939, 
p.445) 
Production, virulence of meningo- 
coccus strains and protective 
activity of antisera (Cohen, J. 
Immunol., 1936, 30, 203; Ih id., 
(Soc. Froc.), 1935, 29, 61) VIII 
Sale regulated (Ann. Rep., 1917, 
38, 263) 
Serologic and immunologic study of 
an atypical meningococcus strain 
(Kirkbride and Hutton, J. 
Immunol., 1926, 11, 393) IV 
Serotherapy, conference on, called 
by Commissioner of Health, T. 
Parrau (Wadsworth, Ann. Rep., 
1930, 51, 49) 
— of meningitis, advances in 
(Wadsworth, Assoc. Amer. 
Phys. Trans., 1932, 47, 161; J. 
Amer. Med. Assoc., 1932, 99, 204; 
Ibid., 1932, 99, 71 (abs. with dis- 
cussion) ; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Froc., 1932, no. 1, 
5) VII 
, statement of the Commis- 
sioner of Health (Health News, 
1931, p.61) 
Stability of standard control serum 
dried by Flosdorf-Mudd lyophile 
method (Ann. Rep., 1940, p.34) 
stored dried serum, elfect of 
preservation (Cohen, Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.34; 1941, p. 44) 
Standardization (Wadsworth, 
Kirkbride, and Gilbert, Arch. 
Int. Med., 1919. 23, 269) 
I, 1914-1919 
—, agglutinating, precipitating, 
and complement-fixing activity 
of serum of horses and rabbits 
under immunization with men- 
ingococci (Sickles, G. M., and 
Rice, J. Immunol., 1938, 34, 221) 
IX 
—, comparative complement-fixing 
activity of antibacterial and anti- 
filtrate sera from horses under 
immunization against the men- 
ingococcus (Sickles, G. M., and 
Antimeningococcus serum—Coni’d 
Rice, J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 427; 
Ann. Rep., 1937, p.8) IX 
—, potency of univalent and mul- 
tivalent horse sera on basis of 
protection, precipitation, and 
agglutination tests (Kirkbride 
and Cohen, Amer. J. Hyg., 1937, 
26, 382; J. Bad. (Soc. Froc.), 
1937, 33, 643; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.32) IX 
—, protein fractionation (Murdick 
and Cohen, J. Immunol., 1933, 
24, 531; Ann. Rep., 1932, 53, 85) 
VII 
—, titration of neutralizing potency 
by phenomenon of local skin reac- 
tivity (Sickles, G. M., Amer. J. 
Hyg., 1933, 17, 412; Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1933, 23, 259 
(abs.) ; Wadsworth and Sickles, 
G. M., N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Froc., 1930, no. 2, 
9; iww. Rep., 1931, 52, 43; 1932. 
53, 56) VII 
Standards, Federal and New York 
State (Wadsworth. Interna- 
tional Conference on the Stand- 
ardization of Sera and Serologi- 
cal Tests, 2d, Paris, 1922. 
Reports on serological investiga- 
tions. Geneva, League of Na- 
tions, 1923, p.46) 
Antipertussis serum: 
Rabbit, production and standard- 
ization (Cohen, Ann. Rep., 1943, 
P-34) 
—, tissue changes in rabbits during 
immunization (Schleifstein, 
Ann. Rep., 1943, p.70) 
Antipneumococcus sera: 
Administration, directions enclosed 
with each preparation, currently 
revised (Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Labora- 
tory manual for physicians; 8th 
ed. Published bv the Division, 
1944, p.48) 
Complement-fixing activity of horse 
and rabbit serum (Rice, J. Bad. 
(Soc. Froc.), 1937, 33, 109) 
Horse, action of freezing on serum- 
carbohydrate mixtures (Hendry, 
Ann. Rep., 1934, p.33) 52 
SUBJECTS 
Antipneumococcus sera—Cont’d 
Horse, agar-plaque method for pro- 
duction of (Hendry, Ann. Bep., 
1933, 54, 64) 
—, agglutination and hemolysis of 
human erythrocytes by (Hendry, 
Ann. Bep., 1939, p.25) 
—, concentrated type 1, distributed 
{Health News, 1936, p.13) 
—, — type 2, distributed {Health 
News, 1937, p.13, 17) 
—, concentration (Murdick, Ann. 
Bep., 1941, p.45) 
—, — and purification (Lyall and 
Murdick, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1935, no. 1, 
15 ; Ann. Bep., 1935, p.47) 
—, standardization of type-1 
serum (Kirkbride, Hendry, and 
Murdick, Amer. J. Hyg., 1936, 
23, 187; Ann. Bep., 1930, 51, 85; 
1931, 52, 83; 1932, 53, 84; 1933, 
54, 74; 1934, p.34; 1935, p.35, 46 ; 
1936, p.28) VIII 
—, distribution begun {Ann. Bep., 
1915, 36, v. 1, 159, 175) 
—, effect of type-1 pneumococcus 
culture broth on phagocytic 
action of type-1 pneumococcus 
serum (Wadsworth and Sickles, 
G. M., J. Immunol., 1927,14, 321, 
329; Ann. Bep., 1927, 48, 49) IV 
—, type-1 pneumococcus cul- 
ture broth on the protective 
action of type-1 antiserum (Sick- 
les, G. M., J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 
40, 369) IV 
—, efficacy in treatment of pneu- 
monia, discussion by A. B. Wads- 
worth (Cole, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1919,19, 259) 
—, failure of antiserum to sensitize 
guinea pigs to anaphylactic shock 
with specific carbohydrates 
(Brown, R. P., Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1934, 31, 700) 
VII 
—, flocculation reaction between 
alcoholic extracts of pneumococci 
and antiserum (Jungeblut, J. 
Exp. Med., 1927, 45, 227; Arch. 
Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1926, 2, 445; 
Ann. Bep., 1925, 46, 37; 1926, 47, 
42; 1927, 48, 75) IV 
Antipneumococcus sera—Cant’d 
—, other than type 1, standardiza- 
tion by the mouse protection 
method (Hendry, Ann. Bep., 
1938, p.20) 
—, pneumococci isolated from 
serum-treated fatal cases (Sick- 
les, G. M., N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 2, 
31; Ibid., 1938, no. 2, 30) 
—, preservatives for {Ann. Bep., 
1940, p.31) 
—, production (Wadsworth and 
Kirkbride, J. Exp. Med., 1917, 
25, 629; Health News, 1916, 
p.155; Ann. Bep., 1915, 36, v. 3, 
275) 
—, —, standardization, and pre- 
paration* for distribution (Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 
Division of Laboratories and 
Research of the New York State 
Department of Health; 2d ed. 
Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939, p.424) 
—, review, and report on treat- 
ment of 445 cases of type-1 pneu- 
monia (Wadsworth, Amer. J. 
Hyg., 1924, 4, 119; J. State Med., 
1924, 32, 582) III, 1923-1925 
—, serotherapy of pneumonia, 
advances in (Wadsworth, Assoc. 
Amer. Phys. Trans., 1932, 47, 
161; J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 1932, 
99, 204; Ibid., 1932, 99, 71 (abs. 
with discussion) ; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1932, no. 1, 5) VII 
—, — — — in New York State 
(Wadsworth, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1925, 25, 528) 
III, 1923-1925 
—, standardization (Wadsworth, 
Kirkbride, and Gilbert, Arch. 
'Int. Med., 1919, 23, 269) 
I, 1914-1919 
—, —, analyses for specific nitrogen 
(Hendry and Murdick, Ann. 
Bep., 1941, p.36) 
—, — by protection test (Odell, 
J. Immunol., 1930, 18, 73; Ann. 
Bep., 1923. 44, 203; 1924, 45, 46; 
1929, 50, 74) V 
—, —, comparative potency of con- 
centrated and unconcentrated SUBJECTS 
53 
Antipneumococcus sera—Cont’d 
serum (Sickles, G. M., J. Infect. 
Dis., 1929, 45, 490; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1929, no. 2, 7; Ann. Bep., 1929, 
50, 50) V 
Horse, standardization, specific pre- 
cipitation test for type-1 anti- 
serum (Brown, R, F., J. Im- 
munol., 1933, 25, 149; Ann. Bep., 
1931, 52, 45; 1932, 53, 61; 1933, 
54, 43, 74) VII 
—, type 8, production (Hendry, 
Ann. Bep., 1934, p.33) 
Rabbit, agglutination of human red 
blood cells by (Harris, Ann. 
Bep., 1938, p.ll) 
—, amino acid inhibition of copper 
proteinate formation (Quigley 
and Muraschi, J. Biol. Chem., 
1945, 158, 463) XI 
—, antibody-nitrogen values (Sick- 
les, G. M., and Sickles, G. R., 
Ann. Bep., 1942, p.8) 
—, complement fixation with atypi- 
cally reacting sera (Rice, Ann. 
Bep., 1943, p.9) 
—, concentration (Murdick, Ann. 
Bep., 1941, p.45) 
—, diagnostic, production and 
standardization (Lyall and 
Odell, Amer. J. Hyg., sec. B, 
1939, 29, 103; J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 36, 276; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1937, no. 1, 5) IX 
—, distribution begun {Ann. Bep., 
1938, p.65) 
—, effect of time and temperature 
of incubation on complement-fixa- 
tion reaction with homologous 
type-specific carbohydrate (Rice, 
J. Immunol., 1943, 47, 373; Ann. 
Bep., 1943, p.ll) XI 
—, — with sulfanilamide in type-3 
pneumococcus infections in mice 
(Miller, J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 219) IX 
—, production (Sickles, G. M., 
Ann. Bep., 1938, p.8; 1939, p.10; 
1940, p.7; 1941, p.9; 1942, p.8) 
—, — and standardization (Lyall, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1941, 31, 
167) X 
Antipneumococcus sera—Cont *d 
—, —, standardization, and pre- 
paration for distribution (Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 
Division of Laboratories and 
Research of the New York State 
Department of Health; 2d ed. 
Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939, p.509) 
—, —, unclassified pneumococcus 
strains in relation to (Sickles, 
G. M., Ann. Bep., 1941, p.9) 
—, reactive proportions of antigen 
and antiserum in precipitation 
and complement fixation (Rice, 
J. Immunol., 1943, 46, 427; Ann. 
Bep., 1942, p. 10; 1943, p. 10) XI 
—, titration of complement-fixing 
activity (Rice, J. Immunol., 
1942, 43, 129; J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1940, 40, 164; Ann. Bep., 
1940, p.7; 1941, p.9) X 
—, types 1-32, relation of comple- 
ment-fixing activity and anti- 
body-nitrogen value (Rice and 
Sickles, G. R., J. Immunol., 
1942, 43, 319; Ann. Bep., 1941, 
p.9; 1942, p.10) X 
Reactivity of horse and rabbit sera 
with bacterial fractions and with 
agar (Sickles, G. M., and Rice, 
J. Immunol., 1938, 34, 235) IX 
Rhythmic precipitation of horse 
and rabbit sera with pneumococ- 
cus soluble specific substances 
(Brown, R. F., Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1940, 45, 93; 
Ann. Bep., 1940, p.ll) X 
Sale regulated {Ann. Bep., 1917, 
38, 263) 
Serotherapy of pneumonia, prob- 
lems involved (Wadsworth. 
Internat. Congr. Microbiol., 3d, 
New York, 1939. Proc., 1940, p. 
653) 
Standards, Federal and New York 
State (Wadsworth. Interna- 
tional Conference on the Stand- 
ardisation of Sera and Serologi- 
cal Tests, 2d, Paris, 1922. Reports 
on serological investigations. 
Geneva, League of Nations, 1923, 
P-46) 
Antiseptics: 
See Disinfectants 54 
SUBJECTS 
Antisheep amboceptor: 
See Amboceptor 
Antisnake-bite serum: 
Administration, directions enclosed 
with each preparation, currently 
revised (Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Labora- 
tory manual for physicians; 8th 
ed. Published by the Division, 
1944, p.57) 
Antistreptococcus serum: 
Administration, directions enclosed 
with each preparation, currently 
revised (Division op Labora- 
tories and Research. Labora- 
tory manual for physicians; 8th 
ed. Published by the Division, 
1944, p.60) 
Comparative study of potency and 
multivalency in treatment of 
scarlet fever (Wadsworth, 
Kirkbride, and Hendry, Amer. 
J. Hyg., 1929, 9, 371) V 
Concentration and purification 
(Lyall and Murdick, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1935, no. 1, 15; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.47) 
(Murdick and Hendry, J. 
Immunol., 1935, 29, 501) VIII 
Conferences on the Standardiza- 
tion of Scarlet Fever Antistrep- 
tococcus Serum (Ann. Rep., 
1926, 47, 45; 1927, 48, 78) 
Experimental production in horses 
(Hendry, Ann. Rep., 1934, p.32; 
1935, p.34) 
First available for use (Ann. Rep., 
1924, 45, 43) 
In scarlet fever (Wadsworth, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1929, 19, 
1287; Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 72; 
1929, 50, 79) V 
— — — (Wadsworth. Intern at. 
Congr. Microbiol., 1st, Paris, 
1930. Proc., 1932, 1, 308) VI 
, discussion by A. B. Wads- 
worth (Blake and Trask, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1925, 25, 1098) 
IV 
— streptococcus infections (Wads- 
worth, Canadian Pub. Health 
J., 1933, 24, 1) VII 
Production, standardization, and 
preparation for distribution 
Antistreptococcus serum—Cant’d 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.414, 512) 
Protection test in rabbits for titra- 
tion of (Quigley, Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 47) 
Protective activity in relation to 
toxin group and precipitation 
type (Sickles, G. M., N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1935, no. 2, 40; Ann. Rep., 1935, 
p.9) 
Reactions between toxins and anti- 
sera produced with hemolytic 
streptococci (Kirkbride, Whee- 
ler, and Hendry, J. Immunol., 
1928, 15, 539; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1928, 15, 36; Arch. Path. 
(Soc. Trans.), 1928, 5, 742; Ann. 
Rep., 1924, 45, 42; 1925, 46, 34; 
1926, 47, 43; 1927, 48, 76) V 
Serotherapy, discussion in Sym- 
posium on Therapeutic Use of 
Biologic Products (Wadsworth, 
N. Y. State J. Med., 1933, 33, 
100) 
—, of scarlet fever and other strep- 
tococcus infections, advances in 
(Wadsworth, Assoc. Amer. 
Phys. Trans., 1932, 47, 161; J. 
Amer. Med. Assoc., 1932, 99, 204; 
Ibid., 1932, 99, 71 (abs. with dis- 
cussion) ; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1932, no. 1, 
5) VII 
Specific activity, investigation of 
the “antisepticemic” effect in 
rabbits (Sickles, G. M., Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.8) 
Standardization (Wadsworth, 
Kirkbride. and Wheeler, J. 
Amer. Med. Assoc., 1926, 87, 623) 
IV 
Tests of scarlet fever streptococcus 
toxin and antitoxin distributed 
by Health Organization, League 
of Nations (Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 
73) 
Antitoxins: 
Activities of the antitoxin, serum, 
and vaccine laboratories of the SUBJECTS 
Antitoxins—Continued 
Division. Published in Annual 
Reports of the Division. 
Distribution and use of therapeutic 
and prophylactic preparations 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Laboratory manual 
for physicians; 8th ed. Pub- 
lished by the Division, 1944, 
p.100) 
—, tabulated. Published in Annual 
Reports of the Division. 
Production and preparation 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939. 681p. First edition, 
1927) 
See also Names of specific anti- 
toxins, e.g. Diphtheria—Anti- 
toxin ; Tetanus—Antitoxin 
Apparatus: 
Burettes, flasks, precision calibra- 
tion of volumetric apparatus 
(Thompson, Ind. and Eng. 
Chem. Analyt. ed., 1942, 14, 268; 
Ibid., 1943, 15, 118; J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 134; Ibid., 
{Soc. Proc.), 1944, 47, 582; Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.26; 1943, p.20) X 
Electrical tool for sealing museum 
jars (Brown, C. D., J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1933, 19, 197) 
Nephelometer-colorimeter (Kober, 
J. Biol. Chem., 1917, 29, 155) 
I, 1914-1919 
Pipettes, attachment for precise 
transfer of dangerous fluids 
(Thompson, Ind. and Eng. 
Chem. Analyt. ed., 1942, 14, 73; 
Ann. Rep., 1943, p.20) X 
—, “to contain,” standardization 
(Wheeler, J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1919, 4, 498) I, 1914-1919 
Spectroscopic investigations, equip- 
ment used for (Crowe, Ann. 
Rep., 1932, 53, 76; 1941, p.28) 
Syringes, glass, calibration by adap- 
tation of a calibration apparatus 
(Thompson and Murdick, Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.23) 
Apparatus—Continued 
Theorell cell, experiments with 
diphtheria toxin to determine 
separation of high molecular im- 
purities (Crowe, Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.17) 
See also Colorimeters and colorime- 
try ; Glassware; Laboratories— 
Equipment; Nephelometers and 
nephelometry; Utensils; and 
names of apparatus, e.g. Pipettes 
Appendix: 
Argentaffin tumor in a pregnant 
woman (Schleifstein, Arch. 
Path. (Soc. Trans.), 1936, 22, 
424) 
Approval of laboratories: 
See Laboratories—Approval 
Archives: 
Laboratory section of the American 
Public Health Association, report 
of the archivist (Wadsworth, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health (supp. 
Year Book), 1937, 27, 102; Ibid., 
{supp. Year Book), 1938, 28, 92; 
Ibid., {supp. Year Book), 1942, 
32, 148; Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1943, 33, 575; Ibid., 1944, 34, 
880; Sexton, Ibid., 1945, 35, 849) 
Arsenic compounds: 
Arsanilic acids, preparation (Kober 
and Davis, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 
1919, 41, 451; Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1918/19, 16, 13) 
I, 1914-1919 
Titers of multiple blood sera from 
patients with early syphilis 
treated by intensive arsenical 
method (Maillard, Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.69) 
Arsphenamine: 
Preparation (Kober, J. Amer. 
Chem. Soc., 1919, 41, 442; Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Mod., 
1918/19, 16, 23) I, 1914-1919 
Production begun in 1917, discon- 
tinued in 1925 {Ann. Rep., 1917, 
38, 264; 1925, 46, 32) 
Arthritis: 
Br. abortus isolated from fluid from 
joint of human patient {Health 
News, 1939, p.171; Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.48) 56 
SUBJECTS 
Asparagine—C ontinued 
microorganisms (Bovarnick, M. 
R., J. Biol. Chem., 1943,148, 151; 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.43; 1943, 
p.45) XI 
Arthus phenomenon: 
See Skin—Reactions 
Ascorbic acid: 
Depletion in adrenals of guinea pigs 
following intoxication with (a) 
diphtheria toxin (b) botulinus 
and tetanus toxins, and meningo- 
coccus toxic filtrates (Torrance, 
(a) Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1937, 35, 654; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1936, 31, 574; Ibid., {Soc. 
. Proc.), 1937, 33, 645; (b)• Ibid., 
{Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 645 ; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.39) 
Effect of diphtheria toxin on, in 
vitro (Torrance, J. Biol. Chem., 
1937, 121, 31; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.33) IX 
In dermal lesions induced in guinea 
pigs, rabbits, and rats by diph- 
theria toxin (Torrance, J. Infect. 
Dis., 1940, 67, 53; Amer. J. Path. 
{Sci. Proc.), 1938, 14, 632; Ann. 
Rep., 1938, p.23; 1939, p.28) X 
— suprarenals of guinea pigs in 
relation to diphtherial intoxica- 
tion (Torrance, J. Biol. Chem., 
1940, 132, 575; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.28) X 
Method of determining ascorbic 
acid in skin (Torrance, Science, 
1938, 87, 332; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.34) IX 
Oxidation-reduction potential on 
skin of guinea pigs on a scorbu- 
tigenic diet (Torrance, J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1939, 38, 240; Ann. 
Rep., 1939, p.28) X 
Relation to suprarenal hemorrhage 
in diphtherial intoxication in 
guinea pigs (Torrance, Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1939, 
41, 421) IX 
Relationship between vitamin-C 
metabolism in guinea pigs and 
amount of hemolytic complement 
(Torrance, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1939, 
no. 1, 3; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.29) 
Asparagine; 
Substitution of heated asparagine- 
glutamate mixture for nicotin- 
amide as a growth factor for 
£ 
Bacillary dysentery: 
See Dysentery—Bacillary 
Bacillus anthracis: 
Death of animals following inocula- 
tion with B. subtilis or similar 
bacilli (Gilbert and Coleman, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1929, 19, 
1147; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 65) 
V 
See also Antianthrax serum 
Bacillus lignieresi: 
See Actinobacillus lignieresi 
Bacillus morganii: 
See Proteus morganii 
Bacillus palustris: 
Action on carbohydrates of pneu- 
mococci in study of relationships 
between types 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 8 
(Sickles, G. M., Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.9; 1938, p.10; 1939, p.13; 1940, 
P-9) 
pneumococci, types 1- 
32 (Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, 
J. Bact., {Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 
219) IX 
specific carbohydrate of pneu- 
mococcus, type 3 (Sickles, G. M., 
and Shaw, J. Bact., 1934, 28, 
415; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1934, 
27, 106; Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1935, 32, 857; Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.10) VIII 
of pneumococcus, type 
8 (Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1935, 32, 857) VIII 
carbohydrates of the pneu- 
mococcus (Sickles, G. M., and 
Shaw, Ann. Rep., 135, p.9; 1936, 
p.9) 
— — type-specific and nontype- 
specific pneumococcus, type 1, 
carbohydrates (Sickles, G. M., 
and Shaw, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, 
and Med., 1934, 31, 443; Ann. 
Rep., 1933,54,39) VII SUBJECTS 
57 
Bacillus paratyphosus: 
See Salmonella paratyphi 
Bacillus piliformis: 
Outbreak in breeding colony of 
mice characterized by necrotic 
lesions of the liver, histologic 
examination (Griffin and 
Schleifstein, Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.39, 64) 
Bacillus subtilis: 
Death of animals following inocula- 
tion (Gilbert and Coleman, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1929, 19, 
1147; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 65) 
V 
Formation of extracellular d{—)- 
glutamic acid polypeptide by B. 
subtilis (Bovarnick, M., J. Biol. 
Chem., 1942, 145, 415) X 
Bacteria: 
Action of bacterial culture products 
on phagocytosis (Wadsworth 
and Hoppe, J. Immunol., 1921, 
6, 399; Assoc. Amer. Phys. 
Trans., 1921, 36, 399; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1921, p.12) II, 1920-1923 
Effect of sulfonamides on metabolic 
reaction (Bovarnick, M. R., Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.42) 
Growth, formation of a nico- 
tinamide-like substance from 
various amino acids and related 
compounds (Bovarnick, M. R., 
J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 151, 467; 
Ann. Rep., 1943, p.46) XI 
—, nicotinamide-like sub- 
stance in a heated asparagine- 
glutamate mixture (Bovarnick, 
M. R,, J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 149, 
301) XI 
—, identification of nicotinamide 
formed from asparagine and 
glutamic acid (Bovarnick, M. R., 
J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 153, 1) XI 
—, in sera, anticomplementary 
action in complement-fixation 
tests for syphilis {Ann. Rep., 
1928, 49, 47) 
—, pneumococcus and nonhemoly- 
tic streptococci, maximum limits 
of viability (Sickles, G. M., J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1932, 23, 86) 
Bacteria—Continued 
—, —, viability at elevated tem- 
peratures (Sickles, G. M., Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.ll) 
—, substitution of heated aspara- 
gine glutamate mixture for nico- 
tinamide as a growth factor 
(Bovarnick, M. R., J. Biol. 
Chem., 1943,148, 151; Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.43; 1943, p.45) XI 
—, thermal limits of growth of Br. 
abortus and allied strains on 
serum agar (Sickles, G. M., Ann. 
Rep., 1929, 50, 51) 
Handling of pathogenic cultures 
restricted (J. Dental Soc. State 
of New York, 1943, 9, 32; N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1943, 43, 2338; 
Health News, 1943, p.187) 
Soil. See Soil microorganisms 
Staining. See Stains and staining 
Suspensions, standardization with 
pyrex glass suspensions (Hallin- 
an, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 
33, 137; Gilcreas and Hallinan, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs, Proc., 1941, no. 2, 25; Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.61; 1942, p. 74) 
XI 
See also Names of specific micro- 
organisms, e.g. Corynebacterium 
diphtheriae 
Bacterial collection: 
Activities and investigations. Pub- 
lished in Annual Reports of the 
Division. 
List, giving name of species, acces- 
sion number, history, source, and 
date added (Coffey, Ann. Rep., 
1929, 50, 95; 1930, 51, 112; 1931, 
52, 109; 1932, 53,129; 1937, p.75) 
Nutrient gelatin as medium for 
maintenance of stock cultures 
(Kirkbride and Leddon, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1929, no. 1, 2; Ann. Rep., 
1928, 49, 65) 
Bacterial toxins: 
See Names of specific toxins, e.g. 
Diphtheria—Toxin; Streptococ- 
cus—Toxin 
Bactericides: 
See Names of specific compounds, 
e.g. Phenol; Sodium ricinoleate 58 
SUBJECTS 
Bacteriology: 
Agreements and methods for ap- 
proval of laboratory service (Di- 
vision of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Approval of labora- 
tories: agreements and methods 
serving as a basis for approval in 
bacteriology; in the examination 
of water and milk; and in the 
examination of eating, drinking, 
and cooking utensils. Published 
by the Division, 1944. Revised 
approximately annually. First 
issue, 1915) 
Education, courses in bacteriologic 
and associated technics (Division 
of Laboratories and Research. 
Opportunities for training offer- 
ed by the Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Published 
by the Division, 1944. lOp.) 
—, in-service training for labora- 
tory technicians (Division of 
Laboratories and Research. 
Opportunities for training and 
advancement offered by the Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Published by the Divi- 
sion, 1943. 7p.; Health News, 
1944, p.75) 
—, training for work in public 
health laboratories (N. Y. State 
J. Med., 1934, 34, 531) 
—. See also Laboratories—Organ- 
ization 
History of the public health labora- 
tory (Biggs and Wadsworth, 
Nelson loose-leaf medicine, W. W. 
Herrick, ed.-in-chief. N. Y., Nel- 
son, 1920, 7, 135; Ibid., 1928, 2, 
151; Wadsworth, Ibid., 1941, 
7, 547) X 
—, report of the archivist of the 
laboratory section of the Ameri- 
can Public Health Association 
(Wadsworth, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health (supp. Year Book), 1937, 
27, 102; Ibid., (supp. Year 
Book), 1938, 28, 92; Ibid., (supp. 
Year Book), 1942, 32, 148; Amer. 
J. Pub. Health, 1943, 32, 575; 
Ibid., 1944, 34, 880; Sexton, 
Ibid., 1945, 35, 849) 
Bacteriology—Continued 
Procedures and methods used in 
making diagnostic examinations 
and producing and preparing 
therapeutic and prophylactic 
products. (Wadsworth. Stand- 
ard methods of the Division of 
Laboratories and Research of the 
New York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939. 681p. 
First edition, 1927) 
See also Names of specific micro- 
organisms, e.g. Cory neb act erium 
diphtheriae 
Bacteriolysis: 
Importance in agglutination tests 
(Gilbert and Groesbeck, Amer. 
J. Pub. Health, 1925, 15, 359; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 2, 11) 
Bacteriophage: 
Action on C. diphtheriae (Whee- 
ler, Ann. Rep., 1939, p.18) 
Effect of bile, sodium salts of bile 
acids on (Kline, Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1927, 24, 735) IV 
In old stock cultures (Kline, J. 
Lab. and Clin. Med., 1927, 12, 
1074; Amer. J. Path. (Sci. 
Proc.), 1927, 3, 561) IV 
Typing of Bact. typhosum by 
(Ann. Rep., 1941, p.58; 1942, 
P-52) 
Bacterium alkalescens: 
Hitherto undescribed microorgan- 
ism of the alkaligenes group 
(Hazen and Mortillaro, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1936, 21, 710; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 1, 4) VIII 
Bacterium alkalescens (Andrews): 
Variant of Bact. typhosum (Gil- 
bert and Coleman, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1934, 24, 449; 
Amer. J. Path. (Sci. Proc.), 1933. 
9, 940; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 2, 
2; Ann. Rep., 1932, 53, 101; 1933, 
54, 82; 1934, p. 50) VII 
Bacterium cloacae: 
Food poisoning due to toxic sub- 59 
SUBJECTS 
Bacterium cloacae—Cont’d 
stances formed by strains of 
cloacae - aerogenes group (Gil- 
bert, Coleman, and Laviano, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1932, 22, 
721) VII 
Bacterium coli: 
Comparative study of 100-ml. and 
10-ml. volumes of water in test 
for coliform group (Gilgreas, 
Ann. Rep., 1937, p.58; 1938, 
p.44; 1939, p.58) 
Effect of sulfanilamide on growth 
in collodion sacs in vitro 
(Harris, J. Bad., 1943, 45, 147; 
Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1942, 43, 775; 
Ann. Rep., 1941, p.57) X, XI 
Media, comparative study in isola- 
tion of coliform group from 
water (Davis and Yose, Ann. 
Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 304) 
—, selective, in tests for detection of 
coliform group (Gilcreas, Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.64; 1936, p.50) 
—, study of growth in different 
bile media (Davis, Ann. Rep., 
1915, 36, v.3, 295) 
See also Media; Water 
Bacterium dysenteriae: 
Diagnosis, methods for serologic 
and bacteriologic diagnosis of 
enteric disease; referee reports 
for 1934, 1935, and 1937 (Cole- 
man, Amer. J. Pub. Health 
{supp. Year Book), 1935, 25, 
147; Ibid., {supp. Year Book), 
1936, 26, 144; Ibid., {supp. Year 
Book), 1938, 28, 111; Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1940, 30, 39; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1937, no. 2, 19; Diagnostic 
procedures and reagents; 2d ed. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.247) VIII, IX, X 
Dysentery among inmates of state 
institutions (Early and McKin- 
non, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1925, no. 2, 
5) ; 
Growth, effect of nicotinamide and 
of heated asparagine - glutamate 
mixture (Bovarnick, M. R., J. 
Bacterium dysenteriae—Cont’d 
Biol. Chem., 1943, 148, 151; Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.43; 1943, p.45) XI 
Observations on skin reaction in- 
duced in rabbits, guinea pigs, 
and goats by intracutaneous in- 
jection of dysentery toxin 
(Jungeblut, J. Immunol., 1927, 
13, 427) IV 
See also Dysentery; Enteric dis- 
eases; Media 
Bacterium dysenteriae (Dudgeon- 
Urquhart) : 
Isolation of, in an outbreak of diar- 
rhea (Hazen, J. Infect. Dis., 
1938, 63, 330; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1938, 
no. 2, 29; Health News, 1939, p.4) 
IX 
Bacterium dysenteriae (Schmitz) : 
Incitant in outbreak of enteric dis- 
ease ( Schleifstein and Cole- 
man, J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 61, 257; 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 
111; Ann. Rep., 1936, p.34; 1937, 
p.46) IX 
Bacterium dysenteriae (Shiga) : 
Case of dysentery incited bv {Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.45) 
Bacterium dysenteriae (Sonne): 
Cases of dysentery in New York 
State attributed to (Gilbert and 
Coleman, Amer J. Pub. Health, 
1929, 19, 312; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1928, 
no. 2, 7; Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 52) 
V 
Bacterium enterocoliticum: 
Identification of new species 
(Schleifstein and Coleman, 
Ann. Rep., 1943, p.56) 
Bacterium para-Shiga: 
See Bacterium dysenteriae (Dud- 
geon-Urquhart) 
Bacterium tularense: 
Cross agglutination with Br. abor- 
tus in 5000 specimens (Gilbert 
and Coleman, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1932, 22, 1249; Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 68; 1931, 52, 58) 
vn 60 
SUBJECTS 
Bacterium tularense—Continued 
Laboratory infection with (Mail- 
lard, N. Y. State J. Med., 1933, 
33, 751) VII 
See also Tularemia 
Bacterium typhosum: 
Agglutinability of different strains 
compared (Odell, Ann. Rep., 
1915, 36, v.3, 282) 
—, test for Vi agglutinative prop- 
erties (Coleman, Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1942, 32, 843; Ann Rep., 
1940, p.44; 1941, p.58; 1942, 
p.51) X 
Agglutination, granular and floc- 
cular (Gilbert, Coleman, and 
Laviano, J. Lah. and Clin. Med., 
1933, 19, 225; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1932, 23, 110; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1932, no. 2, 6; Health News, 1934, 
p.22; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 66; 
1931, 52, 53; 1932, 53, 100; 1933, 
54, 80) VII 
—, in sera of patients undergoing 
malarial therapy (Coleman, J. 
Lah. and Clin. Med., 1944, 29, 
916; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1944, 
47, 582; Ann. Rep., 1941, p.52) 
XI 
—, — — — patients with unre- 
lated infections (Gilbert and 
Coleman, J. Infect. Dis., 1930, 
46, 311; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs., Proc., 1929, no. 1, 
6; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 63) VI 
— test, comparative study of mi- 
croscopic and macroscopic tests 
in diagnosis of enteric disease 
(Gilbert and Coleman, Amer. J. 
Puh. Health, 1933, 23, 693; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1931, no. 1, 5) VII 
, effect of bile on agglutina- 
tion reaction (Gilbert and Cole- 
man, J. Lah. and Clin. Med., 
1930, 15, 493; Diagnostic pro- 
cedures and reagents; 2d ed. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.247) V 
, joint investigation of macro- 
scopic agglutination test by mem- 
Bacterium typhosum—Continued 
bers of N, Y. State Association 
of Public Health Laboratories; 
final report (Gilbert, N. Y, State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1933, no. 1, 5) 
, microscopic, for typhoid 
fever (Gilbert and Coleman, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub, Health 
Labs. Proc., 1927, no. 1, 1; Ann. 
Rep., 1927, 48, 60) 
Antigenic capacities of Rawlings 
and Army Medical School strains 
used in preparations of vaccines 
(Cohen, Ann. Rep., 1941, p.46) 
Bact. alkalescens, a variant of (Gil- 
bert and Coleman, Amer. J. 
Puh. Health, 1934, 24, 449; 
Amer. J. Path. (Sci. Proc.), 1933, 
9, 940; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 2, 
2; Ann. Rep., 1932, 53,101; 1933, 
54, 82; 1934, p.50) VII 
Carriers, detection of (Gilbert, 
Stewart, F. C., and Owen, 
Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1925, 15, 
883) IV 
—, impracticability of controlling 
enteric disease by indiscriminate 
collection of specimens (Gilbert 
and Coleman, Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1934, 24, 192; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs, Proc., 
1933, no. 2, 2; Health News, 1934, 
p.lll) VII 
—, not present in 404 specimens of 
bile from gall bladder except 
those from known typhoid car- 
riers (Ann. Rep., 1935, p.53) 
Diagnosis, isolation from clotted 
blood (Gilbert, Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1923, 13, 201; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1922, no. 2, 6) II, 1920-1923 
—, methods for serologic and bac- 
teriologic diagnosis of enteric dis- 
ease; referee reports for 1934, 
1935, and 1937 (Coleman, Amer. 
J. Puh. Health (supp. Year 
Book), 1935, 25, 147; Ihid., 
(supp. Year Book), 1936, 26, 
144; Ihid., (supp. Year Book), SUBJECTS 
61 
Bacterium typhosum—Continued 
1938, 28, 111; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1937, 
no. 2, 19; Diagnostic procedures 
and reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer, 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.247) 
VIII, IX 
Diagnosis, typing by bacteriophage 
(Ann. Rep., 1941, p.58; 1942, 
P-52) 
Media, bismuth sulfite plating 
medium prepared with purified 
agar (Wheeler and Coleman, J. 
Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1943, 45, 521) 
XI 
—, brilliant-green enrichment for 
(Gilbert and Coleman, J. In- 
fect. Dis., 1929, 44, 21; Amer. 
Med. Assoc. Sec. on Prev. and 
Ind. Med. and Pub. Health. 
Trans., 1928, p.195) V 
—, strain inhibited on bismuth sul- 
fite agar (Coleman, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1943, 28, 1490) XI 
—, study of growth in different 
bile media (Davis, Ann. Rep., 
1915, 36, v.3, 295) 
“Smooth” and “rough” forms in 
relation to vaccination and im- 
munity in typhoid fever {Mal- 
taner, F., J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 
161; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 54) 
VII 
See also Enteric diseases; Media; 
Salmonella paratyphi-, Typhoid 
fever 
Bathing areas: 
Bacteriologic study of pollution of 
water (Sanderson, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1943, no. 2, 44) 
Bears: 
Trichinosis, in a wild bear 
( Schleifstein, Ann. Rep., 1943, 
P-71) 
Beef-heart antigens: 
See Antigens 
Bile: 
Action on agglutination reaction 
(Gilbert and Coleman, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1930, 15, 493; 
Diagnostic procedures and re- 
Bile—C ontinued 
agents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. Pub. 
Health Assoc., 1945, p.247) V 
See also Media 
Bile acids: 
Action on pneumococci (Kozlow- 
ski, J. Exp. Med., 1925, 42, 453) 
IV 
Biologic products: 
See Names of specific products, e.g. 
Antipneumococcus sera; Anti- 
streptococcus serum 
Bismuth sulfite plating medium: 
See Media 
Blood: 
Agglutination of human red blood 
cells by antipneumoeoccus rabbit 
sera (Harris, Ann. Rep., 1938, 
p.ll) 
Analysis, determination of p-ami- 
nobenzoic acid, p-aeetylamino- 
benzoic acid, and p-nitrobenzoic 
acid (Eckert, J. Biol. Chem., 
1943, 148, 197) XI 
—, phosphorus and calcium 
content of plasma of chicks de- 
ficient in vitamin K (Maltaner, 
F., and Thompson, Arch. Bio- 
chem., 1943, 2, 49) XI 
Coagulation, abnormalities during 
prolonged immunization of rab- 
bits with the pneumococcus 
(Ann. Rep., 1939, p.ll) 
—, agglutinative and hemolytic 
action of calf serum on sheep cells 
(Maltaner, F., and Johnston, 
J. Immunol., 1921, 6, 271) 
H, 1920-1923 
—, anticoagulative action of or- 
ganic acids, heparin, and diethy- 
1 amine (Wadsworth, Maltaner, 
F., and Maltaner, E. J., Amer. 
J. Physiol., 1937, 119, 80; J. 
Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 
109; Ann. Rep., 1936, p.12) 
IX 
—, chemical reactions, activity of 
cephalin (Wadsworth, Mal- 
taner, F., and Maltaner, E. 
J., Amer. J. Physiol., 1931, 97, 
74; Assoc. Amer. Phys. Trans., 62 
SUBJECTS 
Blood—Continued 
1931, 46, 296; Ann. Rep., 1929, 
50, 50; 1930, 51, 53) VI 
Coagulation, chemical reactions, 
activity of lecithin (Wadsworth, 
Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
E. J., Amer. J. Physiol., 1930, 91, 
423) V 
—, — — underlying the process 
(Wadsworth, Maltaner, . F., 
and Maltaner, B. J., Amer. J. 
Physiol., 1927, 80, 502) IV 
—, chemistry (Maltaner, F., and 
Maltaner, E. J., Amer. J. Path. 
(Sci. Proc.), 1926, 2, 450) 
—, conglutination phenomenon 
(Maltaner, F., and Johnston, 
J. Immunol., 1921, 6, 349) 
II, 1920-1923 
—, in vitamin-K-deficient chicks 
(Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
B. J., Arch. Biochem., 1943, 2, 
37; Ann. Rep., 1941, p.17) XI 
—, inhibition of complementary 
activity by anticoagulants 
(Wadsworth, Maltaner, F., 
and Maltaner, B. J., J. Im- 
munol., 1937, 33, 297 ; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.13) IX 
—, preliminary observations 
(Wadsworth, Ann. Rep., 1041, 
P-19) 
—, relation of cephalin (Wads- 
worth, Maltaner, F., and Mal- 
taner, B. J., J. Immunol., 1936, 
30, 417; Ibid., (Soc. Proc.), 1934, 
26, 333, 339; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 
52; 1934, p.22; 1935, p.15) VIII 
Fats and lipids, analysis of alcohol- 
ether and ether-extraction meth- 
ods (Hyman and Nichols, J. 
Pact. (Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 110; 
Ann. Rep., 1936, p.17) 
— — —, lipids in horse serum 
(Hyman, J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 
71) IX 
, phospholipids and choles- 
terol in plasma of immunized 
horses (Wadsworth and Hyman, 
J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 55; Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.23; 1935, p.23) IX 
Infectious anemia, study of abnor- 
mal blood cells of horses with in- 
Bio o d—C ontinued 
fectious anemia (Torrance and 
DeWeerdt, Ann. Rep., 1935, 
P-41) 
Outfits for submission of specimens, 
descriptions and specifications 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Laboratory manual 
for physicians; 8th ed. Published 
by the Division, 1944, p.65; 
Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 
2d ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.614, 619, 626, 
628, 630) 
Sheep, defibrinated, as color stand- 
ard for dried human blood (Gil- 
bert and Parsons, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1924, 10, 206; N. Y. 
State .Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1924, no. 1, 1) 
III, 1923-1925 
See also Complement-fixation tests; 
Erythrocytes; Leucocytes; So- 
dium citrate solution 
Bordet-Ruelens antigen; 
Tests of cerebrospinal fluid in com- 
plement-fixation test for syphilis 
(Hazen and Greenspan, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1936, 21, 1185) 
VIII 
Botulinus: 
Antitoxic sera, administration, di- 
rections enclosed with each prep- 
aration, currently revised (Di- 
vision of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Laboratory manual for 
physicians; 8th ed. Published by 
the Division, 1944, p.34) 
, production, standardization, 
and preparation for distribution 
(Wadsworth. Standard meth- 
ods of the Division of Labora- 
tories and Research of the New 
York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939, p.411) 
, tvpe B. production of (Ann. 
Rep.,' 1930, 51, 84) 
, types A and B, production 
(Wheeler, J. Immunol., 1923, 8, 
501) III, 1923-1925 SUBJECTS 
63 
Botulinus—Continued 
Toxin, effect on tissues of cold- 
blooded animals (Shaw, J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 338; Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.10; 1940, p.9) 
—, vitamin-C content of ad- 
renals of guinea pigs (Torrance, 
J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 
645; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.33) 
—, production and standardization 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939, p.377) 
—, susceptibility of cold-blooded 
animals to (Sickles, G. R.. Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.16) 
— ultrafiltration and adsorption on 
calcium phosphate (Quigley 
and Sickles, G. R., J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1936, 31, 573; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.21) 
See also Botulism; Clostridium 
botulinum 
Botulism: 
From cheese (Nevin, J. Infect. Dis., 
1921, 28, 226; Ann. Rep., 1915, 
36, v.3, 306) II, 1920-1923 
Strain of Cl. botulinum from 
canned fish not classified as type 
A, B, or C (Hazen, J. Infect. 
Dis., 1937, 60, 260; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1936, no. 1, 8; Ann. Rep., 1935, 
p.61) IX 
Strains of Cl. botulinum, from 
canned and smoked fish, identi- 
fied as type E (Hazen, Science, 
1938, 87,' 413; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1938, 
no. 1, 10; Health News, 1938, 
p.162) IX 
type E, action of toxins 
in chickens (Hazen, Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1942, 50, 
112; Ann. Rep., 1941, p.69) X 
See also Botulinus; Clostridium 
botulinum 
Brain tissue: 
Action on diphtheria and tetanus 
toxins (Wadsworth and Yories, 
Brain tissue—Continued 
J. Immunol., 1921, 6, 413) 
H, 1920-1923 
Intracranial teratoma in a rabbit 
(Schleifstein, Ann. Rep., 1938, 
P-35) 
Branch laboratory, New York: 
Activities and research. Published 
in Annual Reports of the Di- 
vision. 
Breast: 
Carcinosarcoma (Schleifstein, 
Arch. Path. (Soc. Trans.), 1934, 
17, 719) 
Fibroadenoma containing carcin- 
oma and cartilage (Schleif- 
stein, Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 
1934,17,720) 
Frequency of so-called chronic cys- 
tic mastitis in cancerous and non- 
cancerous breasts (Foote, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1943, no. 2, 35) 
Structure of cancerous and non- 
cancerous breasts (Foote and 
Stewart. F. W., Ann. Surg., 
1945, 121, 6; Ibid., 1945, 121, 
197) XI 
Bromthymol blue: 
Field test for bovine mastitis 
(Hallinan, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Milk Sanit. Ann. Rep., 1943, 17, 
121; Ann. Rep., 1943, p.80) XI 
Brucella abortus: 
Agglutination, cross agglutination 
with Bact. tularense in 5000 
specimens (Gilbert and Cole- 
man, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1932, 
22, 1249; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 
68; 1931, 52, 58) VII 
—, presumptive test (Gilbert and 
Coleman, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1931, 17, 88; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1933, 
no. 1, 8) VI 
Fermentation of monosaccharides 
by abortus - melitensis group 
(Coleman, Owen, and Dacey, 
J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1930, 15, 
641; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1930, 
19, 34; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 68) 
VI 64 
SUBJECTS 
Brucella abortus—Continued 
In fluid from joint of patient with 
arthritis (Health News, 1939, 
p.171; Ann. Bep., 1939, p.48) 
Intracutaneous reactions in guinea 
pigs inoculated with Br. abortus 
(Dacey and Korovin, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1934, 19, 589) 
VII 
Isolation from a blood clot, serum 
of which failed to agglutinate 
(Gilbert and Dacey, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1932, 17, 345; Amer. 
J. Pub. Health, 1932, 22, 410; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1930, no. 2, 3) VI 
fecal specimens of infected 
guinea pigs {Ann. Bep., 1934, 
P-56) 
milk ( Gilbert, Coleman, and 
Groesbeck. Undulant fever: a 
sjunposium. N. Y. Amer. Pub. 
Health Assoc., 1929, p.25; Ann. 
Bep., 1928, 49, 49; 1929, 50, 62) 
V 
Thermal limits of growth on serum 
agar (Sickles, G. M., Ann. Bep., 
1929,50,51) 
Undulant fever in New York 
State (Gilbert and Coleman, J. 
Infect. Bis., 1928, 43, 273; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1928, 15, 40; 
Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1929, 
7, 543; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1926, no. 2, 
13 ; Ann. Bep., 1926, 47, 31; 1927. 
48, 58; 1928, 49, 49) V 
— — (Gilbert and 
Coleman, J. Infect. Bis., 1934, 
54, 305; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1933, 25, 87 ; Amer. J. Path. {Sci. 
Proc.), 1932, 8, 609; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1932, no. 2, 3 ; Health News, 1934, 
p.126; Ann. Bep., 1930, 51, 65; 
1931, 52, 56; 1932, 53, 103; 1933, 
54, 85) VII 
Vaccine, preparation and distribu- 
tion (Wadsworth. Standard 
methods of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research of the 
New York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939, p.490) 
See also Undulant fever 
Budgets: 
See Laboratories—Budgets 
Buildings: 
See Division of Laboratories and 
Research—Buildings 
Burettes: 
Apparatus for precision calibration 
of (Thompson, Ind. and Eng. 
Chem. Analyt. ed., 1942, 14, 268; 
Ibid., 1943, 15, 118; Jour. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 134; Ibid., 
{Soc. Proc.), 1944, 47, 582; Ann. 
Bep., 1942, p.26; 1943, p.20) X 
c 
Calcium: 
Determination in blood plasma of 
normal chicks and those deficient 
in vitamin K (Maltaner, F., 
and Thompson, Arch. Biochem., 
1943, 2, 49) XI 
Distribution in serum during im- 
munization with diphtheria 
toxin (Berthelsen and Mur- 
dick, J. Immunol., 1931, 21, 69; 
Ann. Bep., 1930, 51, 83) VI 
Calcium phosphate: 
Adsorption of diphtheria, strepto- 
coccus, tetanus, and botulinus 
toxins (Quigley and Sickles, 
G. R., J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 
31, 573; Ann. Bep., 1935, p.21) 
Calibration: 
Apparatus for precision calibration 
of pipettes, volumetric flasks and 
burettes (Thompson, Ind. and 
Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 1942, 
14, 268; Ibid., 1943, 15, 118; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 134; 
Ann. Bep., 1942, p.26; 1943, 
p.20) X 
Cancer: 
Carcinosarcoma of the breast 
(Schleifstein, Arch. Path. {Soc. 
Trans.), 1934, 17, 719) 
Frequency of so-called chronic cys- 
tic mastitis in cancerous and non- 
cancerous breasts (Foote, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1943, no. 2, 35) SUBJECTS 
65 
Cancer—C ontinued 
Reports on selected pathologic 
specimens. Published in Annual 
Reports of the Division. 
Structure of cancerous and non- 
eancerous breasts (Foote and 
Stewart, F. W., Ann. Surg., 
1945, 121, 6; Ibid., 1945, 121, 
197) XI 
Type collection for teaching pur- 
poses (Stewart, F. W., and 
Foote, Ann. Rep., 1943, p.57) 
See also Pathology; Sarcoma; Tis- 
sue—Specimens; Tumors 
Capybaras: 
Possible source of complement 
(Ann. Rep., 1941, p.55) 
Carbohydrates: 
Pneumococcus, absorption spectra 
of carbohydrates (Wadsworth, 
Crowe, and Smith, J. Immunol., 
1934, 26, 481; Ann. Rep., 1933, 
54, 48) * VII 
—, anaphylactic shock by specific 
carbohydrates of type-1 pneu- 
mococcus (Browtn, R. F., Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1934. 
31, 699) VII 
—, broth for production of soluble 
specific substances (Robinson, J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1940, 40, 
164) X 
—, chemical and immunologic stud- 
ies, cellular carbohydrate frac- 
tions (Wadsworth and Brown, 
R. F., J. Immunol., 1933, 24, 349; 
Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 44; 1932, 
53, 58; 1933, 54, 41) VII 
—, studies, soluble specific 
substances of new types and sub- 
types (Brown, R. F., and Robin- 
son, J. Immunol., 1943, 47, 7; 
Ann. Rep., 1941, p. 22) XI 
—, studies, soluble specific 
substances of types 1-32 
(Brown, R. F., J. Immunol., 
1939, 37, 445; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.14) X 
—, studies, specific anti- 
genic carbohydrate of type-1 
pneumococcus (Wadsworth and 
Brown, R. F., J. Immunol., 1931, 
21, 245; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Carbohydrates—Continued 
Health Labs. Proc., 1931, no. 2, 
3) VI 
—, studies, specific carbo- 
hydrate from pneumococcus, type 
8 (Brown, R. F., Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1935, 32, 859; 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.10) VIII 
—, studies, ultrafiltration 
in preparation of (Wadsworth 
and Brown, R. F., J. Immunol., 
1937, 32, 467; Brown, R. F., and 
Robinson, Ibid., 1938, 34, 61) IX 
—, concentration and purification 
of polysaccharides by ultrafiltra- 
tion (Brown, R.- F., Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1936, 34, 
832; Ann. Rep., 1936, p.10) 
—, determination of acetyl group 
and removal of formic acid 
(Hyman, Ann. Rep., 1937, p.18) 
—, failure of antipneumococcus 
horse serum to sensitize guinea 
pigs to anaphylactic shock with 
specific carbohydrates (Brown, 
R. F., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1934, 31, 700) VII 
—, purification (Brown, R. F., 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.24) 
—, rhythmic precipitation of sol- 
uble specific substances and anti- 
pneumococcus sera (Bro'wn, R. 
F., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1940, 45, 93; Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.ll) X 
—, soil microorganisms, action on 
combined species (Shaw, J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 644) 
—, , — on type-specific and 
nontype-specific type-1 carbohy- 
drates (Sickles, G. M., and 
Shaw, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1934, 31, 443; Ann. Rep., 
1933, 54, 39) VII 
—, , — on types 1-32 (Sick- 
les, G. M., and Shaw, J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 219) IX 
—, , one that decomposes spe- 
cific carbohydrate of pneumococ- 
cus, type 8 (Sickles, G. M., and 
Shaw, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1935, 32, 857) VIII 
—, that decompose specific 
-carbohydrates (Sickles, G. M., 66 
SUBJECTS 
Carbohydrates—Continued 
and Shaw, J. Bad., 1934, 28, 
415 ; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1934, 27, 
106 ; Ann. Rep., 1934, p.10) VIII 
Pneumococcus, soil microorganisms 
that decompose specific carbo- 
hydrate of types 2 and 3 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1933, 53, 38; J. Bad. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1933, 25, 99; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 43; 1932, 53, 56) 
VII 
—, , two new strains that de- 
compose specific carbohydrates 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.),1936, 31, 573) 
—, soluble specific substance, pre- 
cipitation and complement-fixa- 
tion reactions (Brown, R. P., 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1934, 32, 481; Ann. Rep., 1934, 
p.12) VIII 
—, study of relationships between 
types 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 8 with 
effect of soil microorganisms on 
(Sickles, G. M., Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.9; 1938, p.10; 1939, p.13; 1940, 
P-9) 
—, type 8, activity of enzyme of 
soil microorganism grown on 
type-3 polysaccharide (Sickles, 
G. M., and Shaw, J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1939, 38, 241; Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.13) X 
—, , production of an active 
enzyme by soil microorganism in 
absence of pneumococcus, type-8, 
carbohydrate (Sickles, G. M., 
and Shaw, Ann. Rep., 1943, 
P-12) 
—, types 1, 3, and 8, hydrolysis as 
measured by complement fixation 
and specific antibody-nitrogen 
precipitation (Brown, R. F., and 
Robinson, J. Immunol., 1944, 49, 
235) XI 
—, types 3 and 8, specific antisera 
for enzymes that decompose 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 133; 
Ann. Rep., 1941, p.12) 
Carbolic acid: 
See Phenol 
Carbon dioxde: 
Determination in yeast fermenta- 
tion by modification of Holden’s 
gasometric method (Thompson, 
J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 151, 325; J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1942, 43, 773; 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.18; 1941, 
p.24; 1942, p.25) X, XI 
Carcinoma: 
See Cancer 
Cardiolipin: 
Acid, improved method for prepa- 
ration from beef heart (Pang- 
born, J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 153, 
343) XI 
Antigenic activity in vivo (Sickles, 
G. M., Ann. Rep., 1942, p.20) 
Greater recovery of cardiolipin by 
replacing or supplementing so- 
dium chloride with sodium sul- 
fate (Pangborn, J. Biol. Chem.. 
1945,157,691) XI 
Isolation and purification (Pang- 
born, J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 143, 
247 ; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.15 ; 1940, 
p.12; 1941, p.16; 1942, p.18) X 
Reactivity in macro- and micropre- 
cipitation tests for syphilis 
(Brown, R. P., J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1945, 49, 199) XI 
Serologically active phospholipid 
from beef heart (Pangborn, 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1941, 48, 484; J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), ]940, 39, 80) X 
Spectroscopic study, ultraviolet ab- 
sorption spectra and other physi- 
cal data (Crowe and Walker, J. 
Opt. Soc. Amer. (Soc. Proc.) 
In press) 
Standardization in complement-fix- 
ation test for syphilis (Mal- 
taner, E. J., and Maltaner, P. 
J. Immunol. In press; J. Bad. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1945. 49, 199; Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.17) XI 
— in precipitation test for syphilis 
(Brown, R. P., J. Immunol. In 
press; J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1944, 
47, 581) XI 
See also Cephalin; Lecithin; Lip- 
ids; Phosphatides 
Carriers: 
Bad. typhosum, detection (Gil- 
bert, Stewart, P. C., and Owen, SUBJECTS 
67 
Carriers—Continued 
Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1925, 15, 
883) IV 
Bact. typhosum, impracticability of 
controlling enteric disease by in- 
discriminate collection of speci- 
mens (Gilbert and Coleman, 
Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1934, 24, 
192; N. Y. State Assoc, Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 2, 2; 
Health News, 1934, p.lll) VII 
, not present in 404 specimens 
of bile from gall bladder except 
those from known typhoid car- 
riers {Ann. Rep., 1935, p.53) 
Hemolytic streptococcus carriers, 
their relation to spread of scarlet 
fever (Kirkbride and Wheeler, 
J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 1927, 89, 
1394) IV 
Meningococcus, biologic properties 
of strain from cases and carriers 
in Binghamton outbreak ( Cohen, 
J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 
338; Ann Rep., 1937, p.31) 
—, study of strains in relation to 
sulfonamide treatment (Cohen 
and Miller, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1942, 
no. 1, 6, 7; Ann. Rep., 1942, p.28, 
33, 44) 
Serologic tests of protective ac- 
tivity in sera of persons asso- 
ciated with outbreaks of pneu- 
monia (Harris and Ingraham, 
J Clin. Invest., 1937, 16, 41; N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1936, no. 1, 8; Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.54; 1939, p.34) IX 
See also Bacterium typhosum— 
Neisseria meningitidis; Pneumo- 
coccus—Carriers; Poliomyelitis 
—Carriers; Salmonella paraty- 
phi-B—Carriers 
Centrifugation: 
Agglutination tests speeded by 
(Hazen and Coleman, Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.54) 
Cephalin: 
Activity in relation to coagulation 
of vitamin - K - deficient chick 
plasma (Maltaner, F., and Mal- 
taner. E. J., Arch. Biochem., 
Cephalin—Continued 
1943, 2, 37; Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.17) XI 
coagulative and com- 
plementary properties of blood 
(Wadsworth, Maltaner, P., and 
Maltaner, E. J., J. Immunol., 
1936, 30, 417; Ihid., {Soc. Proc.), 
1934, 26, 333, 339; Ann. Rep., 
1933, 54, 52; 1934, p.22; 1935, 
p.15) ' VIII 
Antigenic action (Wadsworth, 
Maltaner, E. J., and Maltaner, 
F., J. Immunol., 1935, 28, 183; 
Ihid., {Soc. Proc.), 1934, 26, 332; 
Ann. Rep., 1934, p.20) VIII 
— properties (Wadsworth, Mal- 
taner, E. J., and Maltaner, F., 
J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 25; Amer. 
J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1931, 7, 
537; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 52; 
1931, 52, 42; 1932, 53, 67) VII 
Chemical reactions in blood coagu- 
lation (Wadsworth, Maltaner, 
F., and Maltaner, E. J., Amer. 
J. Physiol., 1931, 97, 74; Assoc. 
Amer. Phys. Trans., 1931, 46, 
296; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 50; 
1930, 51, 53) VI 
Neutralization of anticoagulative 
action of heparin (Wadsworth, 
Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
E. J., Amer. J. Physiol., 1937, 
119, 80; J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 
1937, 33, 109; Ann. Rep., 1936, 
p.12) IX 
Preparation (Maltaner, F., J. 
Amer. (Them. Soc., 1931, 53, 
4019; Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 42) 
VI 
Spectroscopic study, absorption 
spectra in visible and ultraviolet 
ranges (Wadsworth and Crowe, 
J. Phys. Chem., 1936, 40, 739; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 67; 
Ann. Rep., 1934, p.18; 1935, 
p.20; 1936, p.18) VIII 
See also Cardiolipin; Lecithin; 
Lipids; Phosphatides 
Cerebrospinal fluid: 
Examination, in meningitis, inci- 
dence of various species of bac- 
teria in spinal fluid (Gilbert 
and Coleman, J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1928, 13, 547; Arch. Path. 68 
SUBJECTS 
Cerebrospinal fluid—Continued 
(Soc. Trans.), 1927, 4, 489; 
Amer. J. Path. (Sci. Proc.), 1927, 
3, 542; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 61; 
1931, 52, 60) V 
Examination, in meningitis, quanti- 
tative complement-fixation tests 
(Sickles, G. M., and Rice, J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1938, 38, 337) 
—, — syphilis, complement-fixation 
tests, nonspecific reactions with 
Bordet-Ruelens antigen (Hazen 
and Greenspan, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1936, 21, 1185) VIII 
—, , complement-fixation tests 
on 1,638 specimens (Gilbert and 
Moore, Amer. J. Syph., 1925, 9, 
160) III, 1923-1925 
—, , directions for submission 
of specimens (Health News, 1939, 
p.154) 
—, of the central nervous sys- 
tem (Gilbert (referee). Diag- 
nostic procedures and reagents; 
2d ed. N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health 
Assoc., 1945, p.348) 
—, , outfits for submission of 
specimens (Health News, 1940, 
p.195) 
—, — —, Wassermann reaction 
with graded quantities of spinal 
fluid (Van Saun, Health News, 
1916, p.157; Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, 
v.3, 290) 
—, methods for (Lange, Amer. J. 
Syph., 1939. 23, 638; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1938, no. 1, 11) X 
—, paretic formula provides the 
main prognostic differentiation 
in neurosyphilis (Lange and 
Harris, Arch. Neurology and 
Psychiatry, 1945, 53, 116) XI 
—, preparation of citrate gold for 
use in colloidal gold reaction 
(Lange and Harris, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1944, 34, 1087) XI 
—, significance of the pH in col- 
loidal gold reaction (Lange and 
Harris, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1944, 29, 970) XI 
Outfits for submission of speci- 
mens, descriptions and specifica- 
tions (Division of Laboratories 
and Research. Laboratory man- 
Cerebrospinal fluid—Continued 
ual for physicians; 8th ed. Pub- 
lished by the Division, 1944, p.66 ; 
Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 
2d ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.623) 
See also Meningitis; Syphilis 
Cevitamic acid: 
See Ascorbic acid 
Chancre; 
Examination of specimens for Trep. 
pallidum (Gilbert (referee). 
Diagnostic procedures and rea- 
gents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. Pub. 
Health Assoc., 1945, p.318) 
Outfits, descriptions and specifica- 
tions of outfits distributed (Di- 
vision of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Laboratory manual for 
physicians; 8th ed. Published by 
the Division, 1944, p.65; (Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search of the New York State 
Department of Health; 2d ed. 
Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939, p.625, 633) 
— for submitting fluid from chan- 
cres to laboratory (Health News, 
1931, p.134) 
See also Syphilis 
Chemicals: 
Transfer, attachment for pipettes 
for precise transfer of dangerous 
fluids (Thompson, Ind. and Eng. 
Chem. Analyt. ed., 1942, 14, 73; 
Ann. Rep., 1943, p.20) X 
Chemistry: 
Analytic, work of the Division of 
Laboratories and Research. Pub- 
lished in Annual Reports of the 
Division. 
—. See also Gasometrie analysis; 
Microanalysis; Ultrafiltration 
Sanitary. See Bathing areas; Res- 
taurants—Sanitation; Sewage— 
Examination; Water—Examina- 
tion 
Chemotherapy: 
p-Aminobenzenesulfonamide pyri- 
dine, effect on type-3 pneumococ- 
cus infections in mice (Miller, SUBJECTS 
69 
Chemotherapy—Continued 
J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1939, 37, 
228) 
Approved laboratories in New York 
State in relation to (Miller, N. 
Y. State J. Med., 1941, 41, 2446) 
X 
Of meningococcus bacteriemia in 
horses (Miller, Cohen, and 
Griffin, Awn. Rep., 1942, p.44) 
Sodium p-nitrobenzoate, effect of 
p-aminobenzoic acid on bacteri- 
ostatic action produced by so- 
dium p-nitrobenzoate on Strep, 
viridans (Miller, J. Pharmacol, 
and Exp. Therap., 1941, 71, 14; 
Aww. Rep., 1940, p.10) X 
Sulfanilamide, action of immune 
serum on type-3 pneumococcus 
infections (Miller, J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 219) IX 
—, concentration in peritoneal 
cavity of rabbits (Miller and 
Harris, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1941, 41, 268) X 
—, hemolytic streptococci from 
horse treated with sulfanilamide 
after streptococcus bacteriemia 
developed during immunization 
(Hendry, J. Infect. Dis., 1942, 
70, 112; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1941, no. 1, 
8 ; Aww. Rep., 1941, p.49) X 
Sulfathiazole, substance produced 
in cultures containing sodium 
p-nitrobenzoate that affects the 
action of sulfathiazole (Miller, 
J. Pharmacol, and Exp. Therap., 
1941, 72, 354; Aww. Rep., 1941, 
p.48) X 
—, substances that interfere with 
bacteriostatic action of sulfathi- 
azole on pneumococcus, type 1 
(Miller, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1941, 42, 133; Aww. Rep., 1941, 
p.48) 
Sulfonamide - inhibitor - free media 
for pneumococci (Miller, J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1942, 43, 774) 
X 
Sulfonamides, effect on coccidiosis 
in rabbits (Brose, Aww. Rep., 
1941, p.40) 
—, pneumococci resistant to 
(Miller, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub, 
Chemotherapy—Continued 
Health Labs. Proc., 1941, no. 2, 
36) 
—, study of strains in carriers and 
cases of meningococcus menin- 
gitis (Cohen and Miller, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1942, no. 1, 6, 7; Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.28, 33, 44) 
' See also Names of specific com- 
pounds, e.g. Sulfonamides; Sul- 
fathiazole 
Chick embryo medium: 
For cultivation of vaccine virus 
(Coffey, Amer. J. Pul). Health, 
1934, 24, 473; Awn. Rep., 1931, 
52, 50; 1932, 53, 78; 1933, 54, 56) 
VII 
Chlorine: 
Colorimetric determination in 
water, adsorption reaction be- 
tween iodine and a-naphthofla- 
vone (Hallinan, Ind. and Eng. 
Chem. Analyt. ed., 1940, 12, 452; 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.60) X 
, iodide technic (Gil- 
creas and Hallinan, J. Amer. 
Water Works Assoc., 1939, 31, 
1723) X 
, o-tolidine-arsenite test 
for quantitative measurement 
(Hallinan, J. 'Amer. Water 
Works Assoc., 1944, 36, 296) XI 
, photodiscoloration of 
o-tolidine (Davis and Kelly, J. 
Amer. Water Works Assoc., 1934, 
26, 757; Health News, 1934, 
p.128; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 94) 
VII 
Rapid tests of water quality eval- 
uated (Gilcreas, J. Amer. Water 
Works Assoc., 1943, 35, 1201) 
XI 
Thiosulfate titration in examina- 
tion of water (Hallinan and 
Thompson, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 
1939, 61, 265; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.61) IX 
Use of o-tolidine-arsenite test by 22 
water treatment plants in control 
of chlorination (Gilcreas and 
Hallinan, J. Amer. Water 
Works Assoc., 1944, 36, 1343; 
Health News, 1944, p.204) XI 
See also Water—Analysis 70 
SUBJECTS 
Cholesterol: 
Antigenic action with sera of rab- 
bits inoculated with cholesterol- 
swine-serum mixtures (Wads- 
worth, Maltaner, E. J., and 
Maltaner, F., J. Immunol., 1935, 
29, 135 ; Ihid., (Soc. Proc.), 1934, 
26, 332; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 50; 
1934, p.19) VIII 
In livers of nonimmunized and im- 
munized horses (Wadsworth, 
Hyman, and Nichols, Amer. J. 
Path., 1935, 11, 419; Ann. Rep., 
1932, 53, 72; 1933, 54, 55) VIII 
— plasma of immunized horses 
(Wadsworth and Hyman, J. Im- 
munol., 1938, 35, 55; Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.23; 1935, p.23) IX 
— ratio to tissue-extract antigen in 
complement - fixation test for 
syphilis (Kent, J. Immunol., 
1940, 39, 307; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1939, 38, 240; Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.16) X 
Relation to antigen in tissue ex- 
tracts in complement - fixation 
tests for syphilis (Kent, J. Im- 
munol., 1942, 43, 267; J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 134; Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.55) X 
Sensitizing 'effect upon antigen 
(Maltaner, E. J., J. Immunol., 
1930, 18, 11; Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1929, 26, 677) V 
Chromatographic analysis: 
Micromethod for the isolation of 
substances from mixtures 
(Crowe, Ind. and Eng. Chem. 
Analyt. ed., 1941, 13, 845; Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.17) X 
Of pigments synthesized by C. 
diphtheriue (Crowe and Wal- 
ker, J. Opt. Soc. Amer., 1944, 
34, 135; Ann. Rep., 1943, p.26) 
XI 
— solutions obtained by passing 
cardiolipin through a chromato- 
graph (Crowe and Walker, J. 
Opt. Soc. Amer. (Soc. Proc.) 
In press) 
Citron scale: 
Compared with color standard in 
reading complement-fixation tests 
Citron scale—Continued 
(Gilbert, Kelley, and Moore, 
J. Lah. and Clin. Med., 1925, 10, 
552) III, 1923-1925 
Cleansing agents: 
See Detergents 
Cloacae-aerogenes group: 
See Food—Poisoning 
Clostridium botulinum: 
From cheese (Nevin, J. Infect. Dis., 
1921, 28, 226; Ann. Rep., 1915, 
36, v.3, 306) II, 1920-1923 
Strain, not classified as type A, B, 
or C, incitant of fatal human 
botulism (Hazen, J. Infect. Dis., 
1937, 60, 260; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1936, 
no. 1, 8; Ann. Rep., 1935, p.61) 
IX 
Type B, isolation from feces by use 
of blood agar plates in anaerobic 
jar (Wheeler and Humphreys, 
J. Infect. Dis., 1924, 35, 305; N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1924, no. 1, 6) 
III, 1923-1925 
— E, two strains, action of toxins 
in chickens (Hazen, Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1942, 50, 
112; Ann. Rep., 1941, p.69) X 
, , incitants of fatal hu- 
man botulism (Hazen, Science, 
1938, 87, 413; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1938, 
no. 1, 10; Health News, 1938, 
p.162) IX 
Clostridium tetani: 
See Tetanus 
Clostridium welchii: 
Study of strains (Coffey, Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.26; 1935, p.25) 
Coagulation: 
See Blood—Coagulation 
Coccidiosis: 
In rabbits, treatment with sulfon- 
amide drugs (Brose, Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.40) 
Colchicine: 
Effect on tissue cultures of tadpole 
heart (Shaw, J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1939, 37, 229; Ann. Rep., 
1938, p.10) SUBJECTS 
71 
Cold-blooded animals; 
Tissue susceptibility to bacterial 
toxins (Shaw, J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 338; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.10; 1940, p.9) 
colchicine of tadpole heart 
(Shaw, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1939, 37, 229; Ann. Rep., 1938, 
p.10) 
diphtheria toxin, tetanus 
toxin, and botulinus toxin (Sic- 
kles, G. R., Ann. Rep., 1936, 
P-16) 
purified diphtheria toxin 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 73; 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.7) 
See also Names of individual spe- 
cies, e.g. Frogs; Eels 
Coliform group: 
See Bacterium coli; Media; Water 
Collodion sacs; 
Containing hemolytic streptococci 
implanted intraperitoneally into 
rabbits, effect of sulfanilamide in- 
jected subcutaneously (Harris 
and Miller, J. Bact., 1941, 41, 
495; Ihid., {Soc. Proc.), 1940, 39, 
48; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.10) X 
Effect of sulfanilamide on bacterial 
growth in vitro (Harris, J. Bact., 
1943, 45, 147; Ihid., {Soc. Proc.), 
1942, 43, 775; Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.57) X, XI 
Survival of gonococci in collodion 
sacs in rabbits (Harris, J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1939, 38, 241) X 
Technic for animal experimentation 
(Harris, J. Bact., 1939, 38, 321; 
Ihid., {Soc. Proc.), 1939, 37, 229) 
X 
Use in pervaporation, perstillation, 
and percrystallization (Kober, J. 
Amer. Chem. Soc., 1917, 39, 944; 
Health News, 1917, p.245) 
I, 1914-1919 
Colloidal gold reaction: 
Citrate gold of optimum and repro- 
ducible sensitivity, preparation 
and use (Lange and Harris, 
Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1944, 34, 
1087) XI 
Examination of cerebrospinal fluid 
for evidence of syphilis of the cen- 
tral nervous system (Gilbert 
Colloidal gold reaction—Continued 
(referee). Diagnostic procedures 
and reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.348) 
Paretic formula provides the main 
prognostic differentiation in neu- 
rosyphilis (Lange and Harris, 
Arch. Neurology and Psychiatry, 
1945, 53, 116*) ‘ XI 
Significance of the pH in colloidal 
gold reaction (Lange and Har- 
ris, J. Lah. and Clin. Med., 1944, 
29, 970) XI 
With cerebrospinal fluid (Lange, 
Amer. J. Syph., 1939, 23, 638; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1938, no. 1, 11) X 
Colorimeters and colorimetry: 
Bromthymol blue field test for bo- 
vine mastitis (Hallinan, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Milk Sanit. Ann. 
Rep., 1943, 17, 121; Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.80) XI 
Determination of dissolved oxygen 
in water and sewage (Gilcreas, 
J. Amer. Water Works Assoc., 
1935, 27, 1166; Ann. Rep., 1935, 
p.65) VIII 
iron in water by colorimetric 
thiocyanate method (Hallinan, 
Ind. and Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 
1943, 15, 510) XI 
Nephelometer-colorimeter ( Kober, 
J. Biol. Chem., 1917, 29, 155) 
I, 1914-1919 
See also Chlorine—Colorimetric de- 
termination ; Citron scale; Glass 
—Pyrex; Nephelometers and 
nephelometry; Resazurin test; 
Tryptophan 
Committees: 
See Division of Laboratories and 
Research—Committees 
Communicable diseases: 
Administration of the public health 
laboratory (Biggs and Wads- 
worth. Nelson loose-leaf medi- 
cine, W. W. Herrick, ed.-in-chief. 
N. Y., Nelson, 1920, 7, 135; Ihid., 
1928, 2, 151; Wadsworth, Ihid., 
1941, 7, 547) X 
Complement-fixation reaction with 
bacterial antigens (Wadsworth. 
Jordan, E. 0., and Falk, I. S. 72 
SUBJECTS 
Communicable diseases—Continued 
The newer knowledge of bacteri- 
ology and immunology. Chicago, 
University of Chicago Press, 
1928, p.831) V 
Diagnosis by the method of comple- 
ment fixation (Wadsworth. Cy- 
clopedia of medicine, G. M. Pier- 
sol, ed.-in-chief. Philadelphia, Da- 
vis, 1931-1933, 7, 145; Ihid., 
1939, 7, 570; Wadsworth and 
Maltaner, E. J., Ihid., 1941. 
Service volume, p.157) 
Infection and immunity (Wads- 
worth. Nelson loose-leaf medi- 
cine, W. W. Herrick, ed.-in-chief. 
N. Y., Nelson, 1920, 1, 3; Ihid., 
1930, 1, 3; Ihid., 1941, 1, 1) 
, survey of literature, 1920- 
1928 (Wadsworth. Nelson loose- 
leaf living medicine, W. W. Her- 
rick, ed.-in-chief. N. Y., Nelson, 
1920-1928. Published approxi- 
mately annually) 
Laboratory aids in diagnosis and 
treatment (Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Laboratory 
manual for physicians; 8th ed. 
Published by the Division, 1944. 
103p.) 
— procedures in the diagnosis and 
treatment of disease (Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search of the New York State De- 
partment of Health; 2d ed. Bal- 
timore, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939. 681p. First edition, 1927) 
Vaccine and serum therapy (Wads- 
worth. Nelson loose-leaf medi- 
cine, W. W. Herrick, ed.-in-chief. 
N. Y., Nelson, 1931, 1, 49; Ihid., 
1941, 1, 49) 
See also Infection and immunity; 
and names of specific diseases, 
e.g. Diphtheria; Pneumonia 
Complement: 
Activity of cephalin in relation to 
coagulative and complementary 
properties of blood (Wadsworth, 
Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
E. J., J. Immunol., 1936, 30, 417; 
Ihid., (Soc. Proc.), 1934, 26, 333, 
339; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 52; 
1934; p.22; 1935, p.15) VIII 
Complement—Con tinned 
Blood of female animals, not preg- 
nant, was found to be fully as 
satisfactory as that from males 
(Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 67) 
Capybaras as possible source (Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.55) 
Complementary properties of sera 
from various animals (Gilbert, 
Ann. Rep., 1923, 44, 196) 
Inhibition by anticoagulants 
(Wadsworth, Maltaner, F., and 
Maltaner, E, J., J. Immunol., 
1937, 33, 297; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.13) IX 
Preservation in carbon dioxide at- 
mosphere (Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 
47; 1929, 50, 60) 
Reactivation of ammonia-inactivat- 
ed complement by leucocytes 
(Maltaner, E. J., Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1935, 32, 
1555) VIII 
Relationship between vitamin-C 
metabolism in guinea pigs and 
amount of hemolytic complement 
(Torrance, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1939, 
no. 1, 3; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.29) 
Role of reticulo-endothelial system 
in immunity. 2. Complement ti- 
ter after blockade (Jungeblut 
and Berlot, J. Exp. Med., 1926, 
43, 797; Ann. Rep., 1925, 46, 35) 
IV 
Titers of blood sera from apparent- 
ly normal individuals and from 
patients with pneumonia, by F. 
Maltaner (Rutstein and Walk- 
er, J. Clin. Invest., 1942, 21, 343) 
Complement fixation: 
Anticomplementary, nonspecific, 
and atypical reactions of sera 
(Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
E. J., Ann. Rep., 1943, p.19) 
Antimeningococcus serum, activity 
of horse and rabbit sera (Rice, 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 
109) 
, titer of antibacterial and an- 
tifiltrate horse sera (Sickles, G. 
M., and Rice, J. Immunol., 1938, 
35, 427; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.8) 
IX SUBJECTS 
73 
Complement fixation—Continued 
Antimeningocoecus serum, titer of 
sera from horses and rabbits 
(Sickles, G. M., and Rice, J. Im- 
munol., 1938, 34, 221) IX 
Antipneumococcus sera, activity of 
horse and rabbit sera (Rice, J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 109) 
— —, rabbit, atypically reacting 
sera (Rice, Ann. Rep., 1943, p.9) 
, —, effect of time and tempera- 
ture of incubation on comple- 
ment-fixation reaction with homo- 
logous type-specific carbohydrate 
(Rice, J. Immunol., 1943, 47, 
373; Ann. Rep., 1943, p.ll) XI 
, —, maximally reactive pro- 
portions of antigens and antise- 
rum in precipitation and comple- 
ment fixation (Rice, J. Immunol., 
1943, 46, 427; Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.10; 1943, p.10) XI 
, —, relation of complement- 
fixing activity and antibody-ni- 
trogen value (Rice and Sickles, 
G. R., J. Immunol., 1942, 43, 319; 
Ann. Rep., 1941, p.9; 1942, p.10) 
X 
— —, —, titration by (Rice, J. 
Immunol., 1942, 43, 129; J. Bad. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1940,40, 164; Arm, 
Rep., 1940, p.7; 1941, p.9) X 
, titer of horse and rabbit sera 
(Sickles, G. M., and Rice, J. 
Immunol., 1938, 34, 235) IX 
Antisheep amboceptor, quantitative 
technic for testing trial bleedings 
from rabbits (Gilbert, Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.55) 
At different temperatures (Lang- 
worthy and Kerley, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1922, 8, 54; N. Y. 
State Assoc, Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1921, no. 1, 11; Ibid., 1922, 
no. 1,1; Ann. Rep., 1922, 43,170) 
II, 1920-1923 
Cardiolipin, acid, improved method 
for preparation from beef heart 
(Pangborn, J. Biol. Chem., 1944, 
153, 343) XI 
—, isolation and purification 
(Pangborn, J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 
143, 247; J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 
1940, 39, 80; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
Complement fixation—Continued 
p.15; 1940, p.12; 1941, p.16; 
1942, p.18) X 
—, serologically active phospholi- 
pid from beef heart (Pangborn, 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1941, 48, 484; J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1940, 39, 80) X 
Conglutination phenomenon (Mal- 
taner, F., and Johnston, J. Im- 
munol., 1921, 6, 349) 
II, 1920-1923 
Effect of hemagglutination on 
(Maltaner, F., and Johnston, J. 
Immunol., 1921, 6, 271) 
II, 1920-1923 
temperature of inactivation 
of sera (Hazen, J. Immunol., 
1943, 46, 341; Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.68) XI 
Syphilis, basic principles and their 
application to practical tests 
(Maltaner, F., J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 335) 
Tuberculosis, quantitative deter- 
mination (Wadsworth, Mal- 
taner, E. J., and Maltaner, F., 
J. Immunol., 1931, 21, 313; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1931, 
7, 538) VI 
—, — — by immune serum and 
antigen (Maltaner, E. J., and 
Maltaner, F., J. Immunol., 
1935, 29, 151; Ann. Rep., 1934, 
p.20) VIII 
With bacterial antigens (Wads- 
worth. Jordan, E. O., and 
Falk, I. S. The newer knowledge 
of bacteriology and immunology. 
Chicago, University of Chicago 
Press, 1928, p.831) V 
Complement-fixation tests: 
Agglutination, rapid, of sheep ery- 
throcytes in certain human sera 
(Gilbert and Sherwood, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1935, no. 1, 4; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.52) 
Anticomplementary sera, studies of 
(Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
E. J., Ann. Rep., 1942, p.21) 
Antigens, comparative tests with 
two antigens (Van Saun and 
Preston, Amer. J. Puh. Health, 74 
SUBJECTS 
Complement-fixation tests—Gourd 
1918, 8, 146; Health News, 1917, 
p.243) I, 1914-1919 
Antigens, dilution in complement- 
fixation test for syphilis (Moore, 
J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1927, 12, 
594) IV 
—, optimum ratio of cholesterol to 
tissue-extract antigen in sero- 
diagnosis of syphilis (Kent, J. 
Immunol., 1940, 39, 307; J. Bad. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1939, 38, 240; Ann. 
Rep., 1939, p.16) X 
—, purification and concentration 
in test for tuberculosis (Wads- 
worth and Maltaner, F., J. 
Exp. Med., 1921, 33, 119; Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1920, 
17, 189 ; Wadsworth, Maltaner, 
F., and Johnston, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1921, p.6) II, 1920-1923 
—, standardization in test for 
syphilis (Schaible, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1929, 14, 370; Ann. 
Rep., 1928, 49, 45) V 
Cardiolipin, standardization in 
test for syphilis (Maltaner, E. 
J., and Maltaner, F., J. Im- 
munol. In press; J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.). 1945, 49, 199; Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.17) XI 
Cephalin, antigenic action of puri- 
fied (Wadsworth, Maltaner, E. 
J., and Maltaner, F., J. Im- 
munol., 1935, 28, 183 ; Ibid., {Soc. 
Proc.), 1934, 26, 332; Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.20) VIII 
—, and lecithin, antigenic prop- 
erties of (Wadsworth, Mal- 
taner, E. J., and Maltaner, F., 
J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 25; Amer. 
J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1931, 7, 
537; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 52; 
1931, 52, 42; 1932, 53, 67) VII 
Cholesterol, antigenic action of 
(Wadsworth, Maltaner, E. J., 
and Maltaner, P., J. Immunol., 
1935, 29, 135; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 
1934, 26, 332; Ann. Rep., 1933, 
54, 50; 1934, p.19) VIII 
—, relation to antigen in tissue ex- 
tracts for serodiagnosis of syph- 
ilis (Kent, J. Immunol., 1942, 43, 
Complement-fixation tests—Cont’d 
267; J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1941, 
42, 134; Ann. 'Rep., 1941, p.55) 
X 
Citron scale of reading compared 
with color standard (Gilbert, 
Kelley, and Moore, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1925, 10, 552) 
III, 1923-1925 
Discrepancies in serologic findings 
as shown by the results of the 
Washington Serology Conference, 
discussion by A. B. Wadsworth 
(Mahoney, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1943, 43, 846) 
Gonorrhea, diagnostic work of the 
State Laboratory (Wadsworth, 
Pub. Health, London, 1917, 30, 
205; Health News, 1917, p.119) 
—, examination of 595 human sera 
with different gonococcus anti- 
gens (Rice, Ann. Rep., 1942, 
P-11) 
—, quantitative, statement of new 
method of reporting (Wads- 
worth, N. Y. State J. Med., 1938, 
38, 1386) 
—, —, with gonococcus antigens 
(Rice, Amer, Assoc. Adv. 
Science. The gonococcus and 
gonococcal infection. Lancaster, 
Pa., Science Press, 1939, p.64. 
'Publcation no. 11; J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 644; Ibid., {Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 337; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1938, no. 1, 1; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.12; 1941, p.ll) X 
—. See also Gonorrhea. 
Graphs and tables for evaluation of 
(Thompson, and Maltaner, F., 
J. Immunol., 1940, 38, 147; Ann. 
Rep., 1939, p.17) X 
Hemolysin, effect of natural anti- 
sheep hemolysin content of hu- 
man serum (Van Saun, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1917, 3, 59; Ann. 
Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 292) 
I, 1914-1919 
—, methods of producing antisheep 
hemolysin in rabbits (Preston, 
Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 286) 
Meningitis, quantitative, with se- 
rum and spinal fluids from eon- SUBJECTS 
Complement-fixation tests—Cont ’d 
valescent serum-treated meningo- 
coccus carriers (Sickles, G. M., 
and Rice, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 337) 
Quantitative, determination of an- 
tigen-antibody reaction (Malta- 
ner, F., and Maltaner, E. J., 
Internat. Congr. Microbiol., 3d, 
New York, 1939. Proc., 1940, 
p.781; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.15) 
Syphilis (Gilbert. Jordan, E. O., 
and Falk, I. S. The newer knowl- 
edge of bacteriology and immu- 
nology. Chicago, University of 
Chicago Press, 1928, p.838) V 
— (Wadsworth, Assoc. Amer. 
Phys. Trans., 1938, 53, 263; N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1938, 38, 1383; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 335) 
IX 
—, absorption of natural antisheep 
amboceptor (Gilbert and Wem- 
ple, J. Lah. and Clin. Med., 1924, 
10, 31; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1923, no. 2, 
2) III, 1923-1925 
—, amboceptor versus complement 
titration (Lang worthy and 
Willson, Amer. J. Puh. Health, 
1921, 11, 532) II, 1920-1923 
—, analysis of 1,638 cerebrospinal 
fluids (Gilbert and Moore, 
Amer. J. Syph., 1925, 9, 160) 
III, 1923-1925 
—, comparison of fixation at 37°C. 
and at 3°-6°C. with cholesterol- 
ized antigen in 25,000 specimens 
(Gilbert, Langworthy, and 
Moore, Amer. J. Syph., 1926, 10, 
162, 506) IV 
—, diagnosis by the method of com- 
plement fixation (Wadsworth. 
Cyclopedia of medicine, G. M. 
Piersol, ed.-in-chief. Philadel- 
phia, Davis, 1931-1933, 7, 145; 
Ibid., 1939, 7, 570; Wadsworth 
and Maltaner, E. J., Ibid., 1941. 
Service volume, p.157) 
—, diagnostic work of State Labo- 
ratory (Wadsworth, Pub. 
Health, London, 1917, 30, 205; 
Health News, 1917, p.119) 
—, divergent results with alcoholic 
and cholesterolized antigens (Gil- 
Complement-fixation tests—Coat VZ 
bert and Lang worthy, Amer. J. 
Syph., 1925, 9, 310) IV 
—, effect of bacterial growth in 
sera {Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 47) 
—, on a series of 252 sera ( Gilbert, 
Langworthy, and Moore, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1926, no. 2, 6) 
—, preliminary procedures adopted 
to select sera for complete test 
(Gilbert, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1936, no. 2, 
24; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.44) 
—, quantitative, discussion by C. W. 
Lange (Wadsworth, N. Y. State 
J. Med., 1938, 38, 1385) 
—, — evaluation of (Wadsworth, 
N. Y. State J. Med., 1940, 40, 
177) X 
—, —, in malaria-treated patients; 
effect of the diluent (Dorgeloh, 
Amer. J. Syph., 1943, 27, 623; 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.51) XI 
—, —, statement of new method of 
reporting (Wadsworth, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1938, 38, 1386) 
—, — technic adapted to routine 
tests {Ann. Rep., 1937, p.41) 
—, —, titration in 1937 Federal 
comparative series (Maltaner, 
E. J,, Amer. J. Puh. Health, 
1939, 29, 104; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.). 1938, 35, 336) IX 
—, —, with syphilitic serum and 
tissue extract (Wadsworth, Mal- 
taner, F., and Maltaner, E. J., 
J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 105) IX 
—, —, serum and tissue ex- 
tract ; technic (Wadsworth, 
Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
E. J., J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 217 ; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 1, 7; Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.12) IX 
—, sensitizing effect of cholesterol 
for antigen (Maltaner, E. J., J. 
Immunol., 1930, 18, 11 ; Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1929, 
26, 677) V 
—, serodiagnosis, with comparison 
of Albany, Copenhagen, and Mon- 
tevideo series (Wadsworth. 
Hommage a la memoire du Pro- 76 
SUBJECTS 
Complement-fixation tests—Cont’d 
fesseur Jean Cantacuzene. Paris, 
Masson, 1934, 2, 789) VII 
Syphilis, standardization of sero- 
logic reports, discussion by A. B. 
Wadsworth (Moore and Eagle, 
Assoc. Amer. Phys. Trans., 1941, 
56, 120) 
—, tests; associate referee 
report for 1937 (Maltaner, E. J., 
Amer. J. Pub. Health {supp. 
Year Book), 1938, 28, 114) IX 
—, tests, Part 1: Outline 
of plan, Part 2: Comments; ref- 
eree report for 1924 (Gilbert 
and Lanqworthy, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1925, 15, 201, 323) 
III, 1923-1925 
—, tests; referee reports 
for 1925, 1926, 1927, 1928 and 
1929, 1930 and 1932, 1933, 1934, 
1935, 1936, and 1937 (Gilbert 
and Langworthy, Amer. J. 
Syph., 1926, 10, 101; Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1926, 16, 388(abs.) ; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1925, no. 2, 6 IV 
Gilbert and Langworthy, Amer. 
J. Syph., 1927, 11, 475; Ann. 
Rep., 1926, 47, 28 IV 
Gilbert and Lanqworthy, Amer. 
J. Syph., 1929, 13, 127; Gilbert, 
Langworthy, and Schaible, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1927, no. 2, 7; Ann. 
Rep., 1927, 48, 55 V 
Gilbert, Amer. J. Syph., 1930, 
14, 506; Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1930, 20, 47(abs.) ; Gilbert and 
Schaible, Ibid., 1929, 19, 210 
(abs.) ; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1928, no. 2, 
10; Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 44; 1929, 
50, 56; 1930, 51, 63 VI 
Gilbert, Amer. J. Syph., 1933, 
17, 238; Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1933, 23, 499(abs.) VII 
Wadsworth, Harris, N. MacL., 
and Gilbert, Ibid., 1934, 24, 727 ; 
Gilbert, Ibid., {supp. Year 
Book), 1935, 25, 152 
Gilbert, Ibid., {supp. Year 
Book), 1936, 26, 185 VIII 
Complement-fixation tests—Cont’d 
Gilbert, Ibid., {supp. Year 
Book), 1937, 27, 139 IX 
Gilbert, Ibid., {supp. Year 
Book), 1938, 28, 112 IX 
Gilbert and Maltaner, E. J. 
Diagnostic procedures and rea- 
gents ; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. Pub. 
Health Assoc., 1945, p.321) XI 
Syphilis, standardization, recom- 
mendations concerning essential 
features of a technic for the com- 
plement-fixation test (Gilbert, 
Ann Rep., 1930, 51, 61) 
—, study of titer curves in treated 
cases of early syphilis (Dorge- 
loh, Ann Rep., 1942, p.50) 
—, use of 15-minute titration in 
standardization of hemolytic sys- 
tem in serodiagnosis (Moore, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1921, p.ll) 
—. See also Syphilis—Serodiagnosis 
Tuberculosis (Maltaner, F., Amer. 
J. Pul). Health, 1926, 16, 945) 
IV 
— (Wadsworth, Maltaner, F., 
and Maltaner, E. J., J. Immu- 
nol., 1925,10, 241) III, 1923-1925 
—, antigens, purification and con- 
centration (Wadsworth and 
Maltaner, F., J. Exp. Med., 
1921, 33, 119; Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1920, 17, 189; 
Wadsworth, Maltaner, F., and 
Johnston, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1921, 
p.6) II, 1920-1923 
—, discussion by A. B. Wadsworth 
(Lewis and Aaronson, Nat. Tu- 
berc. Assoc. Trans., 1921,17, 276) 
—, effect of time and temperature 
of incubation (Maltaner, E. J., 
Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 64) 
—, quantitative, statement of new 
method of reporting (Wads- 
worth, N. Y. State J. Med., 1938, 
38, 1386) 
—, — technic adapted to the rou- 
tine test {Ann. Rep., 1937, p.41) 
—, —, with tuberculous immune 
serum and antigen (Wadsworth, 
Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
E. J., J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 93; SUBJECTS 
77 
Complement-fixation tests—Cont’d 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 
336) IX 
Tuberculosis, report of 1002 cases 
(Wadsworth, Maltaner, E. J., 
and Stevens, Amer. Rev. Tuherc., 
1930, 22, 539; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1929, 
no. 2, 6; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 61) 
VI 
—. See also Tuberculosis—Sero- 
diagnosis 
Venereal diseases, serodiagnosis first 
undertaken (Health News, 1915, 
P-179) 
Virus infection, studies with vacci- 
nia virus (Sickles, G. M., Cof- 
fey, and Rice, Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.12; 1942, p.13) 
Wassermann reaction with diabetic 
sera (Van Saun, J. Med. Re- 
search, 1917, 37, 205) 
I, 1914r-1919 
With large amounts of serum (Van 
Saun, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1917, 3, 61) I, 1914-1919 
See also Antimeningococcus serum; 
Antipneumococcus sera; Gonor- 
rhea—Serodiagnosis; Leprosy; 
Pneumococcus—Soluble specific 
substance ; Syphilis—Serodiag- 
nosis ; Tuberculosis—Serodiagno- 
sis; Yaws 
Conglutination: 
Phenomena (Maltaner, F., and 
Johnston, J. Immunol., 1921, 6, 
349) II, 1920-1923 
Convalescent serum: 
See Measles; Poliomyelitis 
Copper sulfate method: 
For protein determination in sera 
(Quigley and Muraschi, J. Biol. 
Chem., 1945, 158, 463) XI 
Corynebacteria; 
Porphyrin production by (Wheel- 
er, J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1940, 
40, 163 ; Ann Rep., 1940, p.13) X 
Corynebacterium diphtheriae: 
Action of bacteriophage on 
(Wheeler, Ann. Rep., 1939, 
P-18) 
Attenuation by specific antitoxin 
(Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 74; 1928, 
49, 67) 
Corynebacterium diphtheriae—Cont. 
Carbohydrate and protein fractions 
tested for precipitation with im- 
mune sera (Brown, R. F., Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 43) 
Electrodesiccation of tonsils har- 
boring; (Maillard, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1931, 31, 895; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1930, no. 2,1) VI 
Growth and toxin production, in 
infusion-free peptone media, in 
synthetic media (Wadsworth 
and Wheeler, J. Infect. Dis., 
1934, 55, 123; J. Immunol. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1934, 26, 339; Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 46; 1932, 53, 62; 1933, 
54, 46; 1934, p.14; 1935, p.16; 
1936, p.ll) VIII 
— — — — in peptone-dialyzate 
media, ultrafiltration (Wads- 
worth, Wheeler, and Mendez, 
J. Infect. Dis., 1938, 62, 129; 
Ann. Rep., 1937, p.15) IX 
, products of synthesis 
in culture filtrates (Wadsworth 
and Wheeler, J. Infect. Dis., 
1943, 73, 95; Internal. Congr. 
Microbiol., 3d, New York, 1939. 
Proc., 1940, p.794; Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.17) XI 
— — — —, synthetic media 
(Wadsworth and Wheeler, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1928, 42, 179; Arch. 
Path. (Soc. Trans.), 1927, 4, 489; 
Amer. J. Path. (Sci. Proc.), 1927, 
3, 540; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 50; 
1928, 49, 65) V 
—, effect of inorganic salts and car- 
bohydrates in synthetic media 
(Wheeler and Mendez, J. Pact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 54; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.16; 1936, p.ll) 
Loeffler’s coagulated serum medium 
compared with bile serum 
(Odell, J. Bact., 1918, 3, 189) 
I, 1914-1919 
Method for rapid identification 
(Gilbert, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub, 
Health Labs. Proc., 1935, no. 2, 
33) 
Porphyrin production by (Wheel- 
er, J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1940, 
40, 163 ; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.13) X 78 
SUBJECTS 
Corynebacterium diphtheriae—Cont. 
Spectroscopic investigations, ab- 
sorption spectra of products of 
(Wadsworth, Crowe, and 
Smith, Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935, 
16, 201; Ann. Hep., 1934, p.17) 
VIII 
, , ultraviolet, and fluor- 
escence of toxigenic and nontox- 
igenic diphtheria cultures (Wads- 
worth and Crowe, J. Infect. 
Dis., 1943, 73, 106; Ann. Hep., 
1940, p.14) XI 
, fluorescence spectrogram 
(Crowe, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, 
and Med., 1937, 37, 215) IX 
— —, pterin-like pigments syn- 
thesized by C. diphtheriae 
(Crowe and Walker, J. Opt. 
Soc. Amer., 1944, 34, 135; Ann. 
Hep., 1943, p.26) XI 
, spectra of flavin elaborated 
by C. diphtheriae (Crowe, Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1939, 
42, 212; Ann. Hep., 1939, p.19; 
1940, p.16) X 
— —, toxin and porphyrins in 
diphtheria cultures (Wheeler 
and Crowe, J. Bact., 1936, 31, 
519; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 
73; Ann. Hep., 1935, p.17, 18) 
VIII 
Stoltenberg differential stain 
(Owen and Band, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1930, 20, 426) VI 
Strain no. 3203, toxigenic and anti- 
genic activity of (Wheeler, Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.14) 
Streptococcus, hemolytic, effect of 
C. diphtheriae on growth and 
toxin production of hemolytic 
streptococcus (Wheeler, Ann. 
Hep., 1935, p.16) 
—, —, in cultures containing diph- 
theria bacilli, 4-year study {Ann. 
Hep., 1936, p.37) 
Toxin. See Diphtheria—Toxin 
Virulence tests, comparative value 
of whole and pure cultures 
(Bergstrom, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1928, 
no. 1, 12) 
Corynebacterium diphtheriae—Cont. 
, in cases and carriers (Wads- 
worth, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1920, 74, 1633) II, 1920-1923 
— —, relation of variation in 
guinea pigs to (Gilbert and 
Owen, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1925, 11, 35; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1924, 
no. 2, 3) IV 
, subcutaneous and intracuta- 
neous methods of testing (Smee- 
ton, J. Infect. Dis., 1917, 21, 254; 
Ann. Hep., 1915, 36, v.3, 284) 
I, 1914-1919 
See also Diphtheria; Media 
Corynebacterium ovis; 
Fluorescence study of strains 
(Crowe, Ann. Hep., 1940. p.16) 
Corynebacterium ulcerans: 
Epidemiologic importance (Gil- 
bert and Stewart, P. C., J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1929, 14, 1032; 
J. Pact. {Soc. Proc.), 1929, 17, 
52; Ann. Hep., 1931, 52, 60) V 
Resembling C. diphtheriae (Gil- 
bert and Stewart, F. C., J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1927, 12, 756; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1926, 
2. 453; Ann. Hep., 1926, 47, 31; 
1928, 49, 53; 1935, p.58) IV 
Cream: 
See Milk 
Cresol: 
Preservative for antitoxins, sera, 
and vaccines; toxicity tests 
(Nevin, and Mann, J. Amer. 
Chem. Soc., 1917, 39, 2752; Ann. 
Hep., 1915, 36, v.3, 279) 
Crystals: 
From solutions obtained by passing 
cardiolipin through a chromato- 
graph (Crowe and Walker, J. 
Opt. Soc. Amer. {Soc. Proc.) In 
press) 
of pterin-like pigments syn- 
thesized by diphtheria bacillus 
and isolated by chromatographic 
analysis (Crowe and Walker, J. 
Opt. Soc. Amer., 1944, 34, 135) 
XI 
Culture media: 
See Media SUBJECTS 
79 
D 
Diagnostic examinations—Continued 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search of the New York State 
Department of Health; 2d ed. 
Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939. 681p. First edition, 1927) 
See also Division of Laboratories 
and Research—Service; Outfits; 
and subdivision Examination un- 
der names of specific subjects, 
e.g. Milk—Examination 
Diagnostic laboratories: 
Activities and research. Published 
in Annual Reports of the Divi- 
sion. 
See also Division of Laboratories 
and Research; Laboratories— 
Approval 
Diagnostic outfits: 
See Outfits 
Diagnostic sera: 
Immune, for diagnostic purposes, 
production and standardization 
(Ann. Rep., 1926, 47, 40) 
Production, standardization, and 
preparation for distribution 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939, p.504) 
See also Antidysentery serum; An- 
timeningocoecus serum; Anti- 
pneumococcus sera; Antistrepto- 
coccus serum; Botulinus—Anti- 
toxic sera; Diphtheria—Anti- 
toxin 
Dialysis: 
Method for judging point when di- 
alysis of diphtheria antitoxin is 
complete (Mann, Ami. Rep., 
1915, 36, v. 3, 281) 
Through collodion sac (Kober, J. 
Amer. Chem. Soc., 1917, 39, 944; 
Health News, 1917, p.245) 
I, 1914-1919 
Diarrhea: 
Among newborn children, bacteriol- 
ogic examinations of infant-feed- 
ing equipment and materials and 
of fecal specimens in outbreaks, 
by F. W. Gilcreas and M. B. 
Coleman’ (Lembcke, Quinlivan, 
Deer : 
Source of human tularemic infec- 
tion (Gilbert and Coleman, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1932, 22, 
1249; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 68; 
1931, 52, 58) VII 
Demodex caprae: 
In "oats (Griffin and Dean, Cor- 
nell Vet., 1944, 34, 308) XI 
Detergents: 
Evaluation of, in cleansing eating 
utensils (Gilcreas and O’Brien, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1941, 31, 
143; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1939, no. 2, 
26) X 
See also Duponol; Sodium ricino- 
leate; Wetting agents 
Diabetes mellitus: 
Wassermann reaction with diabetic 
sera (Van Saun, J. Med. Re- 
search, 1917, 37, 205) 
I, 1914-1919 
Diagnostic examinations: 
Annual summaries, tabulated. Pub- 
lished in Annual Reports of the 
Division. 
Approval, agreements and methods 
for approval of laboratory ser- 
vice (Division of Laboratories 
and Research. Approval of 
laboratories: agreements and 
methods serving as a basis for 
approval in bacteriology and in 
pathology. Published by the Divi- 
sion, 1944. Revised approxi- 
mately annually. First issue, 
1915)" 
Broader aspects of routine cultural 
examinations (Gilbert, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1932, 17, 507) 
Comparative examinations, initial 
system in central and local labo- 
ratories (Wadsworth, Health 
News, 1916, p.154) 
— — of specimens from typhoid 
fever, tuberculosis, and diphthe- 
ria in local laboratories (Finley 
and Lawrence, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1920, 20, 226 ; Albany Med. 
Ann., 41, 209 ; Health News, 
1920, p.153) 
Laboratory procedures (Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 80 
SUBJECTS 
Diarrhea—Continued 
and Orchard, Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1943, 33, 1263; Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.54, 73) 
Among newborn children, bacteri- 
ologic examinations of infant- 
feeding equipment and materials 
and of fecal specimens in study of 
nursery procedures, by F. W. 
Gilcreas and M. B. Coleman 
(Lembcke, Amer. J. Hyg. sec. A, 
1941, 33, 42; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
P-44) 
Isolation of Bact. dysenteriae 
(Dudgeon-XJrquhart) in out- 
break (Hazen, J. Infect. Dis., 
1938, 63, 330; N, Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1938, 
no. 2, 29; Health News, 1939, 
P-4) IX 
See also Dysentery 
Diethylamine: 
Anticoagulative action (Wads- 
worth, Maltaner, F., and Mal- 
taner, E. J., Amer. J. Physiol., 
1937, 119, 80; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 109; Ann. Rep., 
1936, p.12) IX 
Inhibition by complement and co- 
agulation (Wadsworth, Malta- 
ner, F., and Maltaner, E. J., J. 
Immunol., 1937, 33, 297; Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.13) IX 
Dioxan: 
Use in preparation of paraffin sec- 
tions (Schleifstein, Ann. Rep., 
1936, p.43) 
Diphtheria: 
Antitoxin, administration, direc- 
tions enclosed with each prepara- 
tion, currently revised (Division 
of Laboratories and Research. 
Laboratory manual for physi- 
cians; 8th ed. Published by the 
Division, 1944, p.29) 
—, aluminum potassium sulfate in 
immunization of horses (Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 81; 1931, 52, 80; 
1932, 53, 90) 
—, comparative studies of produc- 
tion with infusion and infusion- 
free diphtheria toxin and stan- 
Diphtheria—Continued 
dardization by flocculation, sub- 
cutaneous, and intracutaneous 
tests (Kirkbride, Berthelsen, 
and Clark, R. F., J. Immunol., 
1931, 21, 1) VI 
—, concentration and purification 
of immune sera (Lyall and Mur- 
dick, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1935, no. 1, 
15; Ann. Rep., 1935, p. 47) 
—, —, fractional precipitation of 
globulin (Ann. Rep., 1926, 47, 
41> 
—, flocculation test as means of 
titrating antisera and globulins 
(Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 73) 
—, improvement in unit value by 
reprecipitation (Mann, Ann. 
Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 277) 
—, method for judging point when 
dialysis is complete (Mann, Ann. 
Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 281) 
— of exceptional potency with com- 
parative analysis of constituents 
(Kirkbride and Murdick, J. Im- 
munol., 1927, 14, 235; Ann. Rep., 
1927, 48, 72) IV 
—, production, standardization, 
and preparation for distribution 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.395) 
—, purification (Murdick, J. Im- 
munol., 1929, 17, 269 ; Ann. Rep., 
1927, 48, 72; 1928, 49, 64; 1929, 
50, 73) V 
—, role of reticulo-endothelial sys- 
tem in immunity. 1. Production 
of diphtheria antitoxin (Junge- 
blut and Berlot, J. Exp. Med., 
1926, 43, 613; Ann. Rep., 1925, 
46, 35) IV 
—, spontaneous hydrolysis of pseu- 
doglobulin (Bourdillon, Arch. 
Biochem., 1944, 5, 385) XI 
—, tapioca and manganese in im- 
munization of horses (Ann. Rep., 
1929, 50, 74) SUBJECTS 
81 
Diphtheria—Continued 
Diagnosis, comparative study of 
specimens in local laboratories 
(Finley and Lawrence, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1920, 20, 226; Al- 
bany Med. Ann., 1920, 41, 209; 
Health News, 1920, p.153) 
Immunization, antibody formation 
(Jungeblut and Berlot, Arch. 
Path. (Soc. Trans.), 1926, 2, 458; 
Amer. J. Path. (Sci. Proc.), 1926, 
2, 446) 
—, distribution of electrolytes in 
serum during immunization 
(Berthelsen and Murdick, J. 
Immunol., 1931, 21, 69; Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 83) VI 
—, with toxin-antitoxin mixtures in 
New York State (Senftner and 
Jungeblut, S euchenh ekdmpfung, 
1928, 5, 93) 
Infusion-free broth, removal of in- 
organic iron (Hyman, Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.17) 
Outfits, descriptions and specifica- 
tions of outfits distributed 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.610) 
Schick test, outfit (Harkey, Health 
News, 1917, p.102) 
, — (Wadsworth, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1925, 10, 495) 
III, 1923-1925 
, description and specifica- 
tion of outfit distributed (Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Laboratory manual for 
physicians; 8th ed. Published by 
the Division, 1944, p.25; Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search of the New York State De- 
partment of Health; 2d ed. Bal- 
timore, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939, p.501) 
, preparation and distribution 
of diphtheria toxin for (Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search of the New York State De- 
Diphtheria—Continued 
partment of Health; 2d ed. Bal- 
timore, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939, p.499) 
Toxin, action of formaldehyde 
(Wadsworth, Quigley, and 
Sickles, G. R., J. Infect. Dis., 
1937, 61, 237; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.)} 1935, 29, 44; Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.16) IX 
—, leucocytes and brain tissue 
on (Wadsworth and Vories, J. 
Immunol., 1921, 6, 413) 
II, 1920-1923 
—, — on growth of guinea-pig em- 
bryonic heart tissue (Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.10) 
—, ascorbic acid in dermal lesions 
induced in guinea pigs, rabbits, 
and rats by (Torrance, J. In- 
fect. Dis., 1940, 67, 53; Amer. J. 
Path. (Sci. Proc.), 1938, 14, 632; 
Ann. Rep., 1938, p.23; 1939, 
p.28) X 
—, attenuation and toxin produc- 
tion of C. diphtheriae; analysis 
of products of synthesis in cul- 
ture filtrates (Wadsworth and 
Wheeler, J. Infect. Dis., 1943, 
73, 95; Internal. Congr. Micro- 
biol., 3d, New York, 1939. Proc., 
1940, p.794; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.17) XI 
—, production of C. diph- 
theriae, in infusion-free peptone 
media, in synthetic media (Wads- 
worth and Wheeler, J. Infect. 
Dis., 1934, 55, 123; J. Immunol. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1934, 26, 339; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 46; 1932, 53, 62; 
1933, 54, 46; 1934, p.14; 1935, 
p.16; 1936, p.ll) VIII 
—, production of C. diph- 
theriae in peptone-dialyzate me- 
dia, ultrafiltration (Wadsworth, 
Wheeler, and Mendez, J. Infect. 
Dis., 1938, 62, 129; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.15) IX 
—, production of C. diph- 
theriae in synthetic media 
(Wadsworth and Wheeler, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1928, 42, 179; Arch. 
Path. (Soc. Trans.), 1927, 4, 489; 
Amer. J. Path. (Sci. Proc.), 1927, 82 
SUBJECTS 
Diphtheria—Continued 
3, 540; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 50; 
1928, 49, 65) V 
Toxin, comparative studies of infu- 
sion and infusion-free diphtheria 
toxin in antitoxin production and 
in standardization by flocculation, 
subcutaneous, and intracutaneous 
tests (Kirkbride, Berthelsen, 
and Clark, R. P., J. Immunol., 
1931, 21, 1) VI 
—, deterioration in dilution (Dow, 
J. Immunol., 1929, 17, 287; Ann. 
Rep., 1928, 49, 66) V 
—, effect of inorganic salts and car- 
bohydrates in synthetic media 
(Wheeler and Mendez, J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 54; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.16; 1936, p.ll) 
—, ketene (Hyman, J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1939, 37, 228; Ann. 
Rep., 1938, p.15) 
—, — on Planaria maculata and 
Paramecium caudatum (Sickles, 
G. M., and Shaw, J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1936, 31, 73; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.7) 
—, tissues of cold-blooded ani- 
mals (Shaw, J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 338; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.10; 1940, p.9) 
—, vitamin-C content of adre- 
nals of guinea pigs (Torrance, 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1937, 35, 654; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1936, 31, 574; Ihid., {Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 645; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.39) 
—, vitamin-C in vitro (Tor- 
rance, J. Biol. Client., 1937, 121, 
31; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.33) IX 
—, experimental studies of formal- 
dehyde reaction with amino acids 
(Wadsworth and Pangborn, J. 
Biol. Ghent., 1936, 116, 423; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.23) VIII 
—, modification by formaldehyde 
and its immunizing value (Kirk- 
bride and Dow, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1924, no.2, 12; Ann. Rep., 1924, 
45, 43; 1925, 46, 36; 1926, 47, 40) 
—, neutralization or destruction by 
tissue (Wadsworth and Hoppe, 
Diphtheria—Continued 
J. Exp. Med., 1931, 53, 821; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1931, 
7, 545; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 56; 
1931, 52, 48; 1932, 53, 66) VI 
—, oxidation-reduction potential 
of inflammatory dermal lesions 
in guinea pigs induced by (Tor- 
rance, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1940, 45, 741) X 
—, production and standardization 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.367) 
—, —, factors that affect the anti- 
genicity of toxoids {Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.35) 
—, — with infusion-free peptone 
medium, its use in flocculation 
test and for immunization 
(Kirkbride and Berthelsen, In- 
ternat. Congr. Microbiol., 1st, 
Paris, 1930. Proc., 1932, 2, 344) 
VI 
—, — by ultrafiltration (Wads- 
worth and Quigley, Amer. J. 
Hyq., 1934, 20, 225; Ann. Rep., 
1933, 54, 47) VIII 
—, purified, action of formalin on 
(Wheeler, Ann. Rep., 1940, 
P-13) 
—, relation between vitamin-A 
metabolism and susceptibility to 
toxin (Torrance, Amer. J. Hyg., 
1933, 18, 375; I bid., 1936, 23, 74; 
N. Y. State Assoc, Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1934, no.l, 8; Ann, 
Rep., 1982, 53, 70; 1933, 54, 68; 
1934, p.38) VII, VIII 
—, — to vitamin C and suprarenal 
hemorrhage in guinea pigs (Tor- 
rance, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1939, 41, 421) IX 
—, vitamin-C content of su- 
prarenals of guinea pigs (Tor- 
rance, J. Biol. Client., 1940, 132, 
575; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.28) X 
—, role of reticulo-endothelial sys- 
ten in immunity. 4. Action of 
diphtheria toxin in splenectom- 
ized and blocked mice (Junge- SUBJECTS 
Diphtheria—Continued 
blut, J. Exp. Med., 1927, 46, 
609; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 74) IV 
Toxin, spectroscopic investigations, 
absorption spectra of products of 
C. diphtheriae (Wadsworth, 
Crowe, and Smith, Brit. J. Exp. 
Path., 1935, 16, 201; Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.17) VIII 
—, , conditions affecting pro- 
duction of porphyrins by diph- 
theria bacillus (Wheeler and 
Crowe, J. Bad., 1936, 31, 519; 
Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 73; 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.17, 18) VIII 
—, , spectra of flavin ( Crowte, 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1939, 42, 212; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.19; 1940, p.16) X 
—, — —, ultraviolet absorption 
spectra and fluorescence of syn- 
thetic products in toxigenic and 
nontoxigenic diphtheria cultures 
(Wadsworth and Crowe, J. In- 
fect. Dis., 1943, 73, 106; Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.14) XI 
—, susceptibility of cold-blooded 
animals to (Sickles, G. R., Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.16) 
—, eels and dogfish to (Wads- 
worth and Hoppe, Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1933, 31, 
83; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 49) VII 
—, Theorell cell used to sepa- 
rate high molecular impurities 
(Crowe, Ann. Rep., 1(140, p.17) 
—, ultrafiltration and adsorption 
on calcium phosphate (Quigley 
and Sickles, G. R., J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1936, 31, 573; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.21) 
—, —, purification and analysis 
(Wheeler, J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 220; Wadsworth and 
Wheeler, Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 299; Ann. Rep., 1938, 
p.14) IX 
Toxin-antitoxin, effect of freezing 
(Kirkbride and Dow, J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1924. 82, 1678) • 
III, 1923-1925 
, (WaDSW'ORTIT, 
Health News, 1924, p.25) 
Diphtheria—Continued 
, — on viability and virulence 
of hemolytic streptococci {Ann. 
Rep., 1928, 49, 66) 
, flocculation reaction in course 
of immunization and changes of 
proteins ( Berthelsen, J. Immu- 
nol., 1931, 21, 43; Ann. Rep., 
1929, 50, 76; 1930, 51, 83) VI 
, —, relation to surface phe- 
nomena (Berthelsen, J. Im- 
munol., 1931, 21, 21; Ann. Rep., 
1930,51,82) VI 
, general distribution discon- 
tinued, 1934; finally discon- 
tinued, 1937 (Lyall, Health 
News, 1934, p.101; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.36) 
—, produced with goat and sheep 
antitoxin {Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 
75) 
Toxoid, action of formaldehyde, 
precipitation by calcium (Wads- 
worth, Quigley, and Sickles, 
G. R., J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 61, 
237; J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1935, 
29, 44; Ann. Rep., 1934, p.16) IX 
—, administration, directions en- 
closed with each preparation, 
currently revised (Division of 
Laboratories and Research. 
Laboratory manual for physi- 
cians; 8th ed. Published by the 
Division, 1944, p.27, 28) 
—, advantages for immunization 
of children {Health News, 1932, 
P-81) 
—, alum- and calcium-precipitated, 
persistence of immunity in 
guinea pigs (Sickles, G. R., J. 
Infect. Dis., 1937, 61, 234; Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.16) IX 
—, alum-precipitated, antigenic ac- 
tivity of four types of toxoids 
(Dow' and Lyall, Ann. Rep., 
1934. p.29; 1936, p.24) 
—, antigenicity (Dow and Lyall, 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.31; 1940, p.35) 
—, — of calcium- and alum-pre- 
cipitated toxoids compared {Ann. 
Rep., 1939, p.35) 
—, comparative study, optimum 
conditions of testing, immunizing 
values (Dowr and Lyall, Ann. 84 
SUBJECTS 
Diphtheria—Continued 
Rep., 1930, 51, 81; 1931, 52, 80; 
1932, 53, 81; 1933, 54, 61) 
Toxoid, distribution begun {Health 
News, 1931, p.186) 
—, effect of phenol and ‘ Merth- 
iolate ’ on antigenic potency 
(Sickles, G. R., J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 644) 
—, experimental studies of formal- 
dehyde reaction with amino acids 
( Wadsworth and Pangborn, J. 
Biol. Chem., 1936, 116, 423 ; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.23) VIII 
—, immunity in guinea pigs one 
year after immunization with 
calcium-phosphate and alum-ad- 
sorbed toxoids (Quigley and 
Sickles, G. R., Ann. Rep., 1936, 
P-16) 
—, modification of diphtheria toxin 
by formaldehyde and its im- 
munizing value (Kirkbride and 
Dow, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 2, 
12 ; Ann. Rep., 1924, 45, 43 ; 1925, 
46, 36; 3926, 47, 40) 
—, preparation and distribution 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.469) 
—, — by treatment with formalin 
and acetone (Wadsworth, Quig- 
ley, and Sickles, G. R., J. Im- 
munol., 1933, 25, 139; J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1933, 25, 82; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1932, no. 2, 4; Ann. Rep., 
1932, 53, 63) VII 
—, —, effect of varying amounts of 
formalin and different periods of 
incubation {Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-38) 
—, purification and concentration 
(Wadsworth, Quigley and 
Sickles, G. R., J. Exp. Med., 
3932, 55, 815; Ann. Rep., 1931, 
52, 47 ) VI 
—, stability compared by produc- 
tion of toxins in different culture 
Diphtheria—Continued 
media and with different strains 
(Quigley, Ann. Rep., 1935, p.22) 
—, studies of inhibitory action of 
‘Merthiolate’ (Murdick, Ann. 
Rep., 1932, 53, 91) 
—, study of possible reversal of 
calcium-precipitated toxoid to 
toxin {Ann. Rep., 1939, p.36) 
Virulence tests, irregularities 
(Owen, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1921, p.8; 
Ann. Rep., 1920, 41, 156) 
See also Cory net) act erium diph- 
therias; Diphtheria—Schick test 
Disinfectants: 
Creosote poisoning in breeding 
colony of ferrets {Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.36) 
Cresol as a preservative for anti- 
toxins, sera, and vaccines, tox- 
icity tests (Nevin and Mann, J. 
Amer. Chem. Soc., 1917, 39, 2752; 
Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v,3, 279) 
Tests of, used in laundries, privies, 
towel cabinets, and animal 
quarters (Nevin, Ann. Rep., 
1915, 36, v.3, 312) 
See also Detergents; Formalde- 
hyde ; Phenol; Sodium ricinoleate 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search: 
Apparatus. See Apparatus 
Buildings, airplane view of labora- 
tories and auxiliary structures. 
Photograph {Ann. Rep., 1939, 
P-5) 
—, construction and equipment 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research of the New York State 
Department of Health : a short 
account of its history and present 
status. Published by the Di- 
vision, 1930. 89p. Photographs, 
plans) 
—, inventory of {Ann. Rep., 1941, 
P-32) 
—, laboratory farm, occupied from 
• 1914 to 1930. Woodcut by Clare 
Leighton {Ann. Rep., 1939, p.30) 
—, new State Laboratory {Health 
News, 3919, p.306) SUBJECTS 
85 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search—Continued 
Buildings, north facade of main 
building, east and west wings. 
Photograph {Ann. Rep., 1939, 
P-4) 
—, old laboratory building, Yates 
Street, Albany. Woodcut by 
Clare Leighton {Ann. Rep., 1939, 
• P-3) 
Committees: Laboratory; Secre- 
tariat; Director’s Conference; 
Personnel Board; Seminar; 
Standard Methods; Equipment; 
Accident Prevention; Laboratory 
Staff; Staff Personnel {Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.22) 
Education. See Bacteriology—Edu- 
cation 
Equipment, outline of the character 
and scope of equipment used 
for spectroscopic investigations 
(Crowe, Ayin. Rep., 1932, 53, 76; 
1941, p.28) 
—, stainless steel (Wadsworth, 
Steel Horizons, 1940, 2, 8) 
—. See also Laboratories—Equip- 
ment ; and names of apparatus, 
e.g. Pipettes 
Examinations. See Diagnostic ex- 
aminations 
Farm. See Farm 
History (Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health: a 
short account of its history and 
present status. Published by the 
Division, 1930. 89p. Photo- 
graphs, plans) 
—. See also Bacteriology—History; 
History; Laboratories—History 
Luncheon room. See Luncheon room 
Mobile laboratory units (Wads- 
worth. N. Y. State Commission 
to Formulate a Long Range 
Health Program. Interim Re- 
port. Legislative Document, 1941, 
no. 83, 73) 
Museum. See Museum 
Organization and services (Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search—Continued 
search of the New York State 
Department of Health; 2d ed. 
Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939. 681p. First edition, 1927) 
— chart. Published in various lab- 
oratory publications such as An- 
nual Report, Laboratory Man- 
ual, etc. 
Outfits. See Outfits 
Referee reports. See Dysentery— 
Bacillary; Streptococcus; Syph- 
ilis—Serodiagnosis 
Service, development of laboratory 
service in State (Wadsworth, 
N. Y. State Dept. Health. Quart., 
1924,1, 12; Vener. Dis. Inf. supp. 
9, 1939, p.132) 
III, 1923-1925; IX 
—, for pneumococcus type differen- 
tiation in New York State (Gil- 
bert, N. Y. State J. Med., 1936, 
36, 455) 
—, in campaign against syphilis 
(Wadsworth, N. Y. State Char- 
ities Aid Assoc. State and Local 
Committees on Tuberc. and Pub. 
Health. Papers of annual con- 
ference, sec. 2, 1938, no. 5, mim- 
eographed) 
—, — New York State (Lawrence, 
Health News, 1917, p.249; 
Wadsworth, Med. Pec., 1915, 
88, 125; Modern Med., 1920, 2, 
54; Health News, 1914, p.400; 
7lid., 1915, p.211) 
—, (Wadsworth. N. Y. 
State Commission to Formulate 
a Long Range Health Program. 
Special Report. Legislative Docu- 
ment, 1941, no. 64, 61; Health 
News, 1941, p.93) 
—, with reports from 
local laboratories and map show- 
ing service in the State (Wads- 
worth, Health News, 1916, 
p.159) 
—, initial system of comparative 
examinations in central and 
local laboratories (Wadsworth, 
Health News, 1916, p.154) 86 
SUBJECTS 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search—C ontinued 
Service, public health laboratory of 
New York State (Wadsworth, 
Health News, 1914, p.400) 
—, relating to diagnostic examina- 
tions and distribution of supplies 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Information for 
physicians regarding public 
health laboratory service. Pub- 
lished by the Division, 1936. 15p. 
Issued periodically beginning 
1915. Discontinued in 1936) 
—, report of the work of the Divi- 
sion (Wadsworth, Health News, 
1917, p.19) 
—, review and approval of activi- 
ties and policies of the Division 
of Laboratories and Research by 
Committee on Laboratory Serv- 
ice (Wadsworth, Ann. Rep., 
1930, 51, 45) 
—, — of laboratory service, 25th 
anniversary of the reorganization 
(Wadsworth, Ann. Rep., 1939, 
P-7) 
—, state-wide inventory (Wads- 
worth. N. Y. State Commission 
to Formulate a Long Range 
Health Program. Interim Report. 
Legislative Document, 1941, no. 
83, 73) 
—, to physicians in diagnosis and 
treatment (Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Laboratory 
manual for physicians; 8th ed. 
Published by the Division, 1944. 
103p. First edition, 1918) 
—, work of the laboratories of the 
State Department of Health 
(Wadsworth, Health News, 
1914, p.92; 1915, p 211; 1916, 
p.152; 1917, p.19, 240; 1918, p.10; 
1919, p.5; 1920, p.ll; 1921, p.38; 
1922, p.45; 1923, p.33) 
Staff, in-service training (Division 
of Laroratories and Research. 
Opportunities for training and 
advancement offered by the Divi- 
Division of Laboratories ana re- 
search—Continued 
sion of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Published by the Division, 
1943. 7p.; Health News, 1944, 
P-75) 
—, personnel management (Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Handbook of general 
information prepared for the staff 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research. Published by the 
Division, 1940. 22p. mimeo- 
graphed) 
Student-volunteers, course in bac- 
teriologic and associated technics 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Opportunities for 
training offered by the Division 
of Laboratories and Research. 
Published by the Division, 1944. 
lOp.; N. Y. State J. Med., 1934, 
34, 531) 
Dogfish: 
Susceptibility to diphtheria toxin 
(Wadsworth and Hoppe, Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1933, 
31, 83; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 49) 
VII 
Dogs: 
Experimental pneumonia (Wads- 
worth, J. Med. Research, 1918, 
39, 147) I, 1914-1919 
Donkeys: 
Sera, natural amboceptor content 
in 6 donkeys {Ann. Rep., 1931, 
52, 82) 
Dudgeon-Urquhart bacillus: 
See Bacterium dysenteriae 
Duponol: 
Effect on rabies virus (McClure, 
J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1942, 43, 
409 ; Ann. Rep., 1941, p.57) X 
Lysing type-1 pneumococcus cul- 
ture in attempt to improve yield 
of soluble specific substance 
{Ann. Rep., 1941, p.22) 
Use in determination of presence of 
virus of poliomyelitis in stools 
(McClure, Science, 1941, 93, 
118) X SUBJECTS 
87 
Duponol—Continued 
Use in solubility tests for identifica- 
tion of pneumococci (Harris and 
McClure, J. Lah. and Clin. Med., 
1942, 27, 1591; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1940, no. 2, 29; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
P-47) X 
Value in preparing stools for mon- 
key inoculation (McClure, J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1941, 41, 268; 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.46) X 
Dysentery : 
Amebic, laboratory aids in the diag- 
nosis of enteric diseases (Harris 
and Coleman, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1941, 41, 1444) X 
—, procedure for examination of 
specimens (Gilbert, Ann. Rep., 
1933, 54, 84; 1934, p.51; 1935, 
p.54; 1936, p.37; 1940, p.49) 
Bacillary, a case incited by Bact. 
dysenteriae Shiga {Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.45) 
—, diagnosis, isolation of Bact. dy- 
senteriae (Dudgeon-Urquhart) in 
outbreak of diarrhea (Hazen, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1938, 63, 330; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub.- Health Labs. 
Proc., 1938, no. 2, 29; Health 
News, 1939, p.4) IX 
—, —, methods for serologic and 
bacteriologic diagnosis of enteric 
disease; referee reports for 1934, 
1935, and 1937 (Coleman, Amer. 
J. Pub. Health {supp. Year 
Book), 1935, 25, 147; Ibid., 
{supp. Year Book), 1936, 26, 
144; Ibid., {supp. Year Book), 
1938, 28, 111; Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1940, 30, 39; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1937, no. 2, 19 ; Diagnostic proce- 
dures and reagents; 2d ed. N. Y. 
Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, 
p.247) VIII, IX, X 
—, —, plating media in isolation of 
incitants of enteric fevers (Cole- 
man, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1940, 
30, 39; Diagnostic procedures 
and reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.247) ; 
Dysentery—Continued 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 2, 19) IX 
—, distribution of multivalent anti- 
dysentery serum for therapeutic 
use, available since 1916, discon- 
tinued (Lyall, Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-36) 
—, in New York State attributed 
to Bact. dysenteriae Sonne (Gil- 
bert and Coleman, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1929, 19, 312; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pjub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1928, no. 2, 7; Ann. Rep., 
1928, 49, 52) V 
—, outbreak of enteric disease in- 
cited by Bact. dysenteriae 
Schmitz ( Schleifstein and 
Coleman, J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 
61, 257; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1937, 33, 111; Ann. Rep., 1936, 
p.34; 1937, p.46) IX 
—, Shiga type, on Long Island 
(Health News, 1932, p.176) 
—, study of incitants in 38 out- 
breaks of enteric disease (Ann. 
Rep., 1939, p.44) 
Toxin, skin reaction induced in 
rabbits, guinea pigs, and goats 
(Jungeblut, J. Immunol., 1927, 
13, 427) IV 
See also Bacterium dysenteriae; 
Diarrhea; Enteric diseases 
E 
Eberthella typhosa: 
See Bacterium typhosum 
Echinococcus granulosus: 
In rhesus monkey, case report 
(Torrance, Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-34) 
Education: 
See Bacteriology—Education; Lab- 
oratories—Technicians 
Eels: 
Susceptibility to diphtheria toxin 
(Wadsworth and Hoppe, Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1933, 
31, 83; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 49) 
VII 88 
SUBJECTS 
Electric conductivity: 
Measurements of phosphate buffers 
and sodium citrate buffers made 
in connection with experiments 
with diphtheria toxin in Theorell 
cataphoresis cell (Crowe, Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.17) 
Electropure process: 
For pasteurizing milk (Wachter, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1927, no. 2, 6; Ann. 
Rep., 1927, 48, 81) 
Endamoeba histolytica: 
Identification, laboratory aids in 
the diagnosis of enteric diseases 
(Harris and Coleman, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1941, 41, 1444) X 
See also Dysentery—Amebic 
Endocarditis: 
Bacterial, in horses following in- 
travenous injection of bacterial 
products (Miller, Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.15) 
Meningococcus cultures from horses 
immunized against strains of 
groups I-1II and II (Cohen, 
J. Immunol., 1939, 36, 129; J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 220; 
Ann. Rep., 1938, p.22) IX 
—, in immunized horses (Miller, 
Amer. J. Path., 1944, 20, 269; 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.16) XI 
Pneumococcus, in rabbits, during 
pneumococcus immunization 
(Miller, J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1940, 40, 165; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
p.7)_ _ X 
—, lesions developing in horses dur- 
ing immunization against the 
pneumococcus (Wadsworth, J. 
Med. Research, 1919, 39, 279) 
I, 1914-1919 
—, strains isolated from horses dur- 
ing immunization against the 
pneumococcus (Wadsworth and 
Sickles, G. M., J. Exp. Med., 
1927, 45, 787; footnote by Odell, 
p.790; Ann. Rep., 1926,‘ 47, 25) 
IV 
Streptococcus, in horses, sulfon- 
amide-resistant streptococci iso- 
lated during immunization 
(Hendry, J. Infect. Dis., 1942, 
70, 112; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub, 
Endocarditis—Conti7iued 
Health Labs. Proc., 1941, no. 1, 
8; Ann. Rep., 1941, p.49) X 
Enteric diseases: 
Bact. enterocoliticum, new species 
(Schleifstein and Coleman, 
Aim. Rep., 1943, p.56) 
Diagnosis, laboratory aids in the 
diagnosis and control of (Harris 
and Coleman, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1941, 41, 1444) X 
—, methods for serologic and bac- 
teriologic diagnosis of enteric dis- 
ease, referee reports for 1934, 
1935, and 1937 (Coleman, Amer. 
J. Puh. Health (supp. Year 
Book), 1935, 25, 147; Ihid., 
(supp. Year Book), 1936, 26, 144; 
Ibid., (supp. Year Book), 1938, 
28, 111; Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1940, 30,- 39; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1937, 
no. 2, 19; Diagnostic procedures 
and reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.247 
VIII, IX 
—, practical limitations to control 
by indiscriminate collection of 
(Gilbert and Cole- 
man, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1934, 
24, 192; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 2, 2 : 
Health News, 1934, p.lll) VII 
Dysentery among inmates of State 
institutions (Early and Mc- 
Kinnon, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc.. 1925, no. 2, 
5) 
Gastroenteritis due to Salmonella 
derby, discussion by M. B. Cole- 
man (Coughlin. N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1944, 44, 723) 
Glycerol as preservative for feces 
in bacteriologic examination 
(Gilbert, Coleman, and Zim- 
mer, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1926, 
16, 743; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1926, no. 1, 
1) IV 
Outfits, descriptions and specifica- 
tions of outfits distributed 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York SUBJECTS 
89 
Enteric diseases—Continued 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.613, 619) 
Review of bacillary incitants 
studied by participants in Con- 
ference on Enteric Diseases 
(Coleman, N. Y. State x\ssoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1943, 
no. 2, 53) 
protozoa, discussion of speci- 
mens studied by participants in 
Conference on Enteric Diseases 
(Harris, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1943, no. 2, 
58) 
tissue specimens, discussion of 
sections studied by participants 
in Conference on Enteric Dis- 
eases (Schleifstein, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1943, no. 2, 60) 
Study of 117 water supplies in out- 
breaks of gastro-intestinal disease 
for slow lactose fermenting mi- 
croorganisms {Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.58) 
Thirty-eight outbreaks studied 
{Ann. Rep., 1939, p.44) 
Transmission of incitants by un- 
sterile equipment (Gilbert, J. 
Amer. Med. Assoc., 1938, 110, 
1664; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.48, 54) 
IX 
See also Bacterium dysenteriae; 
Bacterium typhosum; Diarrhea; 
Dysentery; Paratyphoid fever; 
Salmonella; Typhoid fever 
Enzymes: 
Preparation of cell-free solutions of 
hydrogenase (Bovarnick, M., 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1941, 47, 191; Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.23) X 
See also Amylase test; Fermenta- 
tion ; Phosphatase test; Soil mi- 
croorganisms 
Eosinophilia: 
Induction in normal animals (Ban- 
erji, Amer. J. Med. Sci., 1933, 
186, 689) VII 
Epidemiology: 
Bacillary dysentery incited by Bact. 
dysenteriae Schmitz (Schleif- 
Epidemiology—Continued 
stein and Coleman, J. Infect. 
Dis., 1937, 61, 257; J. Bact. 
{8oc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 111; Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.34; 1937, p.46) IX 
, study of incitants in 38 out- 
breaks {Ann. Rep., 1939, p.44) 
Gastro-intestinal disease, study of 
117 water supplies {Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.58) 
Glandular fever, report on 63 cases 
(Gilbert and Coleman, Amer. J. 
Hyg., 1925, 5, 35) III, 1923-1925 
Influenza in an institution, bac- 
teriologic investigation (Wads- 
worth, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1919, 73, 1657) 
Jaundice, spirochetal, in New York 
State, preliminary investigation 
(Wadsworth, Langworthy, 
Stewart, F. C., Moore, and 
Coleman, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1922, 78, 1120) II, 1920-1923 
—, —, — New York State, report of 
investigation (Langworthy and 
Moore, J. Infect. Dis., 1927, 41, 
70) IV 
Meningococcus meningitis, biologic 
properties of strains from cases 
and carriers (Binghamton) 
(Cohen, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 338; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-31) 
, study of strains in carriers 
and cases in relation to sulfon- 
amide treatment (Cohen and 
Miller, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1942, no. 1, 
6, 7; Ann. Rep., 1942, p.28, 33. 
44) 
Paratyphoid fever, laboratory serv- 
ice in an epidemic among troops 
(Wadsworth, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1917, 17, 506; Health News, 
1917, p.239; Ann. Rep., 1916, 37. 
115) 
Pneumonia, protective activity of 
sera from persons associated with 
pneumococcus infections (Har- 
ris and Ingraham, J. Clin. In- 
vest., 1937, 16, 41; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 90 
SUBJECTS 
Epidemiology—Continued 
1936, no. 1, 8; Ann. Rep., 1936, 
p.54; 1939, p.34) IX 
Poliomyelitis, high incidence of in- 
fective stools (McClure, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1941, 26, 1906; 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.46) X 
—, search for carriers (McClure 
and Langmuir, Amer. J. Hyg., 
1942, 35, 285; Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.56) X 
Streptococci from infections in 
milk-borne outbreaks (Coffey, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 2, 32; Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.24) 
septic sore throat traced to 
milk (Wheeler, J. Prev. Med., 
1931, 5, 181) VI 
See also Epizoology; Food—Poison- 
ing; and names of communicable 
diseases, e.g. Meningitis; Polio- 
myelitis 
Epizoology: 
Communicable diseases that may 
occur among smaller laboratory 
animals (Wadsworth. Standard 
methods of the Division of Labo- 
ratories and Research of the New 
York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939, p.558) 
Guinea pigs, hemolytic streptococ- 
cus lymphadenitis (Brose, Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.43) 
, pseudotuberculosis, outbreak 
at laboratory farm {Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.30) ' 
Horses, equine infectious anemia, 
immunologic reactions associated 
with (Torrance, Amer. J. Vet. 
Research, 1940, 1, 63) X 
—, , observations on blood 
changes (Griffin and Brose, J. 
Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc., 1936, 89, 
664 -Ann. Rep., 1935, p.40) VIII 
—, — — —, study of abnormal 
blood cells of horses (Torrance 
and DeWeerdt, Ann. Rep., 1935, 
P-41) 
Mice, necrosis of liver in breeding 
colony (Griffin and Schleif- 
stein, Ann. Rep., 1941, p.39, 64) 
Equine infectious anemia: 
See Anemia 
Equipment: 
See Division of Laboratories and 
Research — Equipment; Hospi- 
tals—Equipment; Laboratories— 
Equipment; and names of appa- 
ratus, e.g. Pipettes 
Ergosterol: 
Sensitizing effect upon antigen 
(Maltaner, E. J., J. Immunol., 
1930,18, 11; Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, 
and Med., 1929,26, 677) V 
Erythrocytes: 
Human, agglutination and hemoly- 
sis by antipneumococcus horse 
sera (Hendry, Ann. Rep., 1939, 
P-25) 
See also Anemia; Blood 
Escherichia coli: 
See Bacterium coli 
Examinations: 
See Diagnostic examinations; Labo- 
ratories—Examinations; and sub- 
division Examination under spe- 
cific subjects; e.g. Milk—Exami- 
nation 
Farm: 
Buildings at laboratory farm occu- 
pied from 1914 to 1930. Woodcut 
by Clare Leighton (Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.30) 
Inventory of buildings {Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.32) 
Main unit built in 1930. Photograph 
{Ann. Rep., 1939, p.31) 
Maintenance of animal colonies 
and production of crops. Pub- 
lished in Annual Reports of the 
Division. 
Fatty acids: 
Action on pneumococci (Kozlow- 
ski, J. Exp. Med., 1925, 42, 453) 
IV 
See also Blood; Cardiolipin; Ce- 
phalin; Cholesterol; Lecithin ; 
Lipids; Phospholipids 
F SUBJECTS 
91 
Feces: 
Glycerol as preservative for bacteri- 
ologic examination ( Gilbert, 
Coleman, and Zimmer, Amer. J. 
Pul. Health, 1926, 16, 743; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1926, no. 1, 1) IV 
Isolation of Cl. lotulinum, type B, 
by use of blood agar plates in 
anaerobic jar (Wheeler and 
Humphreys, J. Infect. Dis., 
1924, 35, 305; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1924, 
no. 1, 6) III, 1923-1925 
See also Names of specific micro- 
organisms or diseases, e.g. Bac- 
terium typhosum; Poliomyelitis 
Fermentation: 
Gasometric determination of carbon 
dioxide in yeast action and of 
sugars in biologic media ( Thomp- 
son, J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 151, 
325; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1942, 
43, 773; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.18; 
1941, p.24; 1942, p.25) X, XI 
See also Enzymes; Soil microorgan- 
isms 
Ferrets: 
Creosote poisoning in breeding col- 
ony (Ann. Rep., 1942, p.36) 
Filtration: 
See Ultrafiltration 
Flasks: 
Volumetric, apparatus for preci- 
sion calibration (Thompson, Ind. 
and' Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 1942, 
14, 268; Hid., 1943, 15, 118; J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1941. 42. 134) 
X 
Flavins : 
Fluorescence and absorption spec- 
tra of flavin elaborated by C. 
diphtheriae (Crowe, Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1939, 42, 
212; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.19; 1940, 
p.16) X 
Spectrophotometric study, absorp- 
tion spectra and fluorescence of 
synthetic products in toxigenic 
and nontoxigenic diphtheria cul- 
tures (Wadsworth and Crowe, 
J. Infect. Dis., 1943, 73, 106; 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.14) XI 
See also Spectroscopy 
Flavobacterimn ferruginemn: 
Action on carbohydrates of pneu- 
mococci in study of relationships 
between types 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 8 
(Sickles, G. M., Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.9; 1938, p.10; 1939, p.13; 1940, 
P-9) 
specific carbohydrates of the 
pneumococcus (Sickles, G. M., 
and Shaw, Ann. Rep., 1935, p.9; 
1936, p.9) 
Utilizes nontype-specific carbohy- 
drate of degraded type-1 pneu- 
mococcus (Sickles, G. M., and 
Shaw, J. Bact., 1934, 28, 415; 
Hid., (Soc. Proc.), 1934, 27, 106; 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1935, 32, 857; Ann. Rep., 1934, 
p.10) VIII 
Flies: 
Examined in investigation of polio- 
myelitis (Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 
69) 
Larvae of Wohlfartia vigil 
(Walker) as human parasites 
(Health News, 1924, p.156) 
Flocculation tests: 
For standardization of diphtheria 
toxin (Kirkbride, Berthelsen, 
and Clark, R. F., J. Immunol., 
1931,21,1) VI 
toxin for immunization 
(Kirkbride and Berthelsen, In- 
ternat. Congr. Microbiol., 1st, 
Paris, 1930. Proc., 1932, 2, 344) 
VI 
Reaction time during immunization 
and changes of proteins (Ber- 
thelsen, J. Immunol., 1931, 21, 
43; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 76; 1930, 
51, 83) VI 
Relation of reaction time of diph- 
theria toxin and antitoxin to sur- 
face phenomena (Berthelsen, J. 
Immunol., 1931, 21, 21; Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 82) VI 
Titration of diphtheria antitoxic 
sera and globulins (Ann. Rep., 
1927, 48, 73) 
See also Precipitation tests 
Flosdorf-Mudd lyophile method: 
Stability of standard control anti- 
meningococcus serum when dried 
by (Ann. Rep., 1940, p.34) 92 
SUBJECTS 
Fluorescence: 
In microscopic detection of acid- 
fast bacilli (Harris and Clark, 
M. E., Ann. Rep., 1942, p.54) 
Of filtrates of nonvirulent, nontoxi- 
genic strains of C. ovis (Crowe, 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.16) 
— flavin elaborated by C. diphthe- 
riae toxin (Crowe, Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1939, 42, 
212; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.19; 1940, 
p.16) X 
— pigment elaborated by diphthe- 
ria bacillus (Crowe, Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1937, 37, 
215) IX 
— pterin-like pigments synthesized 
by diphtheria bacillus (Crowe 
and Walker, J. Opt. Soc. Amer., 
1944, 34, 135; Ann. Rep., 1943, 
p.26) _ XI 
— solutions obtained by passing 
cardiolipin through a chromat- 
ograph (Crowe and Walker, J. 
Opt. Soc. Amer. (Soc. Proc.) In 
press) 
— synthetic products in toxigenic 
and nontoxigenic diphtheria cul- 
tures (Wadsworth and Crowe, 
J. Infect. Bis., 1943, 73, 106; 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.14) XI 
Food: 
Ground glass in food (Wachter, 
Health News, 1918, p.132) 
Handlers, control by routine labora- 
tory examinations impracticable 
(Health News, 1935, p.51) 
Poisoning, due to cream-filled pas- 
tries (Gilcreas and Coleman, 
Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1941, 31, 
956) _ . X 
—> toxic substances formed by 
strains of cloacae-aerogenes 
group (Gilbert, Coleman, and 
Laviano, Amer. J. Puh. Health, 
1932, 22, 721) VII 
—, suspected canned fish (Health 
News, 1942, p. 36) 
— See also Botulism; Paratyphoid 
fever; Salmonella; Staphylococ- 
cus 
Formaldehyde: 
Action on diphtheria toxin (Wads- 
worth, Quigley, and Sickles, 
Formaldehyde—Continued 
G. R., J. Infect. Dis., 1937, 61, 
237; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1935, 
29, 44; Ann. Rep., 1934, p.16) IX 
— — purified diphtheria toxin 
(Wheeler, Ann. Rep., 1940, 
p.!3) 
Reactivity with amino acids under 
conditions used for preparation 
of diphtheria toxoid (Wads- 
worth and Pangborn, J. Biol. 
Chem., 1936,116, 423; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.23) VIII 
Formalin: 
See Formaldehyde 
Formic acid: 
Elimination by oxidation with po- 
tassium permanganate in the de- 
termination of the acetyl group 
(Hyman, Ann. Rep., 1937, p.18) 
Foxes: 
Source of tularemia in man 
(Health News, 1940, p.9) 
Frogs: 
Effect of colchicine on tissue cul- 
tures of tadpole heart (Shaw, J. 
Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1939, 37, 229; 
Ann. Rep., 1938, p.10) 
Tissue susceptibility to bacterial 
toxins (Shaw, J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 338; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.10; 1940, p.9) 
Fundulus: 
Tissue susceptibility to bacterial 
toxins (Shaw, J. Bad. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 338; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.10; 1940, p.9) 
diphtheria toxin, tetanus 
toxin, and botulinus toxin 
(Sickles, G. R., Ann. Rep., 1936, 
P-16) 
See also Cold-blooded animals 
Fungi: 
See Monilia; Sporotrichosis 
G 
Ganglia: 
Study of sensory ganglia in Macaco, 
mulatto after gastro-intestinal 
administration of poliomyelitis 
virus (McClure, Amer. J. Path., 
1943, 19, 655; Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.47) XI SUBJECTS 
93 
Gas gangrene: 
Antitoxin, administration, direc- 
tions enclosed with each prepara- 
tion, currently revised (Division 
of Laboratories and Research. 
Laboratory manual for physi- 
cians; 8th ed. Published by the 
Division, 1944, p.35) 
Gasometric analysis: 
Carbon dioxide in yeast action and 
sugars in biologic media (Thomp- 
son, J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 151, 
325; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1942, 
43, 773; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.18; 
1941, p.24; 1942, p.25) X, XI 
Gastroenteritis: 
See Dysentery; Enteric diseases; 
Food—Poisoning 
Germicides: 
See Disinfectants; and names of 
specific compounds, e.g. Phenol; 
Sodium ricinoleate 
Glandular fever: 
See Mononucleosis—Infectious 
Glass: 
Ground glass in food (Wachter, 
Health News, 1918, p.132) 
Pyrex, suspensions as standards for 
turbidimetric and colorimetric 
determinations for bacterial sus- 
pensions and in the resazurin 
test (Hallinan, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1943, 33, 137; Gilcreas 
and Hallinan, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1941, no. 2, 25; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
p.61; 1942, p.74) XI 
Glassware: 
Preparation, laboratory procedures 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939. 681p. First edition, 
1927) 
See also Apparatus; and names of 
apparatus, e.g. Pipettes 
Globulin: 
Relation to anticomplementary and 
nonspecific reactions of sera 
(Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
E. J., Ann. Rep., 1942, p.21) 
Spontaneous hydrolysis of diph- 
theria antitoxic pseudoglobulin 
Globulin—Continued 
(Bourdillon, Arch. Biochem., 
1944, 5, 385) XI 
Globulin solution (human): 
See Immune globulin solution (hu- 
man) in the modification and 
prevention of measles 
Glucose: 
See Sugars 
Glutamic acid: . 
Formation of extracellular poly- 
peptide by B. suhtilis (Bovar- 
nick, M., J. Biol. Chem., 1942, 
145, 415) 
Substitution of asparagine-gluta- 
mate mixture for nicotinamide as 
a growth factor for microorgan- 
isms (Bovarnick, M. R., J. Biol. 
Chem., 1943, 148, 151; Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.43; 1943, p.45) XI 
Glycerol: 
Preservative for antisheep ambo- 
ceptor with glycerol (Langwob- 
thy and Wemple, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1925, 10, 864) IV 
feces for bacteriologic exami- 
nation (Gilbert, Coleman, and 
Zimmer, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1926, 16, 743; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1926, 
no. 1,1) TV 
milk specimens examined for 
hemolytic streptococci (Gilbert 
and Clark, M. E., Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1933, 23, 720; Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 62) VH 
Goats: 
Demodectic mange (Griffin and 
Dean, Cornell Vet., 1944, 34, 308) 
XI 
Immunization, for production of 
diphtheria antitoxin (Ann. Rep., 
1929, 50, 75) 
Reactions induced by toxic bacte- 
rial products (Miller, Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.15) 
Sera, natural amboceptor content 
in 13 goats (Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 
82) 
Skin reaction in preliminary stan- 
dardization of streptococcus tox- 
ins (Ktrkbride and Wheeler, J. 
Immunol., 1926, 11, 477; Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1924, 
22, 86) IV 94 
SUBJECTS 
Gold: 
See Colloidal gold reaction 
Gonococcus: 
See Neisseria gonorrhoeae 
Gonorrhea: 
Complement-fixing activity of 595 
human sera with different gono- 
coccus antigens (Rice, Ann. 
Bep., 1942, p.ll) 
Failure to find gonococci does not 
exclude gonorrhea {Health News, 
1939, p.102) 
Outfits, descriptions and specifica- 
tions of outfits distributed 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939, p.614, 625, 630, 634) 
Serodiagn osis, complement-fixation 
test, quantitative, statement of 
newr method of reporting (Wads- 
worth, N. Y. State J. Med., 1938, 
38, 1386) 
—, diagnostic wrork of the State 
Laboratory (Wadsworth, Pub. 
Health, London, 1917, 30, 205; 
Health News, 1917, p.119) 
—, quantitative complement-fixa- 
tion tests with gonococcus anti- 
gens (Rice, Amer. Assoc. Adv. 
Sci. The gonococcus and gono- 
coccal infection. Lancaster, 
Pa., Science Press, 1939, p.64. 
Publication no. 11; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 644; Ibid., {Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 337; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1938, no. 1, 1; Ann. Bep., 1939, 
p.12; 1941, p.ll) X 
See also Neisseria gonorrhoeae 
Gordon mercuric chloride test: 
Comparison with Wassermann re- 
action in sera and cerebrospinal 
fluids (Mann and Van Saun, N. 
Y. Med. J., 1918,107, 783 ; Health 
News, 1916, p.156; Ann. Bep., 
1915, 36, v.3, 288) I, 1914-1919 
Guinea pigs: 
Activity of bacterial toxins on em- 
bryonic heart tissue of {Ann. 
Bep., 1937, p.10) 
Guinea pigs—Continued 
Hemolytic streptococcus lympha- 
denitis (Brose, Ann. Bep., 1935, 
P-43) 
Spontaneous tumors in (Schleif- 
stein, Ann. Bep., 1940, p.52; 
1941, p.64) 
Vitamin-C content of adrenals, 
effect of (a) diphtheria toxin, 
(b) botulinus and tetanus toxins, 
and meningococcus toxic filtrates 
(Torrance, (a) Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1937, 35, 654; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 574; 
Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 645; 
(b) Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 
645; Ann. Bep., 1935, p.39) 
Health; 
See Insurance—Health; Medicine; 
Public health 
Health insurance: 
See Insurance—Health 
Heart: 
Muscle, tissue culture of guinea pig 
cardiac muscle (Hoppe, Arch. f. 
Exp. Zellforsch., 1928, 7, 352) V 
Helminths: 
Conference held by the New York 
State Association of Public 
Health Laboratories under the 
auspices of the Division of 
Laboratories and Research (N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1944, no. 1, 20) 
Laboratory aids in the diagnosis of 
enteric diseases (Harris and 
Coleman, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1941, 41,1444) X 
See also Parasites; Plan aria macu- 
lota 
Hemagglutination: 
Calf serum with sheep cells 
(Maltaner, F., and Johnston, 
J. Immunol., 1921, 6, 271) 
II, 1920-1923 
See also Agglutination; Blood 
Hemolysins: 
Antisheep, quantitative comple- 
ment-fixation technic in testing 
trial bleedings from rabbits 
(Gilbert, Ann. Bep., 1941, p.55) 
H SUBJECTS 
95 
Hemolysins—Continued 
In pneumococcus culture broth 
(Sickles, G. M., and Coffey, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1928, 43, 490; Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1928, 
25, 653) V 
Hemolysis: 
See Complement; Erythrocytes; 
Serodiagnosis 
Hemolytic streptococcus: 
See Streptococcus—Hemolytic 
Hemophilus influenzae: 
Results of preventive vaccination 
with suspensions of influenza 
bacillus (Wadsworth, Pub. 
Health J. Toronto, 1919, 10, 309) 
See also Influenza 
Hemophilus pertussis: 
Antigenic properties of freshly iso- 
lated and stock strains (Coffey, 
J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1934, 27, 
96; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 57) 
See also Pertussis 
Heparin: 
Anticoagulative action (Wads- 
worth, Maltaner, F., and Mal- 
taner, E. J., Amer. J. Physiol., 
1937, 119, 80; J. Bad. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 109; Ann. Rep., 
1936, p.12) IX 
Inhibition of complementary activ- 
ity (Wadsworth, Maltaner, F., 
and Maltaner, B. J., J. Im- 
munol., 1937, 33, 297 ; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.13) IX 
Heteroclitus: 
Tissue susceptibility to diphtheria 
toxin, tetanus toxin, and botu- 
linus toxin (Sickles, G. R., Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.16) 
See also Cold-blooded animals 
Histology: 
Frozen sections for examination of 
surgical specimens (Schleif- 
stein, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1931, no. 2, 
2) ' 
Procedures, preparation of speci- 
mens (Wadsworth. Standard 
methods of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research of the 
New York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939, p.308) 
See also Tissue—Specimens 
History: 
Activities of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research, 1914- 
1944. Published in Annual Re- 
ports of the Division 
Development of public health lab- 
oratories, organization and ad- 
ministration (Wadsworth. Nel- 
son new loose-leaf medicine, W. 
W. Herrick, ed.-in-chief. N. Y., 
Nelson, 1941, 7, 547) X 
Laboratory section of the American 
Public Health Association, re- 
port of the archivist (Wads- 
worth, Amer. J. Pub. Health 
(supp. Year Book), 1937, 27, 102; 
Ibid., (supp. Year Book), 1938, 
28, 92; Ibid., (supp. Year Book), 
1942, 32, 148; Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1943, 33, 575 ; Ibid., 1944, 
34, 880; Sexton, Ibid., 1945, 35. 
849) 
Short account of the Division of 
Laboratories and Research (Di- 
vision of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health: a 
short account of its history and 
present status. Published by the 
Division, 1930. 89p. Photo- 
graphs, plans) 
History forms: 
See Outfits 
Horses: 
Diseases, case of rabies in (Mail- 
lard, Ann. Rep., 1942, p.67) 
—, immunologic reactions asso- 
ciated with equine infectious 
anemia (Torrance, Amer. J. Vet. 
Research, 1940, 1, 63; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.42) X 
—, outbreak of equine infectious 
anemia (Griffin and Brose, J. 
Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc., 1936, 
89, 664; Ann. Rep., 1935, p.40) 
vm 
—, study of abnormal blood cells 
of horses with infectious anemia 
(Torrance and DeWeerdt, Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.41) 
Immunization against pneumococ- 
cus, type 2 (Hendry, Ann. Rep., 
1942, V 32) 96 
SUBJECTS 
Horses—Continued 
Immunization, analysis of alcohol- 
ether extract of horse serum (Hy- 
man, J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 71) 
IX 
—, experimental nephritis during 
( Schleifstein, Amer. J. Path. 
{Sci. Proc.), 1939, 15, 596; Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.43; 1939, p.48) 
—, pneumococci isolated from 
horses undergoing pneumococcus 
immunization (Wadsworth and 
Sickles, G. M., J. Exp. Med., 
1927, 45, 787; footnote by Odell, 
p.790; Ann. Rep., 1926, 47, 25) 
IV 
—, use of aluminum potassium sul- 
fate in production of diphtheria 
antitoxin {Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 
81; 1931, 52, 80; 1932, 53, 90) 
—, tapioca and manganese in 
production of diphtheria antitox- 
in {Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 74) 
Lipid content of livers of nonimmu- 
nized and immunized horses 
(Wadsworth, Hyman, and 
Nichols, Amer. J. Path., 1935, 
11, 419; Ann. Rep., 1932, 53, 72; 
1933, 54, 55) VIII 
Meningococcus bacteriemia, chemo- 
therapy (Miller, Cohen, and 
Griffin, Ann. Rep., 1942, p.44) 
— endocarditis in immunized 
horses (Miller, Amer. J. Path., 
1944. 20, 269; Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.16) _ XI 
Reactions in infectious anemia 
(Torrance, Ann. Rep., 1935, 
P'42) 
— induced by toxic bacterial 
products (Miller, Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.15) 
Sera, natural amboceptor content 
in 104 horses {Ann. Rep., 1931, 
52, 82) 
—, study of skin reactions in ani- 
mals sensitized to horse serum 
(Lyall and Murdick, Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 82; 1932, 53, 82; 1933, 
54, 67) 
Hospitals: 
Equipment, bacteriologic examina- 
tions of infant-feeding equip- 
ment and materials as a possible 
factor in transmission of epidemic 
Hospitals—Continued 
diarrhea of the newborn, by F. 
W. Gilcreas (Lembcke, Amer. J. 
Hyg. sec. A, 1941, 33, 42) 
—, infant-feeding equip- 
ment and materials in outbreaks 
of epidemic diarrhea of the 
newborn, by F. W. Gilcreas 
(Lembcke, Quinlivan, and Or- 
chard, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1943, 33, 1263; Ann. Rep., 1942, 
P-73) 
Transmission of incitants of enteric 
disease by unsterile equipment 
(Gilbert, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1938, 110, 1664; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.48, 54) IX 
Hydatid disease: 
In rhesus monkey, case report (Tor- 
rance, Ann. Rep., 1937, p.34) 
Hydrogenase: 
Preparation of cell-free solutions 
(Bovarnick, M., Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1941, 47, 191; 
Ann. Rep., 1941, p.23) X 
Hydrogen-ion concentration: 
Influence on titration of chlorine in 
examination of water (Halli- 
nan and Thompson, J. Amer. 
Chem. Soc., 1939, 61, 265; Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.61) IX 
Phthalate solutions as standards 
(Wood and Murdick, J. Amer. 
Chem. Soc., 1922, 44, 2008) 
Significance in examination of 
spinal fluid by colloidal gold test 
(Lange and Harris, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1944, 29, 970) XI 
Hygiene: 
See Industrial hygiene; Medicine; 
Public health 
I 
Immune globulin solution (human) 
in the modification and prevention 
of measles: 
From placentas, administration, 
directions enclosed with each 
preparation, currently revised 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Laboratory manual SUBJECTS 
97 
Immune globulin solution (human) 
in the modification and preven- 
tion of measles—Continued 
for physicians; 8th ed. Published 
by the Division, 1944, p.42) 
From placentas, analysis of use in 
457 children (Lyall and Mur- 
dick, N. Y. State J. Med., 1941, 
41, 452) X 
, distribution begun, January 
1936 {Ann. Rep., 1935, p.45; 
1936, p.66) 
, preparation and distribution 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.492) 
— serum, distribution begun 1944 
{Health News, 1944, p.221) 
Immune serum (human): 
See Immune globulin solution (hu- 
man) in the modification and 
prevention of measles; Poliomye- 
litis 
Immunity: 
See Infection and immunity 
Immunization: 
Abnormalities in the clotting of 
blood of rabbits during pro- 
longed immunization with the 
pneumococcus {Ann. Rep., 1939, 
P-11) 
Alcohol-ether extract of horse 
serum, analysis of (Hyman, J. 
Immunol., 1938, 35, 71) IX 
Diphtheria, electrolytes in serum 
during immunization (Berthel- 
sen and Murdick, J. Immunol., 
1931, 21, 69; Ann. Rep., 1930, 
51, 83) VI 
—, flocculation-reaction time dur- 
ing immunization and changes of 
proteins (Berthelsen, J. Im- 
munol., 1931, 21, 43; Ann. Rep., 
1929, 50, 76; 1930, 51, 83) VI 
Endocarditis in horses during im- 
munization against several men- 
ingococcus strains of groups I-III 
and II (Cohen, J. Immunol., 
1939, 36, 129; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 36, 220; Ann. Rep., 
1938, p.22) IX 
Immunization—Cbntinued 
— pneumococcus infec- 
tion (Wadsworth, J. Med. Re- 
search, 1919, 39, 279) 
I, 1914-1919 
— — rabbits during intravenous 
immunization with pneumococci 
(Miller, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1940, 40, 165; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
p.7) X 
Lipid content of livers of nonim- 
munized and immunized horses 
(Wadsworth, Hyman, and 
Nichols, Amer. J. Path., 1935, 
11, 419; Ann. Rep., 1932, 53, 72; 
1933, 54, 55) VIII 
Nephritis, experimental, in horses 
(Schleifstein, Amer. J. Path. 
{Sci. Proc.), 1939, 15, 596; Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.43; 1939, p.48) 
Phospholipids and cholesterol in 
plasma of immunized horses 
(Wadsworth and Hyman, J. 
Immunol., 1938, 35, 55; Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.23; 1935, p.23) IX 
Pneumococci isolated from horses 
undergoing pneumococcus im- 
munization (Wadsworth and 
Sickles, G. M., J. Exp. Med., 
1927, 45, 787; footnote by Odell, 
p.790; Ann. Rep., 1926, 47, 25) 
IV 
See also Infection and immunity; 
and names of immunizing prep- 
arations, e.g. Diphtheria—Tox- 
oid; Typhoid fever—Vaccine 
India ink: 
Effe,ct of intravenous injections in 
guinea pigs immunized with 
diphtheria toxin - antitoxin 
(Jungeblut and Berlot, Arch. 
Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1926, 2, 458; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 
1926, 2, 446) 
Industrial hygiene: 
Relation of state health depart- 
ments to health insurance 
(Wadsworth, Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1920, 10, 53; N. Y. State 
J. Med., 1920, 20, 21) 
H, 1920-1923 
See also Insurance—Health; Pub- 
lic health 98 
SUBJECTS 
Infection and immunity: 
Action of bacterial culture products 
on phagocytosis (Wadsworth 
and Hoppe, J. Immunol., 1921, 
6, 399; Assoc. Amer. Phys. 
Trans., 1921, 36, 399; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1921, p.12) II, 1920-1923 
— — toxic bacterial products in 
horses and goats (Miller, Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.15) 
Development of bacteria in tissues 
(Wadsworth. Nelson loose-leaf 
medicine, W. W. Herrick, ed.-in- 
chief. N. Y., Nelson, 1920, 1, 3; 
Ibid., 1930. 1, 3; Ibid., 1941, 1, 1) 
Diphtheria, antitoxin, use of alum- 
inum potassium sulfate in horses 
for production of (Ann. Rep., 
1930, 51, 81 ; 1931, 52, 80; 1932, 
53, 90) 
—, —, tapioca and manganese 
for production in horses and 
sheep (Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 74) 
—, electrolytes in serum during im- 
munization (Berthelsen and 
Murdick, J. Immunol., 1931, 21, 
69; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 83) VI 
—, flocculation-reaction time dur- 
ing immunization and changes of 
proteins (Berthelsen, J. Im- 
munol., 1931, 21, 43; Ann. Rep., 
1929, 50, 76) VI 
—, toxin-antitoxin, effect of intra- 
vaneous injections of India ink 
(Jungeblut and Berlot, Arch. 
Path. (Soc. Trans.), 1926, 2, 458; 
Amer. J. Path. (Sci. Proc.), 
1926, 2, 446) 
Laboratory procedures in the diag- 
nosis and treatment of disease 
and production of therapeutic 
and prophylactic preparations 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939. 681p. First 
edition, 1927) 
Pneumococcus, effect of type-1 
pneumococcus culture broth on 
phagocytic action of type-1 anti- 
pneumococcus serum (Wads- 
Infection and immunity—Continued 
worth and Sickles, G. M., J. 
Immunol., 1927, 14, 321, 329; 
Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 49) IV 
—, pneumococcus culture 
broth on the protective action of 
type-1 antiserum (Sickles, G. M., 
J. Infect. Bis., 1927, 40, 369) IV 
—, isolated from horses undergo- 
ing pneumococcus immunization 
(Wadsworth and Sickles, G. M., 
J. Exp. Med., 1927, 45, 787; foot- 
note by Odell, p.790; Ann. Rep., 
1926, 47, 25) IV 
—, vaccine inoculation in New York 
State institutions (McCoy, Has- 
seltine, Wadsworth, and Kirk- 
bride, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 1922, 
79, 1128) 
Reticulo-endothelial system. 1. 
Production of diphtheria antitox- 
in.— 2. Complement titer after 
blockade.— 3. Anaphylaxis in 
blocked animals.— 4. Action of 
diphtheria toxin (Jungeblut and 
Berlot, J. Exp. Med., 1926, 43, 
613, 797; lb id., 1926, 44, 129; 
Ibid., 1927, 46, 609; Ann. Rep., 
1925, 46, 35; 1927, 48, 74) IV 
Survey of literature, 1920-1928 
(Wadsworth. Nelson loose-leaf 
living medicine, W. W. Herrick, 
ed.-in-chief. N. Y., Nelson, 1920- 
1928. Published approximately 
annually) 
Tissue changes in rabbits during 
immunization .( Schleifstein, 
Ann. Rep., 1943, p.70) 
See also Anaphylaxis; Antigens; 
Immunization; Serotherapy; and 
names of immunizing prepara- 
tions. e.g. Diphtheria—Toxoid; 
Typhoid fever—Vaccine 
Infectious anemia: 
See Anemia—Infectious 
Infectious diseases: 
See Communicable diseases 
Infectious mononucleosis: 
See Mononucleosis—Infectious 
Influenza: 
Bacteriologic investigation of an 
outbreak in an institution (Wads- 
worth, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1919, 73, 1657) SUBJECTS 
99 
Influenza—Continued 
Vaccination, results with suspen- 
sions of influenza bacillus (Wads- 
worth, Pub. Health J. Toronto, 
1919, 10, 309) 
See also Hemophilus influenzae 
In-service training: 
Courses in bacteriologic and asso- 
ciated technics (Division of La- 
boratories and Research. Op- 
portunities for training offered 
by the Division of Laboratories 
and Research. Published by the 
Division, 1944. lOp.) 
For laboratory technicians (Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Opportunities for train- 
ing and advancement offered by 
the Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Published by the Di- 
vision, 1943. 7p.; Health News, 
1944, p.75) 
Insurance: 
Health, as a means of organized 
practice of medicine, discussion 
by A. B. Wadsworth (Lapp, 
Conf. State and Provincial 
Health Authorities of North 
America. Proc., 1919, 34, 130) 
—, relation of state health depart- 
ments to (Wadsworth, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1920, 10, 53; N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1920, 20, 21) 
II, 1920-1923 
—. See also Public health 
International Association of Micro- 
biologists : 
International Congress for Micro- 
biology, 1st, Paris, 1930 (Wads- 
worth, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1930, no. 2, 
18 ; Health News, 1930, p.190) 
— — — —, 2d, London, 1936 
(Wadsworth, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1936, 
no. 2, 29) 
International Society of Microbiol- 
ogy: 
See International Association of 
Microbiologists 
Iron: 
Colorimetric thiocyanate method 
for determination in water (Hal- 
Iron-Continued 
linan, Ind. and Eng. Chem. 
Analyt. ed., 1943, 15, 510) XI 
Removal from infusion-free diph- 
theria broth (Hyman, Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.17) 
J 
Jaundice: 
Spirochetal, a fatal case (Early, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 2, 6) 
—, a study of Lept. icterohae- 
morrhagiae (Langworthy and 
Moore, J. Infect. Pis., 1927, 41, 
70) IV 
—, infectious jaundice in New 
York State, with report of acci- 
dental human infection from 
rat (Wadsworth, Langworthy, 
Stewart, F. C., Moore, and 
Coleman, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1922, 78, 1120) II. 1920-1923 
K 
Kauffmann-White scheme: 
Identification of Salmonella group 
{Ann. Rep., 1940, p.45; 1941, 
p.59; 1942, p.53) 
Ketene: 
Effect on diphtheria toxin (Hy- 
man, J. Bact. {8oc. Proc.), 1939, 
37, 228; Ann. Rep., 1938, p.15) 
Kidneys: 
Nephrolithiasis, purpura hemorrha- 
gica, and streptococcus infection 
(Wadsworth, J. Amer. Med. 
Assoc., 1918, 71, 2052) 
I, 1914-1919 
See also Nephritis 
Kirkbride, Mary B.: 
Honored by New York State Asso- 
ciation of Public Health Labora- 
tories, with medal, in recogni- 
tion of service to the organization 
(Health News, 1935, p.185) 100 
SUBJECTS 
L 
Laboratories—Continued 
Program. Interim Report. Legis- 
lative Document, 1941, no. 83, 73) 
—, procedure for approval, and list 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Local laboratory serv- 
ice. Approved laboratories. Pub- 
lished by the Division, 1944. 42p. 
Issued annually beginning 1923) 
— procedures that contribute to 
effective chemotherapy with sul- 
fonamides (Miller, N. Y. State 
J. Med., 1941, 41, 2446) X 
—, service in New York State, in- 
cluding first publication of an- 
nual reports from local labora- 
tories (Wadsworth, Health 
News, 1916, p.159) 
—, tabulation of diagnostic exam- 
inations performed. Published 
in Annual Reports of the Di- 
vision. 
Budgets in public health laboratory 
administration (Wadsworth. 
Nelson new loose-leaf medicine, 
W. W. Herrick, ed.-in-chief. N. 
Y., Nelson, 1941, 7, 547) X 
Cooperation between a central state 
laboratory and municipal and 
county laboratories (Wads- 
worth, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1921, 77, 512) II, 1920-1923 
the central state laboratory 
and the local laboratories (Wads- 
worth, N. Y. State J. Med., 1921, 
21, 386) 
Diagnosis. See Diagnostic examina- 
tions 
Equipment, construction of sani- 
tary and biologic research labora- 
tories (Wadsworth. National Re- 
search Council. Construction and 
equipment of chemical labora- 
tories. N. Y., Chemical Founda- 
tion, Inc., 1930, p.307) 
—, stainless steel (Wadsworth, 
Steel Horizons, 1940, 2, 8) 
—. See also Division of Labora- 
tories and Research—Equipment; 
and names of apparatus, e.g. 
Pipettes 
Examinations, comparative study 
of specimens from typhoid fever, 
tuberculosis, and diphtheria in 
Laboratories: 
Apparatus. See Apparatus; and 
names of apparatus, e.g. Pipettes 
Approval, agreements and methods 
for approval of laboratory serv- 
ice (Division of Laboratories 
and Research. Approval of lab- 
oratories : agreements and meth- 
ods serving as a basis for ap- 
proval in bacteriology; in pa- 
thology; in the examination of 
water and milk; in bio-assays of 
vitamin D in milk; and in the 
examination of eating, drinking, 
and cooking utensils. Published 
by the Division, 1944. Revised 
approximately annually. First 
issue, 1915) 
—, method of enumerating results 
of laboratory examinations. Pub- 
lished by the Division, 1944. 8p. 
mimeographed. First issue, 1927. 
—, and state aid (Wadsworth, N. 
Y. State Dept. Health. Quart., 
1924, 1, 118) III, 1923-1925 
—, endorsed by Legislative Com- 
mission to Formulate a Long 
Range State Health Program 
(Ann. Rep., 1939, p.38; map, 
P-94) 
—, for pathologic examinations 
first issue, 1933 (Gilbert, Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 77) 
—, resolution adopted by the Public 
Health Council that person in 
charge should hold a license or be 
eligible for examination for li- 
cense to practice medicine (Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.43) 
Approved, approval for surgical 
pathology (Wadsworth and Gil- 
bert, Amer. J. Rub. Health, 
1934, 24, 1035) VIH 
—, development of laboratory serv- 
ice in New York State (Wads- 
worth, Vener. Dis. Inf. supp. 9, 
1939, p.132) IX 
—, in surgical pathology (Stewart, 
F. W., and Foote, Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.56) 
—, laboratory services and their 
possible expansion (Wadsworth, 
N. Y. State Commission to 
Formulate a Long Range Health SUBJECTS 
101 
Laboratories—Continued 
local laboratories (Finley and 
Lawrence, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1920, 20, 226; Albany Med. Ann., 
1920, 41, 209; Health News, 1920, 
p.153) 
History of the public health labora- 
tory (Biggs and Wadsworth. 
Nelson loose-leaf medicine, W. W. 
Herrick, ed.-in-chief. N. Y., Nel- 
son, 1920, 7, 135; Ibid., 1928, 2, 
151; Wadsworth, Ibid., 1941, 7, 
547) X 
—. See also Division of Laboratories 
and Research—History; History 
Methods. See Standards 
Mobile. See Division of Labora- 
tories and Research—Mobile 
laboratory units 
Organization and administration of 
the public health laboratory 
(Wadsworth. Nelson new loose- 
leaf medicine, W. W. Herrick, 
ed.-in-chief. N. Y., Nelson, 1941, 
7,547) X 
Service. See Division of Labora- 
tories and Research — Service ; 
Laboratories—Approved 
State aid (Gilbert, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1923, no. 2, 9) 
(Wadsworth, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1924, 14, 139) 
for local laboratory services 
(Wadsworth, N. Y. State Com- 
mission to Formulate a Long 
Range Health Program. Interim 
Report. Legislative Document, 
1941, no. 83, 73) 
Supplies and supply stations (Di- 
vision of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Distribution of labora- 
tory supplies. District supply sta- 
tions. Published by the Division, 
1944. 12p. Issued periodically 
beginning 1936) 
(Wadsworth, Health 
News, 1915, p.149) 
Technicians, courses in bacterio- 
logic and associated technics (Di- 
vision of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Opportunities for train- 
ing offered by the Division of 
Laboratories and Research. Pub- 
Laboratories—Continued 
lished by the Division, 1944. 
!°p.) 
—, in-service training (Division of 
Laboratories and Research. 
Opportunities for training and 
advancement offered by the Di- 
vision of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Published by the Di- 
vision, 1943. 7p.; Health News, 
1944, p.75) 
—, training in bacteriologic technic, 
especially for work in public 
health laboratories (N. Y. State 
J. Med., 1934, 34, 531) 
See also Division of Laboratories 
and Research; World war I; 
World war II 
Lactobacillus arabinosus: 
Growth, effect of nicotinamide and 
of heated asparagine-glutamate 
mixture (Bovarnick, M. R., J. 
Biol. Chem., 1943, 148, 151; Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.43; 1943, p.45) XI 
Lactose: 
Content in evaporated milk, deter- 
mined by gasometric analysis 
(Thompson and Quigley, Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.24) 
League of Nations: 
International Conference on the 
Standardisation of Sera and 
Serological Tests, editorial 
(Wadsworth, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1923, 13, 388) 
Standardization of antipneumococ- 
cus and antimeningococcus sera 
(Wadsworth. International Con- 
ference on the Standardisation of 
Sera and Serological Tests, 2d, 
Paris, 1922. Reports on sero- 
logical investigations. Geneva, 
League of Nations, 1923, p.46) 
Tests of streptococcus toxin and 
antitoxin distributed by the 
Health Organization {Ann. Rep., 
1928, 49, 73) 
Lecithin: 
Antigenic properties (Wadsworth, 
Maltaner, E. J., and Maltaner, 
F., J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 25; 
Amer. J. Path. (Sci. Proc.), 1931, 
7, 537; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 52; 
1931, 52, 42; 1932, 53, 67) VII 102 
SUBJECTS 
Lecithin—Continued 
In chemical reactions of blood co- 
agulation (Wadsworth, Malta- 
ner, F., and Maltaner, E. J., 
Amer. J. Physiol., 1930, 91, 423) 
V 
Preparation (Maltaner, F., J. 
Amer. Chem. Soc., 1930, 52, 1718) 
VI 
Purification (Pangborn, J. Biol. 
Chem., 1941, 137, 545) X 
Spectroscopic study, absorption 
spectra in visible and ultraviolet 
ranges (Wadsworth and Crowe, 
J. Phys. Chem., 1936, 40, 739; J. 
Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 67; 
Ann. Bey., 1934, p.18; 1935, p.20; 
1936, p.18) VIII 
, ultraviolet absorption spec- 
tra and other physical data 
(Crowe and Walker, J. Opt. 
Soc. Amer. (Soc. Proc.) In 
press) 
Synthetic, antigenic action in 
immunization of rabbits (Mal- 
taner, F., and Maltaner, E. J., 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.13) 
See also Cardiolipin; Cephalin; 
Lipids; Phosphatides 
Leprosy: 
“ Lepra” cells demonstrated in 
tissue from case clinically diag- 
nosed as leprosy (Maillard, 
Ann. Rep., 1939, p.51) 
Quantitative complement - fixation 
tests for syphilis and tubercu- 
losis of sera from lepers (Mal- 
taner, E. J., Amer. J. Trop. 
Med., 1940, 20, 843; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1939, no. 2, 29; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.43; 1940, p.43) X 
Leptospira icterohaemorrhagiae; 
Spirochetal jaundice, a fatal case 
(Early, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 2, 
6) 
— —, accidental human infection 
from rat (Wadsworth, Lang- 
worthy, Stewart, F. C., Moore, 
and Coleman, J. Amer. Med. 
Assoc., 1922, 78, 1120) 
II, 1920-1923 
Leptospira icterohaemorrhagiae: 
—ConVd 
Study of Lept. icterohaemorrhagiae 
(Langworthy and Moore, J. 
Infect. Pis., 1927, 41, 70) IV 
Leucocytes: 
Action of bacterial culture prod- 
ucts on phagocytosis (Wads- 
worth and Hoppe, J. Immunol., 
1921, 6, 399; Assoc. Amer. Phys. 
Trans., 1921, 36, 399; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1921, p.12) II, 1920-1923 
— on diphtheria and tetanus toxins 
(Wadsworth and Vories, J. Im- 
munol., 1921, 6, 413) 
II, 1920-1923 
Complementary action (Maltaner, 
E. J., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1935, 32, 1555; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.15) VIII 
Effect of osmosis upon (Maltaner, 
F. and Hoppe, J. Hyg., 1921, 19, 
309; Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1920, 17, 216) 
II, 1920-1923 
See also Mononucleosis — Infec- 
tious; Phagocytosis 
Libraries; 
Activities of the research, publica- 
tions, and library department. 
Published in Annual Reports of 
the Division. 
Index to current literature distri- 
buted monthly to approved lab- 
oratories (Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Current 
literature index. 1943-1945. 
Albany, Published by the Divi- 
sion, 1943-1945. 2v. mimeo- 
graphed) 
Package, for circulation (Almon, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1930, no. 2, 11) 
The laboratory librarv (Health 
News, 1917, p.247) 
Liesegang phenomenon: 
Rhythmic precipitation of pneu- 
mococcus soluble specific sub- 
stances and antipneumococcus 
sera (Brown, R. F., Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1940, 45, 
93; Ann. Rep., 1940. p.ll) X SUBJECTS 
103 
Lipids: 
Antigenic action in immunization 
of rabbits (Maltaner, P., and 
Maltaner, E. J., Ann. Bep., 
1935, p.13) 
Chemical and immunologic studies, 
ether-soluble fraction of pneu- 
mococcus, type 1 (Wadsworth 
and Brown, R. F., J. Immunol., 
1931, 21, 255; Ann. Bep., 1929, 
50, 50; 1930, 51, 54) VI 
In horse serum, analysis of alcohol- 
ether and ether-extraction meth- 
ods (Hyman and Nichols, J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 110; 
Ann. Bep., 1936, p.17) 
, — of alcohol-ether extract 
(Hyman, J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 
71) IX 
— livers of nonimmunized and im- 
munized horses (Wadsworth, 
Hyman, and Nichols, Amer. J. 
Path., 1935, 11, 419; Ann. Bep., 
1932, 53, 72; 1933, 54, 55) VIII 
— plasma of immunized horses 
(Wadsworth and Hyman, J. Im- 
munol., 1938, 35, 55; Ann. Bep., 
1934, p.23; 1935, p.23) IX 
Standardization of the cardiolipin- 
leeithin-cholesterol antigen in the 
complement - fixation test for 
syphilis (Maltaner, E. J., and 
Maltaner, F., J. Immunol. In 
press; J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 
1945, 49, 199; Ann. Bep., 1943, 
p.17) XI 
cardiolipin-lecithin-chol- 
esterol antigen in the precipita- 
tion test for syphilis (Brown, 
R. F., J. Immunol. In press; J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1944, 47, 581) 
XI 
See also Cardiolipin; Cephalin; 
Lecithin; Phosphatides 
Liver: 
Lipid content in nonimmunized and 
immunized horses (Wadsworth, 
Hyman, and Nichols, Amer. J. 
Path., 1935, 11, 419; Ann. Bep., 
1932, 53, 72; 1933, 54, 55) VIII 
Outbreak in breeding colony of 
mice characterized by necrotic 
lesions of the liver (Griffin and 
Schleifstein, Ann. Bep., 1941, 
p. 39, 64) 
Luncheon room: 
Provision for furnishing noon 
lunches begun {Ann. Bep., 1920, 
41, 160) 
Lymphadenitis: 
Hemolytic streptococcus lympha- 
denitis in guinea pigs (Brose, 
Ann. Bep., 1935, p.43) 
Lyophile method: 
See Flosdorf-Mudd lyophile method 
Lysins: 
See Bacteriolysis; Bacteriophage; 
Hemolysins 
M 
Majalis: 
Susceptibility to diphtheria toxin, 
tetanus toxin, and botulinus 
toxin (Sickles, G. R., Ann. 
Bep., 1936, p.16) 
See also Cold-blooded animals 
Malaria: 
Agglutination with Vi strain of 
Bad. typhosum of sera from pa- 
tients undergoing malarial ther- 
apy (Coleman, J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1944, 29, 916; J. Bad. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1944, 47, 582; Ann. 
Bep., 1941, p.52) 
Complement-fixation test in ma- 
laria-treated patients, effect of 
diluent (Dorgeloh, Amer. J. 
Syph., 1943, 27, 623; Ann. Bep.. 
1942, p.51) XI 
Conference held by the New York 
State Association of Public 
Health Laboratories under the 
auspices of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1943, no. 1, 4) 
Preparation of precipitating rabbit 
sera for the identification of 
blood meals of mosquitoes (Rob- 
inson, Ann. Bep., 1927. 48, 71) 
Mastitis: 
Bovine, incited by hemolytic strep- 
tococcus serologic group A 
(Schleifstein, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1938, no. 1, 5) 104 
SUBJECTS 
Mastitis—Continued 
Bovine, milk tested by bromthymol 
blue field test (Hallinan, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Milk Sanit. Ann. 
Rep., 1943, 17, 121; Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.80) XI 
Frequency of so-called chronic 
cystic mastitis in cancerous and 
noncancerous breasts (Foote, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1943, no. 2, 35) 
Structure of cancerous and non- 
cancerous breasts (Foote and 
Stewart, F. W., Ann. Surg., 
1945, 121, 6; Ibid., 1945, 121, 
197) XI 
See also Milk; Streptococcus— 
Hemolytic 
Measles: 
Convalescent serum, distribution 
begun, 1924; discontinued, 1935 
{Ann. Rep., 1924, 45, 44; 1936, 
P-66) 
Immune placental globulin solu- 
tion (human), distribution be- 
gun, January 1936 {Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.45; 1936, p.66) 
solution (human), use in 
modification or prevention of 457 
cases (Lyall and Murdick, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1941, 41, 452) X 
— serum globulin (human) for 
modification and prevention of, 
distribution begun, 1944 {Health 
News, 1944, p.221) 
Parental blood for modification or 
prevention of, distribution begun 
{Health News, 1931, p.51) 
See also Immune globulin solution 
(human) in the modification and 
prevention of measles 
Media: 
Agar, bismuth sulfite, modified for 
isolation of typhoid and para- 
typhoid bacilli; referee report 
for 1937 (Coleman, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health {supp. Year Book), 
1938, 28, 111; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1937, 
no. 2, 19; Diagnostic procedures 
and reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., 
Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, 
p.247) IX 
—, plating medium prepared 
with purified agar (Wheeler 
Media—Continued 
and Coleman, J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1943, 45, 521) XI 
—, brilliant-green enrichment for 
microorganisms of enteric group 
(Gilbert and Coleman, J. In- 
fect. Dis., 1929, 44, 21; Amer. 
Med. Assoc. Sec. on Prev. and 
Ind. Med. and Pub. Health. 
Trans., 1928, p.195; Diagnostic 
procedures and reagents; 2d ed. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.247) V 
—, desoxycholate citrate for isola- 
tion of dysentery bacilli; referee 
report for 1937 (Coleman, Amer. 
J. Pub. Health {supp. Year 
Book), 1938, 28, 111; Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1940, 30, 39; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1937, no. 2, 19; Diagnostic 
procedures and reagents; 2d ed. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.247) IX 
—, Endo’s, efficiency of dehydrated 
media (Mack and Coffey, J. 
Lab. and Clin. Med., 1928, 13, 
1146) V 
— human- and horse-blood, for 
hemolytic streptococci (Cohan, 
Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 61) 
—, Krumwiede’s triple-sugar, effi- 
ciency of dehydrated media 
(Mack and Coffey, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1928, 13, 1146) V 
—, purified, most efficient for bis- 
muth sulfite plating medium 
(Wheeler and Coleman, J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1943, 45, 521) 
XI 
Bile, for use in agglutination test 
for typhoid fever (Bergstrom, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc:, 1928, no. 2, 13; Ann. Rep., 
1928, 49, 53) 
—, growth of Bact. typhosum and 
Bact. coli in different bile media 
(Davis, Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 
295) 
Broth for production of pneumococ- 
cus soluble specific substances 
(Robinson, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1940, 40, 164) X 105 
SUBJECTS 
Media—Continued 
Chick embryo, cultivation of vac- 
cine virus (Coffey, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1934, 24, 473; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 50; 1932, 53, 78; 
1933, 54, 56) VII 
For Bad. coli, comparative study 
of lactose broth (Davis and Vose, 
Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 304) 
— — —, — study of selective 
media (Gilcreas, Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.64; 1936, p.50) 
, growth in different bile 
media (Davis, Ann. Rep., 1915, 
36, v.3, 295) 
— — dysenteriae, use of desoxy- 
cholate citrate agar; referee re- 
port for 1937 (Coleman, Amer. 
J. Pub. Health {supp. Year 
Booh), 1938, 28, 111; Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1940, 30, 39; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1937, no. 2, 19; Diagnostic 
procedures and reagents; 2d ed. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.247) IX 
typhosum, brilliant-green en- 
richment method (Gilbert and 
Coleman, J. Infed. Dis., 1929, 
44, 21; Amer. Med. Assoc. Sec. 
on Prev. and Ind. Med. and Pub. 
Health. Trans., 1928, p.195; 
Diagnostic procedures and rea- 
gents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. Pub. 
Health Assoc., 1945, p.247) V 
, growth in different bile 
media (Davis, Ann. Rep., 1915, 
36, v.3, 295) 
— — —, purified agar most effi- 
cient for bismuth sulfite medium 
(Wheeler and Coleman, J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1943, 45, 521) 
XI 
, strain inhibited on bis- 
muth sulfite agar (Coleman, J. 
Lab. and Clin. Med., 1943, 28, 
1490) XI 
, use of bile medium in ag- 
glutination test for typhoid 
fever (Bergstrom, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1928, no. 2, 13; Ann. Rep., 1928, 
49, 53) 
Media—C ontinued 
, — of bismuth sulfite agar; 
referee report for 1937 (Cole- 
man, Amer. J. Pub. Health 
{supp. Year Book), 1938, 28, 
111; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 2, 
19; Diagnostic procedures and 
reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.247) 
IX 
— C. diphtheriae, effect of inor- 
ganic salt and carbohydrate 
content of synthetic media 
(Wheeler and Mendez, J. Bad. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 54; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.16; 1936, p.ll) 
—, infusion-free media for 
preparation of diphtheria toxoids 
(Dow and Lyall, Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.31) 
, infusion-free peptone and 
synthetic media (Wadsworth 
and Wheeler, J. Infed. Dis., 
1934, 55, 123; J. Immunol. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1934, 26, 339; Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 46; 1932, 53, 62; 1933, 
54, 46; 1934, p.14; 1935, p.16; 
1936, p.ll) VIII 
, removal of inorganic iron 
from infusion - free broth 
(Hyman, Ann. Rep., 1937, p.17) 
, synthetic media (Wads- 
worth and Wheeler, J. Infed. 
Dis., 1928, 42, 79; Arch. Path. 
{Soc. Trans.), 1927, 4, 489; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1927, 
3, 540; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 50; 
1928, 49, 65) V 
, — media containing as- 
partic acid and cysteine hydro- 
chloride (Wadsworth and 
Wheeler, J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 299; Ann. Rep., 1938, 
P-14) 
— — —, ultrafiltration of toxin 
produced in peptone - dialyzate 
media (Wadsworth, Wheeler, 
and Mendez, J. Infed. Dis., 1938, 
62, 129; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.15) 
IX 
— Myco. tuberculosis, for primary 
isolation (Alexander-Jackson, 
Amer. Rev. Tuberc., 1941, 43, 
441) X SUBJECTS 
Media—Continued 
For N. gonorrhoeae, cultural exam- 
inations (Coleman and Clark, 
M. E., N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1944, no. 1, 
2; Ann. Bep., 1943, p.54) 
— N. meningitidis, effect of growth 
of cultures on immune-serum- 
agar plates on precipitation reac- 
tions (Kirkbride and Cohen, 
Amer. J. Hyg., 1934, 20, 444; J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1934, 27, 85) 
VIII 
, importance of media for 
maintenance of microorganism 
for serum production (Cohen, J. 
Immunol., 1936, 30, 203; Ibid., 
{Soc. Proc.), 1935, 29, 61) VIII 
— pneumococcus, broth for produc- 
tion of pneumococcus soluble 
specific substances (Robinson, J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1940, 40, 164) 
X 
, factors that influence growth 
activities (Hendry and Robin- 
son, Ann Rep., 1935, p.35) 
— —, for detection of resistant 
pneumococci (Miller, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1941, no, 2, 36) 
— —, sulfonamide-inhibitor-free 
media (Miller, J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1942, 43, 774) X 
— salmonella, purified agar most 
efficient for bismuth sulfite 
medium (Wheeler and Cole- 
man, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1943, 
45, 521) XI 
— streptococcus, hemolytic, human- 
and horse-blood agar (Cohan, 
Ann. Bep., 1931, 52, 61) 
— —, —, hydrolysis of sodium 
hippurate test (Coffey and 
Foley, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1937, 27, 972; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 643) IX 
vaccinia virus, chick embryo 
tissue (Coffey, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1934, 24, 473 ; Ann. Bep., 
1931, 52, 50; 1932, 53, 78; 1933, 
54, 56) VII 
Infusion-free diphtheria broth, re- 
moval of inorganic iron (Hyman, 
Ann. Rep., 1937, p.17) 
Media—Continued 
, for preparation of diphtheria 
toxoids (Dow and Lyall, Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.31) 
peptone, and synthetic media, 
for C. diphtheriae (Wadsworth 
and Wheeler, J. Infect. Dis., 
1934, 55, 123; J. Immunol. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1934, 26, 339; Ann. Bep., 
1931, 52, 46; 1932, 53, 62; 1933, 
54, 46; 1934, p.14; 1935, p.16; 
1936, p.ll) VIII 
Loeffler’s coagulated serum medium 
compared with bile serum 
(Odell, J. Bact., 1918, 3, 189) 
I, 1914-1919 
Nutrient gelatin as medium for 
maintenance of bacterial cultures 
(Kirkbride and Leddon, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1929, no. 1, 2; Ann. Bep., 
1928, 49, 65) 
Peptone - dialyzate media for C. 
diphtheriae, ultrafiltration of 
toxin (Wadsworth, Wheeler, 
and Mendez, J. Infect. Dis., 1938, 
62, 129; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.15) 
IX 
Potassium tellurite in differential 
media (Gilbert and Humphreys, 
J. Bact., 1926, 11, 141) IV 
Preparation (Wadsworth. Stand- 
ard methods of the Division of 
Laboratories and Research of the 
New York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Will- 
iams and Wilkins, 1939. 681p. 
First edition, 1927) 
Selective, comparative tests for de- 
tection of coliform group (Gel- 
creas, Ann. Bep., 1935, p.64; 
1936, p.50) 
Sodium hippurate, hydrolysis of, as 
test for hemolytic streptococci 
(Coffey and Foley, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1937, 27, 972; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 643) 
IX 
Sugars, determination in media by 
gasometrie analysis (Thompson, 
J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 151, 325; 
J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1942, 43, 
773; Ann. Bep., 1940, p.18; 1941, 
p.24; 1942, p.25) X, XI SUBJECTS 
107 
Media—C ontinued 
Sulfonamide-inhibitor-free media 
for pneumococci (Miller, J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1942, 43, 774) 
X 
See also Gasoraetric analysis and 
subdivision Media under names 
of specific microorganisms, e.g. 
Baderium typhosum—Media 
Medicine: 
Cooperative, proposed health center 
bill (Wadsworth, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1920, 20, 165) 
Military, laboratory service in epi- 
demic among troops (Wads- 
worth, N. Y. State J. Med., 1917, 
17, 506; Health News, 1917, 
p.239; Ann. Rep., 1916, 37, 115) 
I, 1914-1919 
See also Industrial hygiene; Public 
health 
Membranes: 
Collodion sac for animal experimen- 
tation (Harris, J. Bad., 1939, 38, 
321; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1939, 37, 
229) X 
Nitrocellulose, use of wetting agent 
in preparation of (Quigley, Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.19) 
Survival of gonococci in collodion 
sacs in rabbits (Harris, J. Bad. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1939, 38, 241) X 
Use of collodion sacs for dialysis 
(Kober, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 
1917, 39, 944; Health News, 1917, 
p.245) I, 1914-1919 
See also Collodion sacs; Dialysis; 
Ultrafiltration 
Meningitis: 
Cerebrospinal fluid in, incidence of 
various species of bacteria (Gil- 
bert and Coleman, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1928, 13, 547; Arch. 
Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1927, 4, 489; 
Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1927, 
3, 542; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 61; 
1931, 52, 60) V 
Diagnosis, case from which an 
unidentified microorganism was 
isolated (Early and Groesbeck, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1927, no. 1, 3) 
Gonococcus {Ann. Rep., 1937, p.51) 
Meningococcus, appointment by 
Secretary of War of member of 
Meningitis—Continued 
the laboratory staff as consultant 
on the Commission on Meningo- 
coccus Meningitis {Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.6; 1942, p.6, 28) 
—, chronic, report of a case (Gil- 
bert, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1922, no. 2, 
9) 
—, conference of leading state, pro- 
vincial, and commercial labora- 
tories with Federal control 
authorities; report (Wadsworth, 
Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 49) 
—, live meningococci isolated from 
spinal fluid 26 hours after em- 
balmment (Bergstrom, Wil- 
liams, and Van Woert, J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1929, 93, 437) 
—, outfits, descriptions and specifi- 
cations of outfits distributed 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Laboratory manual 
for physicians; 8th ed. Published 
by the Division, 1944, p.66; 
Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.623) 
—, quantitative complement-fixa- 
tion tests with serum and spinal 
fluids from convalescent serum- 
treated meningococcus carriers 
(Sickles, G. M., and Rice, J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 337) 
—, serotherapy (Wadsworth, 
Amer. J. Hyg., 1931, 14, 630) 
VI 
—, —, advances in (Wadsworth, 
Assoc. Amer. Phys. Trans., 1932, 
47, 161; J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1932, 99, 204; Ibid., 1932, 99, 71 
(abs. with discussion) ; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1932, no. 1, 5) VII 
—, —, comparison of potency, mul- 
tivalency, and therapeutic action 
of antimeningococcus sera 
(Wadsworth and Kirkbride, 
Amer. J. Hyg., 1926, 6, 507) IV 
—, —, discussion in Symposium on 
Therapeutic Use of Biologic 108 
SUBJECTS 
Meningitis—Continued 
Products (Wadsworth, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1933, 33, 100) 
Meningococcus, serotherapy, evalu- 
ation of 197 cases treated exclu- 
sively with State serum (Lyall, 
Ann. Rep., 1939, p.34) 
—, —, practical problems (Wads- 
worth, Amer. J. Pul). Health, 
1931, 21, 157) VI 
—, —, statement of the Commis- 
sioner of Health (Health News, 
1931, p.61) 
—, strains from eases and carriers, 
classification (Cohen, J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 338; Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.31) 
—, and carriers in relation 
to sulfonamide treatment (Cohen 
and Miller, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1942, 
no. 1, 6, 7; Ann. Rep., 1942, p.28, 
33, 44) 
See also Antimeningococcus serum; 
Cerebrospinal fluid; Neisseria 
meningitidis 
Meningococcus: 
See Neisseria meningitidis 
Mercury: 
Determination in small amounts in 
organic samples (Eckert, Ind. 
and Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 
1943, 15, 406) XI 
‘Merthiolate’: 
Effect on antigenic potency of puri- 
fied diphtheria toxoids (Sickles, 
G. R., J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1937, 
33, 644) 
Studies of inhibitory action in 
sterility tests of biologic products 
(Murdick, Ann. Rep., 1932, 53, 
91) 
Methods: 
See Calibration; Collodion sacs; 
Duponol; Electropure process; 
Gasometric analysis; Glass; Hy- 
drogen-ion concentration; Iron; 
Media; Outfits; Spectroscopy; 
Stains and staining; Standards; 
Turbidimetry; and names of 
specific methods, e.g. Flosdorf- 
Mudd lyophile method; Phospha- 
tase test 
Mice: 
Mouse protection method in the 
standardization of antipneumo- 
coccus horse sera other than type 
1 (Hendry, Ann. Rep., 1938, 
P-20) 
Outbreak characterized by necrotic 
lesions of the liver (Griffin and 
Schleifstein, Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.39, 64) 
Pneumococcus land streptococcus 
infections, therapeutic action of 
p-nitrobenzoic acid and of p- 
aminobenzoic acid (Miller, Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.9) 
— infection, action of immune 
serum in conjunction with sul- 
fanilamide in type-3 pneumococ- 
cus infections (Miller, J. Bact. 
(.Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 219) IX 
, chemotherapeutic action of 
2- (p-aminobenzenesulfonamido) 
pyridine on type-3 pneumococcus 
infections (Miller, J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1939, 37, 228) 
Microanalysis: 
Mercury, determination in small 
amounts in organic samples 
(Eckert, Ind. and Eng. Chem. 
Analyt. ed., 1943, 15, 406) XI 
p-Nitrobenzoic acid, p-aminoben- 
zoic acid, and acetylated p- 
aminobenzoic acid, determination 
in blood (Eckert, J. Biol. Chem., 
1943, 148, 197) XI 
Preliminary microchromatographic 
method for the isolation of sub- 
stances from mixtures (Crowe, 
Ind. and Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 
1941, 13, 845; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
P-17) X 
Tryptophan, determination, micro- 
colorimetric method (Eckert, J. 
Biol. Chem., 1943, 148, 205) XI 
Military medicine: 
See Medicine—Military 
Milk: 
Bromthymol blue field test for 
bovine mastitis ( Hallinan, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Milk Sanit. Ann. 
Rep., 1943, 17, 121; Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.80) XI 
Examination, agreements and 
methods for approval of labora- SUBJECTS 
109 
Milk—Continued 
tory service (Division op Labora- 
tories and Research. Approval 
of laboratories: agreements and 
methods serving as a basis for 
approval in the examination of 
water and milk, and in bio-assays 
of vitamin D in milk. Published 
by the Division, 1944. Revised 
approximately annually. First 
issue, 1915) 
Examination, methods used in the 
laboratories for sanitary and 
analytical chemistry (Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search of the New York State De- 
partment of Health; 2d ed. Bal- 
timore, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939, p.355) 
Grading, Pyrex suspensions as color 
standards in resazurin test (Hal- 
linan, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1943, 33, 137; Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.74) XI 
Lactose content in evaporated milk 
determined by gasometric anal- 
ysis (Thompson and Quigley, 
Ann. Rep., 1943, p.24) 
Pasteurization by electropure proc- 
ess (Wachter, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Froc., 
1927, no. 2, 6; Ann. Rep., 1927, 
48, 81) 
—, determination by amylase and 
phosphatase tests (Gilcreas and 
Davis, Internat. Assoc. Milk 
Sanit. Ann. Froc., 1936, 25, 15; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Dairy and 
Milk Inspectors. Ann. Rep., 1936, 
10, 73; J. Bact. (Soc. Froc.), 
1937, 33, 111; Health News, 1936, 
p.186; Ann. Rep., 1936, p.51) 
IX 
-—, — — phosphatase test (Gil- 
creas, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1939, 29, 158) IX 
—, — — — — (Gilcreas and 
Davis, Internat. Assoc. Milk 
Dealers. Ann. Froc., 1937, 30, 34; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Dairy and 
Milk Inspectors. Ann. Rep., 1937, 
11, 83; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Milk—Continued 
Health Labs. Froc., 1937, no. 1, 
10) IX 
—, , field test; referee 
report for 1938 (Gilcreas, J. 
Assoc. Off. Agr. Chem., 1939, 22, 
497) X 
—, in examination of 
milk and cream; associate referee 
report for 1937 (Gilcreas, J. 
Assoc. Off. Agr. Chem., 1938, 21, 
82, 98, 372; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Froc., 1939, 
no. 1, 2) IX 
—, — — — —, precise reading 
(Gilcreas and Davis, J. Milk 
Tech., 1940, 3, 14) X 
—, , tentative standard 
method, rapid laboratory test, 
and field test (Gilcreas, J. Assoc. 
Off. Agr. Chem., 1941, 24, 76, 
559) X 
—, experiments (Wachter, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pnb. Health Labs. 
Froc., 1922, no. 2, 5) 
—, simple method for one quart 
bottle (Vories, Health News, 
1916, p.239; Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, 
v.3, 308) 
Preservation, use of glycerol in 
specimens to be examined for 
hemolytic streptococci ( Gilbert 
and Clark, M. E., Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1933, 23, 720; Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 62) VII 
—, — — sodium hypochlorite 
(Davis, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1930, 20, 308) 
Streptococcus infections from milk- 
borne outbreaks, comparison of 
strains (Coffey, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Froc., 
1937, no. 2, 32; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-24) 
, serologic group A, traced to 
raw milk from cow with mastitis 
( Schleifstein, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Froc., 1938, 
no. 1, 5) 
Tests recommended, significance of 
(Gilcreas, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Froc., 1941, 
no. 2, 32) 
Typhoid fever, laboratory aid in 
tracing milk-borne infections 110 
SUBJECTS 
Milk—Continued 
(Wachter, Health News, 1918, 
P-38) 
See also Phosphatase test 
Mobile laboratories: 
See Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search—Mobile laboratory units 
Monilia: 
Electrodesiecation of tonsils har- 
boring (Maillard, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1931, 31, 895; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1930, no. 2, 1) VI 
Prom sputum (Gilbert and Groes- 
beck, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1930, 
20, 1; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1927, no. 2, 
4; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 62; 1928, 
49, 54; 1929, 50, 64) V 
Monkeys: 
Clinical syndrome after inocula- 
tion of stool from cases and con- 
tacts of poliomyelitis (McClure, 
Science, 1941, 94, 307, 386; Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.56) X 
Hydatid disease in rhesus monkey, 
case report (Torrance, Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.34) 
Pulmonary acariasis in the monkey, 
Pneumonyssus griffithi Newst 
identified (Schleifstein, Ann. 
Rep., 1938, p.37; 1940, p.53) 
Study of sensory ganglia in Macaca 
mulatto after gastro-intestinal 
administration of poliomyelitis 
virus (McClure, Amer. J. Path., 
1943, 19, 655; Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.47) XI 
Mononucleosis: 
Infectious, blood films found to con- 
tain as high as 83 per cent of 
mononuclear cells {Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.46) 
Laboratory findings in (Gilbert 
and Coleman, Amer. J. Hyg., 
1925, 5, 35; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1924, 
no. 2, 3) III, 1923-1925 
Mosquitoes: 
Preparation of precipitating rabbit 
sera for the identification of 
blood meals of mosquitoes (Rob- 
inson, Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 71) 
Mouse protection method: 
In standardization of antipneu- 
mococcus horse sera other than 
type 1 (Hendry, Ann. Rep., 1938, 
P-20) 
Mules: 
Antisheep amboceptor production 
(Gilbert, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1922, 22, 286; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1922, 
no.l, 1; Ann. Rep., 1920, 41, 111; 
1921, 42, 110; 1922, 43, 170) 
II, 1920-1923 
Sera, natural amboceptor content 
in 19 mules (Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 
82) 
Museum: 
Activities of the museum. Pub- 
lished in Annual Reports of the 
Division. 
Classification of pathologic speci- 
mens by anatomic system (Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.95) 
Description of museum of the Di- 
vision of Laboratories and Re- 
search, New York State Depart- 
ment of Health (Wadsworth, J. 
Tech. Methods and Bull. Internal. 
Assoc. Med. Museums, 1938, no. 
18, 162; Ann. Rep., 1938, p.56) 
Established at branch laboratory, 
of pathologic material from neo- 
plastic and allied diseases (Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.68) 
Proposed collection of pathologic 
specimens (Wadsworth, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1933, no. 1, 4) 
Report and inventory of type col- 
lection of pathologic specimens 
(Stewart, F. W., and Foote, 
Aim. Rep., 1943, p.57) 
Specimens, electrical tool for seal- 
ing jars (Brown, C. D., J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1933, 19, 197) 
VII 
Muskrats: 
Source of tularemia in man (Health 
News, 1939, p.97; 1942, p.109) 
Mycobacterium tuberculosis: 
Detection by fluorescence micros- 
copy (Harris and Clark, M. E., 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.54) SUBJECTS 
111 
Mycobacterium tuberculosis—Cant'd 
Media for primary isolation from 
pathologic material (Alexander- 
Jackson, Amer. Rev. Tuherc., 
1941, 43, 441) X 
Spectroscopic study, ultraviolet 
absorption spectrum curve of 
synthetic phthiocol (Crowe, J. 
Biol. Chem., 1936, 115, 479; Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.19) VIII 
Staining, comparison of Ziehl-Neel- 
sen method and Cooper’s modi- 
fication {Ami. Rep., 1927, 48, 65; 
1928, 49, 60; 1930, 51, 70, 76) 
Mycology; 
Conference held by the New York 
State Association of Public 
Health Laboratories under the 
auspices of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1944, no. 2, 62) 
See also Media; Tuberculosis 
National defense—Continued 
ties and trained personnel in 
New York State (Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.40; 1941, p.6) 
Sewage, plans for protection of 
sewage disposal systems {Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.75; i943, p.79) 
AVater examinations made in con- 
nection with the development of 
military and industrial areas for 
defense purposes {Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.70; 1942, p.72; 1943, 
P-77) 
See also World war I; World war 
II 
Negri bodies: 
Staining by modification of Wil- 
hite ’s method ( Schleifstein, 
Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1937, 27, 
1283; Health News, 1938, p.16; 
Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 71) IX 
See also Rabies 
Neisseria gonorrhoeae: 
Antigens in quantitative comple- 
ment-fixation tests (Rice, Amer. 
Assoc. Adv. Sci. The gonococcus 
and gonococcal infection. Lan- 
caster, Pa., Science Press, 
1939, p.64. Publication no. 11; 
J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 
337; IUd., {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 
644; N, Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1938, no. 1, 
1; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.12; 1941, 
p.H) X 
Cultural examinations for (Cole- 
man and Clark, M. E., N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1944, no. 1, 2; Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.54) 
Meningitis incited by {Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.51) 
Serologic test for differentiation of 
gonococci and meningococci of 
little value {Health News, 1933, 
P-66) 
Survival in collodion sacs in rabbits 
(Harris, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1939, 38, 241) 
See also Complement-fixation tests; 
Gonorrhea 
Neisseria meningitidis: 
Baeteriemia in horses, chemother- 
N 
National defense: 
Air raid precautions {Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.23, 29, 80) 
Bacterial collection, protection 
against sabotage {Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.23) Inventory of labora- 
tory equipment and apparatus 
and installation of flood lights 
and fire sirens {Ann. Rep., 1941, 
P-32) 
Laboratory service in relation to 
national preparedness and long 
range health programs (Wads- 
worth, Ann. Rep., 1940, p.5; 
1941, p.5, 35, 80) 
Milk and water supplies, precau- 
tion against sabotage {Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.73) 
Military and Naval Services, diag- 
nostic examinations for {Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.26, 38; 1941, p.50, 
80; 1942, p.5, 46, 50, 66, 79; 
1943, p.6, 47, 72, 86, 87) 
Questionnaires as a means of se- 
curing data on laboratory facili- 112 
SUBJECTS 
Neisseria meningitidis—Continued 
apy (Miller, Cohen, and Grif- 
fin, Ann. Rep., 1942, p.44) 
Biologic properties of strains from 
cases and carriers isolated in an 
outbreak (Cohen, J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 338; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.31) 
, study of strains in carriers 
and cases in relation to sulfon- 
amide treatment (Cohen and 
Miller, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1942, no. 1, 
6, 7; Aim. Rep., 1942, p.28, 33, 
44) 
Carbohydrate and protein fractions 
tested for precipitation with im- 
mune sera (Brown, R. F., Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 43) 
Classification (Wadsworth, Gil- 
bert, and Hutton, J. Exp. Med., 
1921, 33, 99) II, 1920-1923 
—, comparative tests of State and 
National Institute of Health 
antimeningoeoccus rabbit agglu- 
tinating sera (Cohen, Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.45) 
—, encapsulated group-II strains 
designated as group Ila (Cohen, 
Ann. Rep., 1943, p.33) 
—, serologic, of strains isolated, 
annual summary (Cohen, Ann. 
Rep., 1928-1944) 
Isolation from horses immunized 
against strains of groups I-III 
and II (Cohen, J. Immunol., 
1939, 36, 129; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 36, 220; Ann. Rep., 
1938, p.22) IX 
spinal fluid 26 hours after 
embalmment (Bergstrom, Wil- 
liams, and Van Woert, J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1929, 93, 437) 
—, methods for (Hemsath, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1928, no. 2, 13) 
Media for isolation of strains from 
cases associated with outbreak 
of meningitis (Cohen and 
Miller, Ann. Rep., 1942, p.33) 
Serologic and immunologic reac- 
tions of strains in relation to 
Neisseria meningitidis—Continued 
serum production (Kirkbride 
and Cohen, Amer. J. Hyg., 1932, 
15, 444; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1936, no. 2, 
30) VI 
— studies by precipitation 
tests with immune serum in agar 
plates (Kirkbride and Cohen, 
Amer. J. Hyg., 1934, 20, 444; J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1934, 27, 85) 
VIII 
— — — — of atypical strain 
(Kirkbride and Hutton, J. 
Immunol., 1926, 11, 393) IV 
of group II in relation 
to serum production (Cohen, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1940, 67, 74; J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1940, 39, 80; Ann. 
Rep., 1939, p.26; 1940, p.28; 
1941, p.38) X 
Toxic filtrates, effect on vitamin-C 
content of adrenals of guinea pigs 
(Torrance, J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1937, 33, 645; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-33) 
Toxin, local skin reaction obtained 
by intravenous injection of agar 
following intracutaneous inocula- 
tion of toxin (Sickles, G. M., 
J. Immunol., 1931, 20, 169; Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 53; 1934, p.7) 
VI 
Ultrafiltration studies (Quigley, 
Ann. Rep., 1941, p.23) 
Virulence of meningococcus strains 
and protective activity of anti- 
meningococcus sera (Cohen, J. 
Immunol., 1936, 30, 203; Ihid., 
(Soc. Proc.), 1935, 29, 61) VIII 
See also Antimeningoeoccus serum; 
Cerebrospinal fluid; Media; Men- 
ingitis 
Neoplasms: 
See Tumors 
Nephelometers and nephelometry: 
Nephelometer-colorimeter (Kober, 
J. Biol. Chem., 1917, 29, 155) 
I, 1914-1919 
Technical applications (Kober, J. 
Ind. and Eng. Chem., 1918, 10, 
556) I, 1914-1919 SUBJECTS 
113 
Nephritis: 
In horses undergoing immunization 
(Schleifstein, Amer. J. Path. 
{Sci. Proc.), 1939, 15, 596; Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.43; 1939, p.48) 
Toxicity tests on strains of hemo- 
lytic streptococci isolated from 
cases of {Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 77) 
See also Kidneys 
Nervous system: 
Tumors, ganglioneuroma of the 
left retroperitoneal sympathetic 
chain (Schleifstein, Arch. Path. 
(Soc. Trans.), 1933, 16, 592) 
Neurosyphilis: 
See Colloidal gold reaction; Syphi- 
lis—Cerebrospinal fluid 
New York State Association of Pub- 
lic Health Laboratories; 
Conference on Enteric Diseases: 
review of specimens by Coleman, 
Harris, and Schleifstein (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1943, no. 2, 58, 60) 
Doctor Kirkbride honored by the 
Association with medal in 
recognition of service to the 
organization {Health News, 1935, 
p. 185) 
Sponsorship of Conferences on Sur- 
gical Pathology; F. W. Stewart, 
leader (Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Confer- 
ence on Surgical Pathology: 
summary of discussion, 1940- 
1944. Albany. Published by the 
Division, 1941-1945. 5v. mimeo- 
graphed. Published annually) 
— — Surgical Pathology (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1940, no. 2, 46; 1941, no. 
2, 46; 1942, no. 2, 51; 1943, 
no. 2, 66; 1944, no. 2, 82; Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.39, 75, 76, 77, pho- 
tographs; 1941, p.50, 68; 1942, 
p.47, 58; 1943, p.58; 1944, p.30, 
47, 54) 
New York State Department of 
Health, Division of Laboratories 
and Research: 
See Division of Laboratories and 
Research 
Nicotinamide: 
Formation of a nicotinamide-like 
substance from amino acids and 
related compounds (Bovarnick, 
M. R., J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 151, 
467; Ann. Rep., 1943, p.46) XI 
substance in a heated 
asparagine-glutamate mixture 
(Bovarnick, M. R., J. Biol. 
Chem., 1943, 149, 301) XI 
Identified as substance formed from 
heated asparagine-glutamate mix- 
ture (Bovarnick, M. R., J. Biol. 
Chem., 1944, 153, 1) XI 
Substitution of heated asparagine- 
glutamate mixture for nicotin- 
amide as a growth factor for 
microorganisms (Bovarnick, M. 
R., J. Biol. Chem., 1943,148, 151; 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.43; 1943, 
p.45) XI 
p-Nitrobenzoic acid: 
Determination in blood (Eckert, 
J. Biol. Chem., 1943, 148, 197) 
XI 
Toxicity, absorption, and excretion 
in mice and rabbits (Miller, 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.9) 
Nitrogen; 
Determination, efficiency of the 
aeration method for distilling 
ammonia (Kober, J. Amer. Chem. 
Soc., 1916, 38, 2568) I, 1914-1919 
Micro-Kjeldahl titration in boric 
acid (Thompson, Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.23) 
Nurseries: 
Bacteriologic examinations of in- 
fant-feeding equipment and ma- 
terials as a possible factor in 
transmission of epidemic diarrhea 
of the newborn, by F. W. Gil- 
creas (Lembcke, Amer. J. Hyg. 
sec. A, 1941, 33, 42) 
equipment and ma- 
terials in outbreaks of epidemic 
diarrhea of the newborn, by F. 
W. Gilcreas (Lembcke, Quin- 
livan, and Orchard, Amer. J. 
Pul. Health, 1943, 33, 1263; Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.73) 114 
SUBJECTS 
Optochm: 
Adaptation of pneumococci to 
(Jungeblut, J. Infect. Dis., 
1927, 41, 345; Ann. Rep., 1924, 
45, 46) IV 
Organization: 
See Division of Laboratories and 
Research—Organization; Labora- 
tories—Organization 
Orthotolidine arsenite test: 
See o-Tolidine arsenite test 
Osmosis: 
Chemotactic effect upon leucocytes 
(Maltaner, F., and Hoppe, J. 
Hyg., 1921, 19, 309; Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1920, 17, 
216) II, 1920-1923 
See also Collodion sacs; Dialysis; 
Membranes 
Outbreaks: 
See Epidemiology; Epizoology; 
Food—Poisoning; and names of 
communicable diseases, e.g. Men- 
ingitis ; Poliomyelitis 
Outfits: 
Address labels changed from identi- 
fying colored paper to white 
paper with printing in colored 
ink (Health News, 1943, p.216) 
Description and specifications of 
outfits distributed (Division of 
Laboratories and Research. 
Laboratory manual for physi- 
cians; 8th ed. Published by the 
Division, 1944, p.ll; Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of 
the Division of Laboratories and 
Research of the New York State 
Department of Health; 2d ed. 
Baltimore, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939, p.610) 
Distribution tabulated. Published 
in Annual Reports of the Divi- 
sion. 
Milk, glycerol as preservative in 
outfits for submission of milk to 
be examined for hemolytic strep- 
tococci (Gilbert and Clark, M. 
E., Amer. J. Public Health, 1933, 
23, 720; Ann. Rep., 1931. 52, 62) 
VII 
o 
Outfits—Continued 
—, field kit for studies of stream 
pollution. Photograph (Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.71, 73) 
See also subdivision Outfits under 
names of diseases, e.g. Diph- 
theria—Outfits 
Oxidation-reduction potential; 
Of skin, determination (Torrance, 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 
339; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.34) 
— —, inflammatory lesions in 
guinea pigs induced by diph- 
theria toxin (Torrance, Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1940, 
45, 741) X 
guinea pigs on a scorbutigenic 
diet (Torrance, J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1939, 38, 240; Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.28) X 
Oxygen: 
Dissolved, colorimetric determina- 
tion in water and sewage (Gil- 
creas, J. Amer. Water Works 
Assoc., 1935, 27, 1166; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.65) VIII 
—, effect on corrosive action of 
ground waters of Long Island 
(Gilcreas, J. New England 
Water Works Assoc., 1937, 51, 
380; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.60) IX 
Oysters: 
Laboratory aspects of oyster pollu- 
tion (Wachter, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1925, 15, 1066; Ann. 
Rep., 1925. 46, 39) IV 
P 
Paramecium caudatum: 
Effect of diphtheria toxin on (Sick- 
les, G. M., and Shaw, J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 73; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.7) 
Parasites: 
Cheyletiella parasitivorax Megnin 
on rabbit (Ann. Rep., 1942, p.37) 
Demodex caprae in goats (Griffin 
and Dean, Cornell Vet., 1944, 34, 
308) XI 
Laboratory aids in the diagnosis of 
enteric diseases (Harris and SUBJECTS 
115 
Parasites—Continued 
Coleman, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1941, 41, 1444) X 
Pulmonary acariasis in the mon- 
key, Pneumonyssus griffithi 
Newst identified {Ann. Bey., 
1938, p.37; 1940, p.53) 
See also Helminths; Trichomonas 
vaginalis 
Paratyphoid fever: 
Agglutination test, macroscopic 
{Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 81) 
Agglutinins in specimens from 
typhoid fever (Gilbert and 
Groesbeck, J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1925, 10, 282; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1924, no. 1, 5) III, 1923-1925 
Diagnosis, plating media in isola- 
tion of incitants of enteric fevers; 
referee report for 1937 (Cole- 
man, Amer. J. Pub. Health 
{supp. Year Book), 1938, 28, 
111; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 2, 
19; Diagnostic procedures and 
reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.247) 
IX 
Laboratory service in epidemic 
among troops (Wadsworth, N. 
Y. State J. Med., 1917, 17, 506; 
Health News, 1917, p.239; Ann. 
Rep., 1916, 37, 115) I, 1914-1919 
See also Enteric diseases; Sal- 
monella paratyphi 
Paratyphoid-enteritidis group; 
See Salmonella 
Parrot fever: 
See Psittacosis 
Parrots: 
Culture of P. morganii isolated 
from (Coleman, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1931, 16, 396; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1930, no. 1, 4; Ann. Rep., 
1930, 51, 69) VI 
See also Psittacosis 
Pasteurella lepiseptica: 
Cultures resembling Past, lepisep- 
tica from rabbits under immuni- 
zation with pneumococci (Sick- 
les, G. M., and Shaw, Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.8) 
Pasteurella pseudotuberculosis: 
Microorganism resembling Past, 
pseudotuberculosis and Actino- 
bacillus lignieresi, identified as 
new species, Bact. enterocoli- 
ticum (Schleiestein and Cole- 
man, N. Y. State J. Med., 1939, 
39, 1749; Health News, 1940, 
p.22; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.45; 1940, 
p.50 ; 1941, p.60; 1943, p.56) X 
Pasteurization; 
See Milk—Pasteurization ; Phos- 
phatase test 
Patents: 
Comments on the trial of the suit 
against the Lederle Antitoxin 
Laboratories for violation of 
patents on scarlet fever toxin and 
antitoxin (Wadsworth, Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 48) 
Pathology: 
Agreements for approval of labora- 
tory service (Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research. Ap- 
proval of laboratories: agree- 
ments and methods serving as a 
basis for approval in pathology. 
Published by the Division ap- 
proximately annually with revi- 
sions. First issue, 1933) 
Approval of laboratories for surgi- 
cal pathology (Wadsworth and 
Gilbert, Amer. J. Pub. Health. 
1934, 24, 1035) VIII 
Classification of pathologic speci- 
mens by anatomic system {Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.95) 
Neoplastic diseases as a public 
health problem (Stewart, F, 
W., and Foote, Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.56) 
Reports on selected neoplastic and 
other pathologic specimens. Pub- 
lished in Annual Reports of the 
Division. 
Review of tissue specimens, discus- 
sion of sections studied by par- 
ticipants at Conference on En- 
teric Diseases (Schleifstein, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1943, no. 2, 60) 
Surgical, approval for pathologic 
examinations first issued 1933 116 
SUBJECTS 
Pathology— Continued 
(Gilbert, Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 
77) 
Surgical, conference first held at 
Albany, Nov. 1, 1940, and con- 
■ ducted by Fred W. Stewart. 
Photographs {Ann. Rep., 1940, 
p.39, 76, 77) 
—, conferences, F. W. Stewart, 
leader (Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Confer- 
ence on Surgical Pathology: 
summary of discussion, 1940- 
1944. Albany, Published by the 
Division, 1941-1945. 5v. mimeo- 
graphed. Published annually) 
—, services in central and approved 
laboratories (Stewart, F. W., 
and Foote, Ann. Rep., 1942, p.56; 
1943, p.57) 
Teaching, case-type collection of 
pathologic specimens (Stewart, 
F. W., and Foote, Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.57) 
Tissue changes in rabbits during 
immunization ( Schleipstein, 
Ann. Rep., 1943, p.70) 
See also Histology; Infection and 
immunity; Medicine; Tissue— 
Specimens; Tumors; and names 
of specific diseases, e.g. Diph- 
theria 
Penicillin: 
In treatment of infectious diseases 
(Wadsworth. Nelson new loose- 
leaf medicine, W. W. Herrick, 
ed.-in-chief. N. Y., Nelson, 1944, 
1, 30Y) 
Peptides: 
Formation of extracellular d{—)- 
glutamic acid polypeptide by B. 
subtilis (Bovarnick, M., J. Biol. 
Chem., 1942, 145, 415) X 
See also Amino acids 
Personnel management: 
Rules and regulations for the staff 
(Division op Laboratories and 
Research. Handbook of gen- 
eral information prepared for the 
staff of the Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Published 
by the Division, 1940. 22p. 
mimeographed) 
Personnel management—Continued 
See also Bacteriology—Education; 
Division of Laboratories and 
Research—Staff; Laboratories— 
Organization 
Pertussis: 
Vaccine, administration, directions 
enclosed with each preparation, 
currently revised (Division of 
Laboratories and Research. 
Laboratory manual for physi- 
cians; 8th ed. Published by the 
Division, 1944, p.84) 
—, preparation and distribution 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.487) 
See also Hemophilus pertussis 
Pervaporation: 
Perstillation and percrystallization 
(Kober, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 
1917, 39, 944; Health News, 1917, 
p.245) I, 1914-1919 
Phagocytosis: 
Action of bacterial culture prod- 
ucts on (Wadsworth and 
Hoppe, J. Immunol., 1921, 6, 
399; Assoc. Amer. Phvs. Trans., 
1921, 36, 399; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1921, 
no. 1, 12) II, 1920-1923 
type-1 pneumococcus culture 
broth on phagocytic action of 
type-1 pneumococcus serum 
(Wadsworth and Sickles, G. 
M., J. Immunol., 1927, 14, 321, 
329; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 49) IV 
See also Infection and immunity; 
Leucocytes 
Phenol: 
Effect on antigenic potency of puri- 
fied diphtheria toxoids (Sickles, 
G. R., J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 
33, 644) 
Phosphatase test: 
As indication of pasteurization 
(Gilcreas and Davis, Internat. 
Assoc. Milk Sanit. Ann. Proc., 
1936, 25, 15; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Dairv and Milk Inspectors. Ann. 
Rep'., 1936, 10, 73; J. Bact. {Soc. SUBJECTS 
117 
Phosphatase test—Continued 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 111; Health 
News, 1936, p.186; Ann. Rep., 
1936, p. 51) IX 
In examination of cream separated 
from pasteurized milk (Gilcreas, 
Ann. Rep., 1938, p.47; 1939, p. 
63) 
milk and cream; associate 
referee report for 1937 (Gil- 
creas, J. Assoc. Off. Agr. Chem., 
1938, 21, 82, 98, 372; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1939, no. 1, 2) IX 
Practical value for determination 
of pasteurization (Gilcreas and 
Davis, Internat. Assoc. Milk Deal- 
ers. Ann. Proc., 1937, 30, 34; N. 
Y. State Assoc. Dairy and Milk 
Inspectors. Ann. Rep., 1937, 11, 
83; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub/ 
Health Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 1, 
10) IX 
Precision in reading results (Gil- 
creas and Davis, J. Milk Tech., 
1940, 3, 14) X 
To determine pasteurization of milk 
and cream, field test; referee 
report for 1938 (Gilcreas, J. 
Assoc. Off. Agr. Chem., 1939, 22, 
497) ' X 
milk and cream, tenta- 
tive standard method, rapid lab- 
oratory test and field test; referee 
report for 1940 (Gilcreas, J. 
Assoc. Off. Agr. Chem., 1941, 24, 
76, 559) X 
Value as indicator of pasteurization 
(Gilcreas, Amer. J. Pub. Health. 
1939, 29, 158) IX 
See also Milk—Pasteurization 
Phosphatides: 
Cardiolipin, isolation and purifica- 
tion (Pangborn, J. Biol. Chem., 
1942, 143, 247; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1940, 39, 80; Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.15; 1940, p.12; 1941. 
p.16; 1942, p.18) X 
—, serologically active component 
from beef heart (Pangborn, 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1941, 48, 484; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1940, 39, 80) X 
Cephalin, antigenic activity in rela- 
tion to coagulative and comple- 
Phosphatides—Continued 
mentary properties of blood 
(Wadsworth, Maltaner, F., and 
Maltaner, E. J., J. Immunol., 
1936, 30, 417; lUd., {Soc. Proc.), 
1934, 26, 333, 339; Ann. Rep., 
1933, 54, 52; 1934, p.22; 1935, 
p.15) VIII 
—, of purified (Wadsworth, 
Maltaner, E. J., and Maltaner, 
F., J. Immunol., 1935, 28, 183; 
Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1934, 26, 332; 
Ann. Rep., 1934, p.20) VIII 
In horse serum, analysis of alcohol- 
ether and ether-extraction 
methods (Hyman and Nichols, 
J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 
110; Ann. Rep., 1936, p.17) 
, — of alcohol-ether extract 
(Hyman, J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 
71) IX 
— livers of nonimmunized and 
immunized horses (Wadsworth, 
Hyman, and Nichols, Amer. J. 
Path., 1935, 11, 419; Ann. Rep., 
1932, 53, 72; 1933, 54, 55) VIII 
— plasma of immunized horses 
(Wadsworth and Hyman, J. 
Immunol., 1938, 35, 55; Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.23; 1935, p.23) 
IX 
See also Cardiolipin; Cephalin; 
Lecithin; Lipids 
Phospholipids: 
See Phosphatides 
Phosphorus: 
Determination in blood plasma of 
normal chicks and those deficient 
in vitamin K (Maltaner, F., and 
Thompson, Arch. Biochem., 1943, 
2, 49) XI 
Distribution in serum during 
immunization with diphtheria 
toxin (Berthelsen and Mur- 
dick, J. Immunol., 1931, 21, 69; 
Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 83) VI 
Phthalate: 
Solutions as standards in hydrogen- 
ion work (Wood and Murdick, 
J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1922, 44, 
2008) 
Phthiocol: 
Spectroscopic study, ultraviolet ab- 
sorption spectrum curve ( Crowe, 118 
SUBJECTS 
Phthiocol—Continued 
J. Biol. Chem., 1936, 115, 479; 
Ann. Rep., 1936, p.19) VIII 
See also Spectroscopy 
Pigments: 
See Flavins; Phthiocol; Porphy- 
rins; Pterin-like pigments 
Pipes: 
See Water pipes 
Pipettes: 
Apparatus for precision calibra- 
tion of (Thompson, Ind. and 
Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 1942,14, 
268; Ihid., 1943, 15, 118; J. Bad. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 134; Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.26; 1943, p.20) X 
Attachment for precise transfer of 
dangerous fluids (Thompson, 
Ind. and Eng. Chem. Analyt. 
ed., 1942, 14, 73; Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.20) X 
‘ ‘ To contain, ’ ’ standardization 
(Wheeler, J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1919, 4, 498) I, 1914-1919 
Planaria maculata: 
Effect of diphtheria toxin on 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 73; 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.7) 
Tissue susceptibility to bacterial 
toxins (Shaw, J. Bad. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 338; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.10; 1940, p.9) 
Pneumococcus: 
Action of bile acids and fatty acids 
on (Kozlowski, J. Exp. Med., 
1925, 42, 453) IV 
Bacteriostatic action of sulfathi- 
azole inhibited (Miller, J. Bad., 
(Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 133; Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.48) 
Carbohydrates, absorption spectra 
(Wadsworth, Crowe, and 
Smith, J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 
481; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 48) 
VII 
—, anaphylactic shock, failure of 
antipneumococcus horse serum to 
sensitize guinea pigs (Brown, 
R. F., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1934, 31, 700) VII 
—, induced by specific carbo- 
hydrates of type-1 pneumococcus 
(Brown, R. F., Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Pneumococcus—Continued 
Biol, and Med., 1934, 31, 699) 
VII 
—, and protein fractions tested for 
precipitation with immune sera 
(Brown, R. F., Ann. Rep., 1933, 
54, 43) 
—, broth for production of (Robin- 
son, J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1940, 
40, 164) X 
—, concentration and purification 
by ultrafiltration (Brown, R. F., 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1936, 34, 832; Ann. Rep., 1936, 
p.Kl) 
—, decomposition by combined bac- 
terial species (Shaw, J. Bad. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 644) 
—, determination of acetyl group 
and removal of formic acid (Hy- 
man, Ann. Rep., 1937, p.18) 
—, purification, of additional types 
and strains (Brown, R. F., Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.24) 
—, soil microorganism, B. palustris, 
decomposes specific carbohydrate 
of type 8 (Sickles, G. M., and 
Shaw, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1935, 32, 857) VIII 
—, — microorganisms, B. palustris, 
Flavobacterium ferrugineum, 
Saccharobaderium ovale, Sac- 
char oh act erium acuminatum, de- 
compose specific carbohydrate 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bad., 1934, 28, 415; Ibid., (Soc. 
Proc.), 1934, 27, 106; Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.io) vm 
—, , decompose specific carbo- 
hydrate of types 2 and 3 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1933, 53, 38; J. Bad. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1933, 25, 99; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 43; 1932, 53, 56) 
VII 
—, that affect specific carbo- 
hydrates in study of relation- 
ships between types 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 
and 8 (Sickles, G. M., Ann. Rep., 
1937, p. 9 ; 1938, p.10; 1939, p.13; 
1940, p.9) 
—, — — that affect type-specific 
and nontype-specific pneumococ 
cus, type 1, carbohydrates 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, Proc. SUBJECTS 
119 
Pneumococcus—Continued 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1934, 
31, 443; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 39) 
VII 
Carbohydrates, soil microorgan- 
isms, two new strains which 
decompose specific carbohydrates 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 573) 
—, soluble specific substances of 
types 1, 3, and 8, hydrolysis as 
measured by complement fixation 
and specific antibody-nitrogen 
precipitation (Brown, R. F., 
and Robinson, J. Immunol., 1944, 
49, 235) XI 
—, type 8, action of soil micro- 
organism grown on type-3 poly- 
saccharide (Sickles, G. M., and 
Shaw, J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 
1939, 38, 241; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.13) X 
—, , production of an active 
enzyme by soil microorganism in 
the absence of pneumococcus, 
type-8, carbohydrate (Sickles, 
G. M., and Shaw, Ann. Rep., 
1943, p.12) 
—, types 1-32, action of soil micro- 
organisms on (Sickles, G. M., 
and Shaw, J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 219) IX 
—, — 3 and 8, specific antisera for 
enzymes that decompose (Sick- 
les, G. M., and Shaw, J. Bad. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 133; Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.12) 
Carriers, distribution of types of 
pneumococci in normal individ- 
uals and in patients having pneu- 
monia (SCHLEIFSTEIN, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1938, 38, 353; N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 1, 5; 
Health News, 1938, p.58; Ann 
Rep., 1937, p.49) IX 
— of type-2 pneumococcus in a 
camp (Harris and Ingraham, J. 
Clin. Invest., 1937, 16, 41; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1936, no. 1, 8; Ann. Rep., 
1936, p.54; 1939, p.34) IX 
Chemical and immunologic studies, 
cellular carbohydrate fractions 
(Wadsworth and Brown, R. F., 
Pneumococcus—Continued 
J. Immunol., 1933, 24, 349; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 44; 1932, 53, 58; 
1933, 54, 41) VII 
ether-soluble fraction 
of type 1 (Wadsworth and 
Brown, R. F., J. Immunol., 1931, 
21, 255; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 50; 
1930, 51, 54) VI 
— — , soluble specific sub- 
stances of types 1-32 (Brown, 
R. F., J. Immunol., 1939, 37, 445 ; 
Ann. Rep., 1939, p.14) X 
, specific antigenic car- 
bohydrate of type 1 (Wads- 
worth and Brown, R. F., J. Im- 
munol., 1931, 21, 245; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1931, no. 2, 3) VI 
—, specific carbohydrate 
of type 8 (Brown, R. F., Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1935, 
32, 859; Ann. Rep., 1935, p.10) 
VIII 
, ultrafiltration in prep- 
aration of polysaccharides 
(Wadsworth and Brown, R. F., 
J. Immunol., 1937, 32, 467; 
Brown, R. F., and Robinson, 
Ihid., 1938, 34, 61) IX 
— study of type 3 (Stull, J. Biol. 
Chem., 1929, 82, 641) V 
Comparison of typical and atypical 
pneumococci and nonhemolytic 
streptococci, maximum limits of 
growth and viability ( Sickles, 
G. M., J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1932, 
23, 86) 
Effect of immune serum with sul- 
fanilamide in type-3 infections 
in mice (Miller, J. Bad. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 36, 219) IX 
type-1 culture broth on pha- 
gocytic action of type-1 anti- 
serum (Wadsworth and Sickles, 
G. M., J. Immunol., 1927, 14, 321, 
329; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 49) IV 
broth on the protective 
action of type-1 antiserum 
(Sickles, G. M., J. Infect. Dis., 
1927, 40, 369) IV 
Endocarditis in horses undergoing 
immunization (Wadsworth, J. 
Med. Research. 1919, 39, 279) 
I, 1914-1919 120 
SUBJECTS 
Pneumococcus—Continued 
Endocarditis in rabbits undergo- 
ing immunization (Miller, J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1940, 40, 165; 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.7) 
Filtrates, toxicity (Harris, Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.ll) 
Prom horses undergoing pneumo- 
coccus immunization (Wads- 
worth and Sickles, G. M., J. 
Exp. Med., 1927, 45, 787; foot- 
note by Odell, p.790; Ann. Rep., 
1926, 47, 25) IV 
Growth and viability at elevated 
temperatures (Sickles, G. M., 
Ann. Rep., 1934, p.ll) 
—, broth for production of soluble 
specific substances (Robinson, 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1940, 40, 
164) ' X 
—, factors affecting, in fluid 
medium (Hendry and Robinson, 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.35) 
— in sulfonamide - inhibitor - free 
media (Miller, J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1942, 43, 774) X 
—, of type 3 at 41 °C. (Miller and 
Rutstein, J. Bact., 1941, 41, 627) 
Hemolysin in culture broth 
(Sickles, G. M., and Coffey, J. 
Infect. T)is., 1928, 43, 490; Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1928, 
25, 653) V 
Immunization, abnormalities in the 
clotting of blood of rabbits (Ann. 
Rep., 1939, p.ll) 
—, of horses against type 2 (Hen- 
dry, Ann. Rep., 1942, p.32) 
Optochin-fastness (Jungeblut, J. 
Infect. Bis., 1927, 41, 345; Ann. 
Rep., 1924, 45, 46) IV 
Reversion to type of atypical strain 
from horse under immunization 
(Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 74) 
Soluble specific substances of new 
types and subtypes (Brown, R. 
P., and Robinson, J. Immunol., 
1943, 47, 7; Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.22) XI 
— — —, precipitation and 
complement-fixation reactions 
(Brown, R. F., Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1934. 32, 481; 
Ann. Rep., 1934, p.12) VIII 
Pneumococcus—Continued 
— — —, rhythmic precipitation 
with antipneumococcus sera 
(Brown, R. P., Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1940, 45, 93 ; Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.ll) X 
— — —, type 1, attempt to im- 
prove yield by lysing culture 
with Duponol (Ann. Rep., 1941, 
P-22) 
Strains isolated from serum- 
treated fatal cases of pneumonia 
(Sickles, G. M., N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1937, no. 2, 31; Ibid., 1938, no. 2, 
30) 
Study of new and unclassified 
strains in relation to serum pro- 
duction (Sickles, G. M., Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.8) 
Sulfonamide-resistant strains (Mil- 
ler, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1941, no. 2, 
36) 
Susceptibility to sulfanilamide de- 
rivatives (Gordon, Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.10) 
Type differentiation, descriptions 
and specifications of outfits dis- 
tributed for submission of speci- 
mens (Wadsworth. Standard 
methods of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research of the 
New York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939, p.623) 
, in diagnosis and serum treat- 
ment of pneumonia (Kirkbride, 
Health News, 1917, p.242) 
, — sputum from patients with 
respiratory infections other than 
pneumonia (Ardelean, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1941, 41, 40; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1938, no. 1, 8; Health 
News, 1938, p.132, 152; Ann. 
Rep., 1938, p.35) X 
, instance of failure of mouse 
test (Gilbert and Davenport, J. 
Lab. and Clin. Med., 1927, 12, 
944; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1927, 
13, 25; Arch. Path. (Soc. Trans.), 
1927, 3, 539) IV SUBJECTS 
121 
Pneumococcus—Continued 
Type differentiation, laboratory 
service in New York State (Gil- 
bert, N. Y. State J. Med., 1936, 
36, 455) 
, methods (Kirkbride, Albany 
Med. Ann., 1916, 37, 158) 
I, 1914-1919 
, micro methods (Gilbert, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 2, 10) 
, production and standardiza- 
tion of rabbit diagnostic sera 
(Lyall and Odell, Amer. J. 
Ilyg. sec. B, 1939, 29, 103; 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 
276; N. Y. State Assoc, Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 1, 
5) IX 
, regulations for reporting on 
specimens (Health News, 1943, 
P-76) 
, use of detergent in solubility 
tests (Harris and McClure, J. 
Lab. and Clin. Med., 1942, 27, 
1591; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1940, no. 2, 
29; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.47) X 
Types, distribution in normal indi- 
viduals and in patients having 
pneumonia (Schleifstein, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1938, 38, 353; N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 1, 5; Health 
News, 1938, p.58; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.49) IX 
—, preservation of sputum for type 
differentiation (Harris and Var- 
ley, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1937, 
23, 164; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1937, 33, 112) IX 
—, relation to virulence for mice 
(Harris, J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 218; Ann. Rep., 1938, 
p.ll) IX 
Unclassified strains in relation to 
production of therapeutic sera 
(Sickles, G. M., Ann. Rep., 1941, 
P-9) 
Vaccination in mice and rabbits 
(Wadsworth, J. Immunol., 1920, 
5, 429) II, 1920-1923 
Virulence, changes in (Wadsworth 
and Kirkbride, J. Exp. Med., 
1918, 28, 791) I, 1914-1919 
Pneumococcus—Continued 
—, relation to type specificity 
(Harris, J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 218; Ann. Rep., 1938, 
p.ll) IX 
See also Antipnenmocoecus sera; 
Media; Pneumonia 
Pneumonia: 
Complement titers of blood sera 
from patients, by F. Maltaner, 
(Rutstein and Walker, J. Clin. 
Invest., 1942, 21, 343) 
Etiology, discussion by A. B. Wads- 
worth (Cole, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1919, 19, 259) 
Experimental, in dogs (Wads- 
worth, J. Med. Research, 1918, 
39, 147) I, 1914-1919 
—, — mice, action of immune 
serum with sulfanilamide in 
type-3 infections (Miller, J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 
219) IX 
—, , effect of sulfonamide in 
type-3 infections (Miller, J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1939, 37, 228) 
—, — rabbits (Kirkbride, J. Exp. 
Med., 1915, 21, 605) 
I, 1914-1919 
Immunization against pneumonia 
in New York State institutions 
(McCoy, Hasseltine, Wads- 
worth, and Kirkbride, J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1922, 79, 1128) 
Laboratory service in epidemics 
(Wadsworth, Health News, 
1918, p.333) 
Pneumococci from serum-treated 
fatal cases (Sickles, G. M., N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1937, no. 2, 31; Ihid., 1938, 
no. 2, 30) 
Protective activity of sera of per- 
sons associated with outbreaks 
(Harris and Ingraham, J. Clin. 
Invest., 1937, 16, 41; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1936, no. 1, 8; Ann. Rep., 1936. 
p.40; 1939, p.34) IX 
Report of the Committee on Pneu- 
monia (Wadsworth, Conf. State 
and Provincial Health Authori- 
ties of North America. Proc., 
1919, 34, 87) 122 
SUBJECTS 
Pneumonia—C ontinued 
Treatment, diagnosis and serum 
treatment (Kirkbride, Health 
News, 1917, p.242) 
—, review and report on sero- 
therapy of 445 cases of type-1 
infection (Wadsworth, Amer. J. 
Hyg., 1924, 4, 119; J. State Med., 
1924, 32, 582) III, 1923-1925 
—, serotherapy (Wadsworth, In- 
ternal Gongr. Microbiol., 3d, 
New York, 1939. Proc., 1940, 
p.653) 
—, —, advances in (Wadsworth, 
Assoc. Amer. Phys. Trans., 1932, 
47, 161; J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1932, 99, 204; Hid., 1932, 99, 71 
(abs. with discussion) ; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1932, no. 1, 5) VII 
—, — in New York State (Wads- 
worth, N. Y. State J. Med., 1925, 
25, 528) III, 1923-1925 
—, — of type 1 (Wadsworth, 
Seuchenbekdmpfung, 1930, 7, 22) 
V 
— with horse and rabbit antisera 
(Lyall, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1941, 31, 167) X 
See also Antipneumococcus sera; 
Pneumococcus 
Pneumonyssus griffithi Newst: 
Identified with pulmonary acaria- 
sis in the monkey (Schleifstein, 
Ann. Rep., 1938, p.37; 1940, 
P-53) 
Poliomyelitis: 
Carriers, search for, in an outbreak 
(McClure and Langmuir, Amer. 
J. Hyg., 1942, 35, 285; Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.56) X 
Distribution of human immune 
serum {Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 76; 
1932, 53, 89; 1933, 54, 76) 
Experimental study (Wadsworth, 
Albany Med. Ann., 1917, 38, 1) 
I, 1914-1919 
Flies, chickens, cats from premises 
of infection examined {Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 69) 
Stools, high incidence of infective 
stools (McClure, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1941, 26, 1906; Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.46) X 
Poliomyelitis—Continued 
—, method for determining pres- 
ence of virus in (McClure, 
Science, 1941, 93, 118) X 
—, wetting agent used in preparing 
stools for monkey inoculation 
(McClure, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1941, 41, 268; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
p.46) X 
Studies to determine whether rab- 
bits might be substituted in part 
for monkeys in experimental 
poliomyelitis (Torrance, Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 69; 1934, p.39; 
1935, p.40) 
Study of sensory ganglia in Macaco, 
mulatta after gastro-intestinal 
administration of poliomyelitis 
virus (McClure, Amer. J. Path., 
1943, 19, 655; Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.47) XI 
Syndrome in rhesus monkey after 
inoculation of stool from cases 
and contacts (McClure, Science, 
1941, 94, 307, 386; Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.56) X 
Polysaccharides: 
See Carbohydrates; Pneumococcus 
—Carbohydrates; Sugars 
Porphyrins: 
Fluorescence of pigment elaborated 
by C. diphtheriae (Crowe, Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1937, 
37, 215) IX 
In diphtheria cultures (Wheeler, 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1940, 40, 
163; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.13) X 
Spectrophotometric study, absorp- 
tion spectra and fluorescence of 
synthetic products in toxigenic 
and nontoxigenie diphtheria cul- 
tures (Wadsworth and Crowe, 
J. Infect. Dis., 1943, 73, 106; 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.14) XI 
— —, of toxins and porphyrins 
produced by diphtheria bacillus 
(Wheeler and Crowe, J. Bact., 
1936, 31, 519; Ihid., {Soc. Proc.), 
1936, 31, 73; Ann. Rep., 1935, 
p.17, is) vm 
and porphyrins in diph- 
theria culture filtrates (Wads- 
worth, Crowe, and Smith, Brit. SUBJECTS 
123 
Porphyrins—Continued 
J. Exp. Path., 1935,16, 201; Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.17) VIII 
See also Spectroscopy 
Precipitation tests: 
Antimeningococcus serum, antibac- 
terial and antitoxic (Kirkbride 
and Cohen, J. Immunol., 1937, 
33, 375; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.31) 
IX 
— —, serologic and immunologic 
studies of meningococcus strains 
associated with growth of cul- 
tures on immune-serum-agar 
plates (Kirkbride and Cohen, 
Amer. J. Hyg., 1934, 20, 444; J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1934, 27, 85) 
VIII 
Antipneumococcus sera, type 1, 
standardization (Brown, R. F., 
J. Immunol., 1933, 25, 149; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 45; 1932, 53, 61; 
1933, 54, 43, 74) VII 
Streptococci, hemolytic, group pre- 
cipitation test for identification; 
referee report for 1937 (Coffey, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health (supp. 
Year Book), 1938, 28, 104) IX 
Syphilis, serodiagnosis, eardiolipin 
in macro- and micro-tests 
(Brown, R. F., J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1945, 49, 199) XI 
—, —, inhibition phenomenon 
(Brown, R. F., J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1943, 28, 1758; J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1943, 45, 522) XI 
—, —, new antigen (Wadsworth 
and Brown, R. F., J. Immunol., 
1936, 31, 155; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1936, 31, 72; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.ll) VIII 
—, —, optimum proportions of car- 
diolipin, lecithin, and cholesterol 
in antigen (Brown, R. F., J. 
Immunol. In press; J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1944, 47, 581) XI 
—, —, preliminary procedures 
(Brown, R. F., J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 35, 337; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.12) 
—, —, — —, oversensitive, com- 
parison with other tests at Wash- 
ington Serology Conference 
(Brown, R. F., Vener. His. Inf., 
Precipitation tests—Continued 
1942, 23, 161; Ann. Rep., 1941, p. 
15; 1943, p.48) 
—, —, to select sera for com- 
plete test (Gilbert, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1936, no. 2, 24; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-44) 
—, —, series of 252 sera (Gilbert, 
Langworthy, and Moore, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1926, no. 2, 6) 
—, —, with comparison of Albany, 
Copenhagen, and Montevideo 
series (Wadsworth. Hommage a 
la memoire du Professeur Jean 
Cantacuzene. Paris, Masson, 
1934, 2, 789) VII 
—, standardization of serologic 
tests; associate referee report for 
1937 (Maltaner, E. J., Amer. 
J. Pul). Health (supp. Year 
Book), 1938, 28, 114) IX 
—, tests; referee reports 
for 1928 and 1929 (Gilbert, 
Amer. J. Syph., 1930, 14, 506; 
Amer. J. Pul). Health, 1930, 20, 
47 (abs.) ; Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 
44; 1929, 50, 56; 1930, 51, 63; 
Gilbert and Schaible, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1929, 19, 210; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1928, no. 2, 10) VI 
—, tests; referee reports 
for 1934, 1935, 1936, and 1937 
(Gilbert, Amer. J. Pub. Health 
(supp. Year Book), 1935, 25, 
152; Ibid., (supp. Year Book), 
1936, 26, 185; Ibid., (supp. Year 
Book), 1937, 27, 139; Ibid., 
(supp. Year Book), 1938, 28, 
112; Gilbert and Maltaner, E. 
J. Diagnostic procedures and 
reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.321) 
VIII, IX, XI 
Bee also Flocculation tests; Precip- 
itative activity 
Precipitative activity: 
Antimeningococcus serum from 
horses and rabbits (Sickles, G. 
M., and Rice, J. Immunol., 1938, 
34. 221) IX 124 
SUBJECTS 
Precipitative activity—Continued 
Antimeningococcus serum, titer of 
antibacterial and antifiltrate 
horse sera (Sickles, G. M., and 
Rice, J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 427; 
Ann. Rep., 1937, p.8) IX 
, univalent and multi- 
valent horse sera (Kirkbride and 
Cohen, Amer. J. Hyg., 1937, 26, 
382; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1937, 
33, 643; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.32) 
IX 
Antipneumococcus sera from horses 
and rabbits (Sickles, G. M., and 
Rice, J. Immunol., 1938, 34, 235) 
IX 
rabbits, maximally reactive 
proportions of antigens and anti- 
serum in precipitation and com- 
plement fixation (Rice, J. Im- 
munol., 1943, 46, 427; Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.10; 1943, p.10) XI 
Pregnancy: 
See Puerperal infection 
Preservatives: 
Cresol for antitoxins, sera, and vac- 
cines, toxicity tests (Nevin and 
Mann, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1917, 
39, 2752; Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 
279) 
Effect on stability of stored dried 
antimeningococcus serum 
(Cohen, Ann. Rep., 1940, p.34; 
1941, p.44) 
For use in antipneumococcus horse 
sera (Ann. Rep., 1940, p.31) 
Formaldehyde, action on diph- 
theria toxin (Wadsworth, Quig- 
ley, and Sickles, G. R., J. Infect. 
Dis., 1937, 61, 237; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1935, 29, 44; Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.16) IX 
—, toxin (Wheeler, Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.13) 
—, reactivity with amino acids 
under conditions used for prep- 
aration of diphtheria toxoid 
(Wadsworth and Pangborn, J. 
Biol. Chem., 1936, 116, 423 ; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.23) VIII 
Glycerol for preservation of anti- 
sheep amboceptor (Langworthy 
and Wemple, J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1925, 10, 864) IV 
Preservatives—Continued 
feces for bacteriologie 
examination (Gilbert, Coleman, 
and Zimmer, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1926, 16, 743; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1926, no. 1,1) IV 
—, in outfits for submission of milk 
specimens to be examined for 
hemolytic streptococci (Gilbert 
and Clark, M. E., Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1933, 23, 720; Ann. Bep., 
1931, 52, 62) VII 
‘Merthiolate,’ effect on antigenic 
potency of purified diphtheria 
toxoids (Sickles, G. R., J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 644) 
—, for study of inhibitory action 
in sterility tests of biologic 
products (Murdick, Ann. Rep., 
1932, 53, 91) 
Phenol, effect on antigenic potency 
of purified diphtheria toxoids 
(Sickles, G. R., J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 644) 
Sodium hypochlorite for preserva- 
tion of milk (Davis, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1930, 20, 308) 
See also Names of specific preserva- 
tives, e.g. Glycerol 
Protection tests: 
Antimeningococcus serum, titer of 
univalent and multivalent horse 
sera (Kirkbride and Cohen, 
Amer. J. Hyg., 1937, 26, 382; 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1937, 33, 
643; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.32) IX 
In rabbits for titration of antistrep- 
tococcus serum (Quigley, Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 47) 
Titer of meningococcus antibac- 
terial and antitoxic sera (Kirk- 
bride and Cohen, J. Immunol., 
1937, 33, 375; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.31) IX 
Proteins: 
Amino acid inhibition of copper 
protein ate formation in sera 
(Quigley and Muraschi, J. Biol. 
Chem., 1945,158, 463) XI 
Flocculation reaction time during 
immunization and quantitative 
and qualitative changes of pro- 
teins (Berthelsen, J. Immunol.. 125 
SUBJECTS 
Proteins—Continued 
1931, 21, 43; Ann. Rep., 1929, 
50, 76; 1930, 51, 83) VI 
Pneumococcus carbohydrate and 
protein fractions tested for pre- 
cipitation with immune sera 
(Brown, R. F., Ann. Rep., 1933, 
54, 43) 
See also Amino acids; and names 
of specific proteins, e.g. Globu- 
lin 
Proteus morganii: 
Isolated from parrot (Coleman, J. 
Lah. and Clin. Med., 1931, 16, 
396; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1930, no. 1, 
4; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 69) VI 
Proteus X 19: 
Agglutination in specimens sub- 
mitted for other serologic tests 
(Gilbert and Coleman, J. Bad. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1935, 29, 46; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1934, no. 2, 24; Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 59; 1932, 53, 100; 1933, 
54, 81; 1934, p.49) 
— with sera from patients with 
Rocky Mountain spotted fever 
(Maillard and Hazen, Amer. J. 
Pul. Health, 1935, 25, 1015; 
Health News, 1939, p.6; Ann. 
Rep., 1926, 47, 38; 1932, 53, 110; 
1933, 54, 90; 1934, p.56) VIII 
— — — — patients with Rocky 
Mountain spotted fever; second 
report (Maillard and Hazen, N. 
Y. State J. Med., 1944, 44, 73) 
XI 
Atypical Weil-Felix reaction (Gil- 
bert and Coleman, J. Infect. 
Bis., 1925, 37, 559; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1925, no. 1, 4) IV 
See also Rocky Mountain spotted 
fever; Typhus fever 
Protozoa: 
Laboratory aids in the diagnosis of 
enteric diseases (Harris and 
Coleman, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1941, 41, 1444) X 
Review of specimens studied by 
participants in Conference on 
Enteric Diseases (Harris, N. Y. 
Protozoa—Continued 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs, 
Proc., 1943, no. 2, 58) 
See also Endamoeha histolytica; 
Paramecium caudatum; Tricho- 
monas vaginalis 
Psittacosis: 
Histologic study of parrot (Gil- 
bert, Ann. Rep., 1935, p.57) 
In birds in New York State (Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.49) 
Salmonella typhi-murium could 
not be isolated from blood, feces, 
urine, and sputum of patients 
or organs of parrots (Gilbert, 
Ann. Rep., 1930, 41, 69; 1935, 
p.57) 
Pterin-like pigments: 
Spectrophotometrie study, absorp- 
tion spectra and fluorescence of 
synthetic products in toxigenic 
and nontoxigenic diphtheria 
cultures (Wadsworth and 
Crowe, J. Infect. Bis., 1943, 73, 
106 ; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.14) XI 
Synthesized by C. diphtheriae and 
isolated by chromatographic 
analysis (Crowe and Walker, 
J. Opt. Soc. Amer., 1944, 34, 135; 
Ann. Rep., 1943, p.26) XI 
Public health: 
Approval of laboratories and state 
aid (Wadsworth, N. Y. State 
Dept. Health. Quart., 1924, 1, 
118) 111,1923-1925 
Cooperation between a central 
state laboratory and municipal 
and county laboratories (Wads- 
worth, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1921, 77, 512) II, 1920-1923 
the central state laboratory 
and the local laboratories (Wads- 
worth, N. Y. State J. Med., 1921, 
21, 386) 
Development of laboratory service 
in State (Wadsworth, N. Y. 
State Dept. Health. Quart., 1924, 
1, 12; Vener. Bis. Inf. supp. 9, 
1939, p.132) III, 1923-1925, IX 
Health center, proposed legislation 
(Wadsworth, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1920, 20, 165) 
History of the public health labora- 
tory (Biggs and Wadsworth, 126 
SUBJECTS 
Public health—Continued 
Nelson loose-leaf medicine, W. 
W. Herrick, ed.-in-chief. N. Y., 
Nelson, 1920, 7, 135; Ihid., 
1928, 2, 151; Wadsworth, Ihid., 
1941, 7, 547) X 
Instruction (Hamilton, Health 
News, 1917, p.248) 
Laboratory service in New York 
State (Lawrence, Health News, 
1917, p.249; Wadsworth, Med. 
Rec. N. Y., 1915, 88, 125; Modern 
Med., 1920, 2, 54; Health News, 
1914, p.400; Ihid., 1915, p.211) 
(Wadsworth, N. 
Y. State Commission to Formu- 
late a Long Range Health Pro- 
gram. Special Report. Legis- 
lative Document, 1941, no. 64, 
61; Health News, 1941, p.93) 
with reports from 
local laboratories and map show- 
ing service in the State (Wads- 
worth, Health News, 1916, 
p.159) 
New state laboratory (Wadsworth, 
Health News, 1919, p.306) 
Relation of state health depart- 
ments to health insurance and 
industrial hygiene (Wadsworth, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1920, 10, 
53; N. Y. State J. Med., 1920, 20, 
21) II, 1920-1923 
Report of the work of the Division 
of Laboratories and Research, 
1914-1923 {Health News, 1914, 
p.92; Ihid., 1915, p.211; Ihid., 
1916, p.152; Ihid., 1917, p.19; 
240; Ihid., 1918, p.10; Ihid., 
1919, p.5; Ihid., 1920, p.ll; Ihid., 
1921, p.38; Ihid., 1922, p.45; 
Ihid., 1923, p.33) 
State-wide inventory of approved 
laboratory services, mobile lab- 
oratory units (Wadsworth, N. 
Y. State Commission to Formu- 
late a Long Range Health Pro- 
gram. Interim Report. Legisla- 
tive Document, 1941, no. 83, 73) 
See also Insurance—Health; Medi- 
cine 
Puerperal infection: 
Experimental studies, effect of 
pregnancy on hemolytic and ag- 
glutinative activity of blood 
Puerperal infection—Continued 
serum (Torrance, J. Immunol., 
1934, 27, 531) VIII 
in mice and rabbits, effect of 
pregnancy on vitamin-A reserves 
in liver of rabbits (Torrance, 
Amer. J. Ohst. and Gynec., 1934, 
27, 868; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 1, 
7; Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 48; 1932, 
53, 71) vn 
and rabbits, suscepti- 
bility to streptococcus infection 
(Torrance, Amer. J. Ohst. and 
Gynec., 1934, 27, 863; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1933, no, 1, 7; Ann. Rep., 1931, 
52, 48; 1932, 53, 71) VII 
, variation in susceptibility of 
skin to streptococcus toxin dur- 
ing pregnancy (Torrance, Amer. 
J. Ohst. and Gynec., 1935, 29, 
434) vm 
Purpura haemorrhagica: 
Nephrolithiasis and streptococcus 
infection (Wadsworth, J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1918, 71, 2052) 
I, 1914-1919 
Pyrex glass: 
See Glass—Pyrex 
Rabbits: 
Ckeyletiella parasitivorax Megnin 
in dermal infection (Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.37) 
Coccidiosis, treatment with sulfon- 
amide drugs (Brose, Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.40) 
Cultures resembling Past, lepisep- 
tica from rabbits under immuni- 
zation with pneumococci (Sick- 
les, G. M., and Shaw, Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.8) 
Endocarditis during intravenous 
immunization with pneumococci 
(Miller, J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1940, 40, 165; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
P-7) X 
Immunization, abnormalities in the 
clotting of blood during pro- 
longed immunization with the 
pneumococcus (Ann. Rep., 1939, 
P.H) 
R SUBJECTS 
127 
Rabbits—Continued 
Immunization, for production of 
antipneumococcus serum (Sic- 
kles, G. M., Ann. Rep., 1938, p.8; 
1939, p.10; 1940, p.7; 1941, p.9; 
1942, p.8) 
—, staphylococcus cultures obtained 
at autopsy from rabbits under 
immunization with pneumococci 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.10) 
Inoculation, methods for produc- 
tion of antisheep hemolysin 
(Preston, Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, 
v.3, 286) 
Neoplasms, occurrence of intra- 
cranial teratoma in (Schleif- 
stein, Ann. Rep., 1938, p.35) 
—, spontaneous tumors in (Sch- 
leifstein, Ann. Rep., 1940, p.52; 
1941, p.64) 
Pneumonia, experimental, effect of 
sensitization on the development 
of lesions (Kirkbride, J. Exp. 
Med., 1915, 21, 605) 
I, 1914-1919 
Spontaneous tuberculosis (Schleif- 
stein, Ann. Rep., 1943, p.70) 
Tissue changes during immuniza- 
tion for production of antiper- 
tussis serum (Schleifstein, Arm. 
Rep., 1943, p.70) 
Titration of antistreptococcus 
serum in (Quigley, Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 47) 
Rabies: 
Effect of wetting agents on rabies 
virus (McClure, J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1942, 43, 409; Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.57) X 
In horse, report of a case (Mail- 
lard, Ann. Rep., 1942, p.67) 
Outfits, container for submission of 
dogs’ heads (Health News, 1940, 
p.159) 
—, directions for submitting speci- 
mens for laboratory examination 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Laboratory manual 
for physicians; 8th ed. Published 
by the Division, 1944, p.51; 
Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
Rabies—C ontinued 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939, p.205, 606; Health 
News, 1938, p.184) 
Rapid method for demonstrating 
Negri bodies in tissue sections 
( Schleifstein, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1937, 27, 1283; Health 
News, 1938, p.16; Ann. Rep., 
1930, 51, 71) IX 
Treatment and laboratory diag- 
nostic service (Wadsworth, 
Health News, 1914, p.416) 
Vaccine, administration, directions 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Laboratory manual 
for physicians; 8th ed. Published 
by the Division, 1944, p.54) 
With incubation period of three 
months (Health News, 1944, 
P-89) 
See also Negri bodies 
Rat-bite fever: 
Data concerning case in New York 
State (Schleifstein, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1935, no. 2, 37; Ann. Rep., 1935, 
P-55) 
Referee reports: 
See Dysentery—Bacillary; Phos- 
phatase test; Precipitation tests; 
Streptococcus; Syphilis -— Sero- 
diagnosis 
Resazurin test: 
Pyrex suspensions as color stand- 
ards (Hallinan, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1943, 33, 137; Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.74) XI 
Research: 
Published papers of the staff (Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Studies from the Divi- 
sion : collected reprints, 1914- 
1944, v. I—XI. Albany, Pub- 
lished by the Division, 1914- 
1945) 
Restaurants: 
Sanitation, agreements and meth- 
ods for approval of laboratory 
service in examination of eating, 
drinking, and cooking utensils 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Approval of labora- 
tories : agreements and methods 128 
SUBJECTS 
Restaurants—Continued 
serving as a basis for the evalua- 
tion of cleanliness of eating, 
drinking, and cooking utensils. 
Published by the Division ap- 
proximately annually, with revi- 
sions. First issue, 1940) 
Sanitation, cleansing and disinfec- 
tion of eating utensils, with evalu- 
ation of detergents (Gilcreas 
and O’Brien,. Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1941, 31, 143; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1939, no. 2, 26) X 
Reticulo-endothelial system: 
Role in immunity. 1. Production 
of diphtheria antitoxin.—2. Com- 
plement titer after blockade.— 
3. Anaphylaxis in blocked ani- 
mals.—4. Action of diphtheria 
toxin (Jungeblut and Berlot, 
J. Exp. Med., 1926, 43, 613, 797; 
Ibid., 1926, 44, 129; Ibid., 1927, 
46, 609; Ann. Rep., 1925, 46, 35; 
1927, 48, 74) IV 
Retina: 
Tumors, neuroepithelioma ( Sch- 
leifstein, Arch. Path. {Soc. 
Trans.), 1934, 18, 135) 
Rickettsia: 
See Rocky Mountain spotted fever; 
Typhus fever 
Rocky Mountain spotted fever: 
Agglutination with Proteus X 19 in 
specimens submitted for other 
tests (Gilbert and Coleman, J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1935, 29, 46; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1934, no. 2, 24; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 59; 1932, 53, 100; 
1933, 54, 81; 1934, p.49) 
Pour cases on Long Island {Health 
News, 1935, p.35) 
In New York State outside of New 
York City (Maillard and Hazen, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1935, 25, 
1015; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1942, 
43, 409; Health News, 1939, p.6; 
Ann. Rep., 1926, 47, 38; 1932, 
53, 110; 1933, 54, 90; 1934, p.56) 
VIII, X 
outside of New York 
City; second report (Maillard 
and Hazen, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1944, 44, 73) XI 
Rocky Mountain spotted fever— 
Continued 
Report of 8 cases on Long Island 
{Health News, 1939, p.213) 
Two probable cases on Long Island 
{Health News, 1933, p.53) 
See also Proteus X19; Typhus 
fever 
Saccharobacterium acuminatum: 
Action on carbohydrates of pneu- 
mococci in study of relationships 
between types 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 8 
(Sickles, G. M., Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.9; 1938, p.10; 1939, p.13; 1940, 
P-9) 
pneumococci, types 1-32 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 219) 
IX 
pneumococcus, type 1 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bact., 1934, 28, 415; Ibid., (Soc. 
Proc.), 1934, 27, 106; Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1935, 32, 
857; Ann. Rep., 1934, p.10) VIII 
specific carbohydrates of the 
pneumococcus (Sickles, G. M., 
and Shaw, Ann. Rep., 1935, p.9; 
1936, p.9) 
Saccharobacterium ovale: 
Action on carbohydrates of pneu- 
mococci in study of relationships 
between types 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 
8 (Sickles, G. M., Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.9; 1938, p.10; 1939, p.13; 
1940, p.9) 
pneumococci, types 1-32 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 219) 
IX 
pneumococcus, type 2 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bad., 1934, 28, 415; Ibid., {Soc. 
Proc.), 1934, 27, 106; Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1935, 32, 
857; Ann. Rep., 1934, p.10) VIII 
— — group carbohydrate of he- 
molytic streptococci, group A 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.9) 
S SUBJECTS 
129 
Saccharobacterium ovale—Continued 
Action on specific carbohydrates 
of the pneumococcus (Sickles, 
G. M., and Shaw, Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.9; 1936, p.9) 
Salivary glands: 
Muco-epidermoid tumors (Foote, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1944, no. 2, 55) XI 
Salmonella: 
Identification by Kauffmann-White 
Scheme {Ann. Rep., 1940, p.45; 
1941, p.59; 1942, p.53) 
— in outbreak of gastroenteritis, 
discussion by M. B. Coleman 
(Coughlin, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1944, 44, 723) 
— of paratyphoid-enteritidis group 
(Coleman, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1940, 
no. 2, 26) 
Media, bismuth sulfite plating 
medium prepared with purified 
agar (Wheeler and Coleman, 
J. Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1943, 45, 
521) XI 
See also Bacterium typhosum; En- 
teric diseases; Food—Poisoning 
Salmonella paratyphi; 
Agglutination, effect of bile on ag- 
glutination reaction ( Gilbert 
and Coleman, J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1930, 15, 493; Diagnostic 
procedures and reagents; 2d ed. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.247) V 
Carriers, detection of (Gilbert, 
Stewart, F. C., and Owen, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1925, 15, 
883) IV 
Diagnosis, isolation from clotted 
blood (Gilbert, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1923,13, 201; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1922, no. 2, 6; Diagnostic pro- 
cedures and reagents; 2d ed. N. 
Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.247) II, 1920-1923 
Identification, methods for serologic 
and bacteriologic diagnosis of 
enteric disease; referee reports 
for 1934, 1935, and 1937 (Cole- 
man, Amer. J. Pub. Health 
{supp. Year Book), 1935, 25, 
Salmonella paratyphi—Continued 
147; Ibid., {supp. Year Book)* 
1936, 26, 144; Ibid., {supp. Year 
Book), 1938, 28, 111; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1937, no. 2, 19; Diagnostic pro- 
cedures and reagents; 2d ed. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.247) VIII, IX 
Media, brilliant-green enrichment 
for (Gilbert and Coleman, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1929, 44, 21; Amer. 
Med. Assoc. Sec. on Prev. and 
Ind. Med. and Pub. Health. 
Trans., 1928, p.195; Diagnostic 
procedures and reagents; 2d ed. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.247) V 
Nomenclature and identification by 
agglutination in multivalent sera 
(Coleman, N._ Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1937, 
no. 2, 30) 
See also Enteric diseases; Paraty- 
phoid fever 
Salvarsan: 
See Arsphenamine 
Sanarelli phenomenon: 
See Skin—Reactions 
Sanitation: 
See Bathing areas; Industrial hy- 
giene ; Restaurants—Sanitation 
Sarcoma: 
Carcinosarcoma of the breast 
( Schleifstein, Arch. Path. (Soc. 
Trans.), 1934, 17, 719) 
Stomach (Schleifstein, Arch. 
Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1933, 16, 
593) 
Scarlet fever: 
Toxin and antitoxin, trial of the 
suit against the Lederle Anti- 
toxin Laboratories for violation 
of patents (Wadsworth, Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 48) 
See also Streptococcus—Hemolytic; 
Streptococcus—Infections 
Schick test: 
See Diphtheria—Schick test 
Selective Service: 
See National defense—Military and 
Naval services 
Septic sore throat: 
See Streptococcus — Hemolytic; 
Streptococcus—Infections 130 
SUBJECTS 
Sera: 
. Activities of the antitoxin, serum, 
and vaccine laboratories. Pub- 
lished in Annual Reports of the 
Division. 
Calf, agglutinative and hemolytic 
action on sheep cells (Maltaner, 
F., and Johnston, J. Immunol., 
1921, 6, 271) II, 1920-1923 
Distribution and use of therapeutic 
and prophylactic preparations 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Laboratory manual 
for physicians; 8th ed. Published 
by the Division, 1944, p.15) 
—, tabulated. Published in Annual 
Reports of the Division. 
Horse, analysis of alcohol-ether and 
ether-extraction methods for de- 
termination of lipids (Hyman 
and Nichols, J. Pact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 110; Ann. Rep., 
1936, p.17) 
—, alcohol-ether extract of 
(Hyman, J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 
71) IX 
—, phospholipids and cholesterol 
in plasma of immunized horses 
(Wadsworth and Hyman, J. Im- 
munol., 1938, 35, 55; Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.23; 1935, p.23) IX 
Immune, for diagnostic purposes, 
production and standardization 
(Ann. Rep., 1926, 47, 40) 
Preparation of univalent precipi- 
tating rabbit sera for the identi- 
fication of blood meals of mos- 
quitoes (Robinson, Ann. Rep., 
1927, 48, 71) 
Reactions following prophylactic 
injection of tetanus antitoxin 
(Lyall and Murdick, N. Y. State 
J. Med., 1938, 38, 882; Health 
News, 1937, p.177; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.39) IX 
—, precautions against (Health 
News, 1942, p.47) 
Sensitivity, skin reactions in ani- 
mals sensitized to horse serum 
(Lyall and Murdick, Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 82; 1932, 53, 82; 1933, 
54, 67) 
Therapeutic, production and prep- 
aration (Wadsworth. Standard 
methods of the Division of Lab- 
Sera—Continued 
oratories and Research of the 
New York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939. 681p. 
First edition, 1927) 
See also Diagnostic sera and names 
of specific sera, e.g. Antipneu- 
mococcus sera 
Serodiagnosis: 
Complement-fixation reaction with 
bacterial antigens (Wadsworth. 
Jordan, E. 0., and Falk, I. S. 
The newer knowledge of bac- 
teriology and immunology. Chi- 
cago, University of Chicago 
Press, 1928, p.831) V 
Laboratory procedures of the Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Re- 
search (Wadsworth. Standard 
methods of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research of the 
New York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939. 681p. 
First edition, 1927) 
See also Agglutination tests; Com- 
plement fixation; Complement- 
fixation tests; Flocculation tests; 
Precipitation tests; and subdivi- 
sions Agglutination tests and 
Serodiagnosis under names of 
specific diseases, e.g. Typhoid 
fever — Agglutination tests; 
Syphilis—Serodiagnosis 
Serotherapy: 
Antitoxic and antibacterial sera in 
treatment of infection (AVads- 
worth, Internat. Congr. Micro- 
biol., 2d, London, 1936. Proc., 
1937, p.510) IX 
Meningococcus infections, resist- 
ance of meningococcus to sul- 
fonamides in vitro (Miller, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1942, no. 1, 7; Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.47) 
Practical problems in serotherapy 
of bacterial infections (AVads- 
worth, Ann. Int. Med., 1937, 
11, 791) IX 
Recent advances in pneumonia, 
meningitis, and streptococcus in- 
fections (AVadsworth, Assoc. SUBJECTS 
131 
Serotherapy—Continued 
Amer. Phys. Trans., 1932, 47, 
161; J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 1932, 
99, 204; Ibid., 1932, 99, 71 (abs. 
with discussion) ; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1932, no. 1, 5) VII 
Results of recent investigation in 
relation to serotherapy of men- 
ingococcus meningitis (Wads- 
worth, Amer. J. Hyg., 1931, 
14, 630) VI 
Standardization of sera and sero- 
logic tests, editorial on Second 
International Conference of the 
Health Committee, League of 
Nations, Paris, 1922 (Wads- 
worth, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1923, 13, 388) 
Vaccine and serum therapy (Wads- 
worth. Nelson loose-leaf medi- 
cine, W. W. Herrick, ed.-in-chief. 
N. Y., Nelson, 1931, 1, 49; Ibid., 
1941, 1, 49) 
See also Anaphylaxis; Vaccine and 
serum therapy; and names of 
specific sera, e.g. Antipneumo- 
coccus sera; also subdivision 
Treatment under specific dis- 
eases, e.g. Pneumonia—Treat- 
ment 
Services: 
See Division of Laboratories and 
Research—Services 
Sewage: 
Examination, colorimetric determi- 
nation of dissolved oxygen (Gil- 
creas, J. Amer. Water Works 
Assoc., 1935, 27, 1166; Ann. Reg., 
1935, p.65) VIII 
—, determination of dissolved oxy- 
gen (Milford and Stafford, 
Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 301) 
—, methods used in the laboratories 
for sanitary and analytical chem- 
istry (Wadsworth. Standard 
methods of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research of the 
New York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939, p.348) 
Treatment, growth of snails in sew- 
age filters (Gilcreas, Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.59) 
Sewage—Continued 
—, laboratory control of (Gilcreas, 
Munic. Sanit., 1936, 7, 235, 278, 
314, 353, 393; Ibid., 1937, 8, 108, 
145, 188, 225, 279) 
—, oxidation by a trickling filtfer 
(Gilcreas and Sanderson, Sew- 
age Works J., 1940, 12, 73; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.45) X 
See also Stream pollution; Water 
Sheep: 
Immunization, use of tapioca and 
manganese in production of diph- 
theria antitoxin {Ann. Rep., 
1929, 50, 74) 
Shigella dysenteriae: 
See Bacterium dysenteriae 
Shigella sonnei: 
See Bacterium dysenteriae (Sonne) 
Shwartzman phenomenon: 
See Skin—Reactions 
Silver nitrate: 
Solution, effect of storage in bees- 
wax and paraffin ampoules (Ann. 
Rep., 1929, 50, 72) 
Skin: 
Chemistry, ascorbic acid in dermal 
lesions induced in guinea pigs, 
rabbits, and rats by diphtheria 
toxin (Torrance, J. Infect. Dis., 
1940, 67, 53; Amer. J. Path. (Sci. 
Proc.), 1938, 14, 632; Ann. Rep., 
1938, p.23; 1939, p.28) X 
—, method of determining ascorbic 
acid (Torrance, Science, 1938, 
87, 332 ; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.34) 
IX 
Oxidation-reduction potential, de- 
termination (Torrance, J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 339; Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.34) 
in skin of guinea pigs on a 
scorbutigenic diet (Torrance, J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1939, 38, 240; 
Ann. Rep., 1939, p.28) X 
of lesions in guinea pigs in- 
duced by diphtheria toxin (Tor- 
rance, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1940, 45, 741) X 
Reactions, following intraeutaneous 
inoculation of meningococcus 
toxin (Sickles, G. M., J. Im- 
munol., 1931, 20, 169; Ann. Rep., 
1930, 51, 53; 1934, p.7) VI 132 
SUBJECTS 
Skin—C ontinued 
Reactions, in rabbits as an aid in 
diagnosis of smallpox (Coffey, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1940, no. 2, 29; Ann. 
* Rep., 1939, p.19) 
—, local reactivity to bacterial tox- 
ins ( Wadsworth % and Sickles, 
G. M., J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1933, 
25, 80) 
—, standardization of antimen- 
ingococcus serum by (Sickles, 
G. M., Amer. J. Hyg., 1933, 17, 
412; Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1933, 
23, 259 (abs.) ; Wadsworth and 
Sickles, G. M., N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1930, 
no. 2, 9; Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 43; 
1932, 53, 56) VII 
—, to streptococcus toxin during 
pregnancy (Torrance, Amer. J. 
Ohst. and Gynec., 1935, 29, 434) 
VIII 
See also Anaphylaxis; Diphtheria— 
Toxin; Streptococcus — Hemo- 
lytic—Toxins; Tuberculin 
Slides: 
Etched, for labeling with lead pen- 
cil (Mack, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1926, 
no. 2, 10) 
Smallpox: 
Cutaneous reactions in rabbits as 
an aid in diagnosis (Coffey, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1940, no. 2, 29; Ann. 
Rep., 1939, p.19) 
Vaccine, preparation of pure virus 
(Wadsworth, Health News, 1918, 
P-67) 
—, prepared from chick embryo 
cultures (Coffey, Amer. J. Puh. 
Health, 1934, 24, 473; Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 50; 1932, 53, 78; 1933, 
54, 56) VII 
—, production in rabbits by No- 
guchi method (Cooper, Health 
News, 1916, p.158; Ann. Rep., 
1915, 36, v.3, 274) 
See also Vaccinia virus 
Snails: 
Growth of snails in sewage filters 
(Gilcreas, Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-59) 
Snake venom: 
Antivenom serum made available 
for emergency use (Health News, 
1928, p.126) 
Soaps: 
See Detergents 
Sodium p-aminobenzoate: 
Effect on sulfonamide derivatives 
in cultures of pneumococcus 
(Gordon, Ann. Rep., 1940, p.10) 
Inhibitory effect on bacteriostatic 
action of sulfathiazole (Miller, 
J. Pharmacol, and Exp. Therap., 
1941, 72, 354; Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.48) X 
action of sulfathiazole 
on pneumococci (Miller, J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 133; Awn. 
Rep., 1941, p.48) 
the bacteriostasis produced 
by sodium p-nitrobenzoate (Mil- 
ler, J. Pharmacol, and Exp. 
Therap., 1941, 71, 14; Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.10) X 
Sodium citrate solution; 
Administration, directions enclosed 
with each preparation, currently 
revised (Division of Labora- 
tories and Research. Labora- 
tory manual for physicians; 8th 
ed. Published bv the Division, 
1944, p.42) 
Sodium hypochlorite: 
For preservation of milk (Davis, 
Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1930, 20, 
308) 
Sodium p-nitrobenzoate: 
Bacteriostatic action on Strep, 
viridans affected by sodium p- 
aminobenzoate (Miller, J. Phar- 
macol. and Exp. Therap., 1941, 
71, 14; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.10) X 
Sodium ricinoleate: 
Action upon bacteria (Kozlowski, 
J. Bact., 1928, 16, 203) V 
Effect of ricinoleated vaccine of 
hemolytic streptococcus on ani- 
mals (Kozlowski, J. Immunol., 
1928, 15, 115; Ihid., 1929. 16, 
357) V 
Soil microorganisms: 
Action on carbohydrates of pneumo- 
cocci in study of relationships be- 
tween types 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, and 8 SUBJECTS 
133 
Soil microorganisms—Continued 
(Sickles, G. M., Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.9; 1938, p.10; 1939, p.13; 1940, 
p.9) 
Action on carbohydrates of pneu- 
mococci, types 1-32 (Sickles, 
G. M., and Shaw, J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1938, 36, 219) IX 
pneumococci, types 2, 
5, and 7 {Ann. Rep., 1935, p.9; 
1936, p.9) 
— — specific carbohydrate of 
pneumococci (Sickles, G. M., 
and Shaw, J. Bact., 1934, 28, 
415; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 1934, 27, 
106; Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1935, 32, 857; Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.10) VIII 
of pneumococci, types 
2 and 3 (Sickles, G. M., and 
Shaw, J. Infect. Bis., 1933, 53, 
38; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1933, 
25, 99; Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 43; 
1932, 53, 56) VII 
of pneumococcus, type 
8 (Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1935, 32, 857) VIII 
— — type-specific and nontype- 
specific pneumococcus, type 1, 
carbohydrates (Sickles, G. M., 
and Shaw, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, 
and Med., 1934, 31, 443; Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 39) VII 
Activity of enzyme against pneumo- 
coccus, type 8 (Sickles, G, M., 
and Shaw, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1939, 38, 241; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p. 13) X 
Antibiotic activity of strain no. 
4205 (Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.12; 1943, 
P-13) 
— substance from strain no. 4205, 
chemical investigations (Brown, 
R. F., Ann. Rep., 1943, p.14) 
Production, in absence of pneumo- 
coccus, type 8, carbohydrate of 
an enzyme active on type-8 car- 
bohydrate (Sickles, G. M., and 
Shaw, Ann. Rep., 1943, p.12) 
— of antisera for enzymes that de- 
compose pneumococcus carbohy- 
drates, types 3 and 8 (Sickles, 
Soil microorganisms—Continued 
G. M., and Shaw, J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1941, 42, 133; Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.12) 
Two new strains that decompose 
carbohydrates of pneumococcus 
(Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 573) 
See also Names of specific bacteria, 
e.g. Saccharobacierium ovale 
Soluble specific substance: 
See Carbohydrates; Pneumococcus 
—Carbohydrates 
Spectroscopy: 
Absorption spectra of carbohy- 
drates of pneumococcus (Wads- 
worth, Crowe, and Smith, J. 
Immunol., 1934, 26, 481; Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 48) VII 
products of C. diphtheriae 
(Wadsworth, Crowe, and 
Smith, Brit. J. Exp. Path., 1935, 
16, 201; Ann. Rep., 1934, p.17) 
VIII 
— — — — of C. diphtheriae 
(Wheeler and Crowe, J. Bact., 
1936, 31, 519 ; Ibid., {Soc. Proc.), 
1936, 31, 73; Ann. Rep., 1935, 
p.17, 18) VIII 
— —, ultraviolet, of synthetic 
products of toxigenic and non- 
toxigenic diphtheria cultures 
(Wadsworth and Crowe, J. In- 
fect. Bis., 1943, 73, 106; Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.14) XI 
Activities and research. Published 
in Annual Reports of the Divi- 
sion. 
Applications to work of the Divi- 
sion ; character and scope of 
equipment (Crowe, Ann. Rep., 
1932, 53, 76; 1941, p.28) 
Cephalin, lecithin, and beef-heart 
antigens (Wadsworth and 
Crowe, J. Phys. Chem., 1936, 
40, 739; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1936, 31, 67; Ann. Rep., 1934, 
p.18; 1935, p.20; 1936, p.18) 
VIII 
Fluorescence and absorption spectra 
of flavin elaborated by C. diph- 
theriae (Crowe, Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1939, 42, 212; 134 
SUBJECTS 
Spectroscopy—Continued 
Ann. Rep., 1939, p.19; 1940, 
p.16) X 
Fluorescence and absorption spectra 
of pterin-like pigments elaborated 
by G. diphtheriae (Crowe and 
Walker, J. Opt. Soc. Amer., 
1944, 34, 135; Ann. Rep., 1943, 
p.26) XI 
— spectrum of pigment elaborated 
by diphtheria bacillus (Crowe, 
Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 
1937, 37, 215) IX 
— study of ether extracts from two 
culture filtrates of C. ovis 
(Crowe, Ann. Rep., 1940, p.16) 
Preliminary microchromatographic 
method for the isolation of sub- 
stances from mixtures (Crowe, 
Ind. and Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 
1941, 13, 845; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
p.!7) X 
Summary of spectroscopic investi- 
gations, 1931-1941 (Crowe, Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.28) 
Ultraviolet absorption spectra and 
other physical data for cardio- 
lipin and lecithin (Crowe and 
Walker, J. Opt. Soc. Amer. (Soc. 
Proc.) In press) 
See also Flavins; Fluorescence; 
Phthiocol; Porphyrins; Ultra- 
violet rays 
Spectrum analysis: 
See Spectroscopy 
Spirillum minus: 
Demonstrated in blood from case 
of rat-bite fever ( Schleifstein, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1935, no. 2, 37; Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.55) 
Spirochaeta icterohaemorrhagiae: 
See Ljeptospira icterohaemorrhagiae 
Spirochaeta pallida: 
See Treponema pallidum 
Spirochetosis: 
Icterohemorrhagic. See Jaundice— 
Spirochetal 
Sporotrichosis: 
Case in New York State (Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.49) 
Sputum: 
Outfits for submission of specimens, 
descriptions and specifications 
Sputum—Continued 
(Wadsworth. Standard meth- 
ods of the Division of Labora- 
tories and Research of the New 
York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939, p.615. 
623) 
Preservation for pneumococcus 
type differentiation (Harris and 
Varley, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1937, 23, 164; J. Bad. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 112) IX 
See also Outfits 
Staff: 
See Division of Laboratories and 
Research—Staff 
Stains and staining: 
C. diphtheriae, Stoltenberg differ- 
ential stain (Owen and Band, 
Amer. J. Put). Health, 1930, 20, 
426) VI 
My co. tuberculosis, Ziehl-Neelsen 
method compared with Cooper’s 
modification (Ann. Rep., 1927, 
48, 65; 1928, 49, 60; 1930, 51, 70, 
76) 
Negri bodies, modification of Wil- 
hite ’s method ( Schletertetn, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1937, 27, 
1283; Health Neirs, 1938, p.16; 
Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 71) IX 
Trep. pallidum in dry smears (Gil- 
bert and Bartels, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1924, 9, 273; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1923, no. 2, 4) 
III, 1923-1925 
Standards: 
Antipneumoeoccus, antimeningo- 
eoccus, and antistreptococcus 
sera, sale regulated and stand- 
ards established (Ann. Rep., 
1917, 38, 263; 1924, 45, 43) 
Bacterial suspensions, standardiza- 
tion with pyrex glass suspen- 
sions (Halltnan, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1943, 33, 137; Gilcreas 
and Halltnan, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1941, 
no. 2, 25; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.61; 
1942, p.74) XI 
Laboratory methods (Wadsworth, 
Amer. j. Pub. Health, 1920, 10, 
932) H, 1920-1923 SUBJECTS 
135 
Standards—C o ntinued 
Laboratory methods and procedures 
used in the Division of Labora- 
tories and Research (Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 
Division of Laboratories and Re- 
search of the New York State De- 
partment of Health; 2d ed. Balti- 
more, Williams and Wilkins, 
1939. 681p. First edition, 1927) 
See also Media; Outfits; Stains and 
staining; and subdivision Admin- 
istration under names of biologic 
products, e.g. Diphtheria—Anti- 
toxin—Administration 
Staphylococcus: 
From rabbits under immunization 
with pneumococci (Sickles, G. 
M., and Shaw, Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.10) 
Growth, effect of nicotinamide and 
of heated asparagine - glutamate 
mixture (Bovarnick, M. R., J. 
Biol. Chem., 1943, 148, 151; Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.43; 1943, p.45) XI 
Hemolytic activity (Coffey, Ann. 
Rep., 1934, p.25) 
In cream-filled pastries, rebaking 
procedure (Gilcreas and Cole- 
man, Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1941, 
31, 956) X 
Toxin, antigenic activity (Coffey, 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.25) 
See also Food—Poisoning 
State aid; 
For health centers, under proposed 
legislation (Wadsworth, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1920, 20, 165) 
— laboratories ( Gilbert, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1923, no. 2, 9) 
— local laboratories (Wadsworth, 
Amer. J. Puh. Health, 1924, 14, 
139) 
— — laboratory services (Wads- 
worth, N. Y. State Commission 
to Formulate a Long Range 
Health Program. Interim Re- 
port. Legislative Document, 
1941, no. 83, 73) 
See also Laboratories—State aid 
Statistical methods; 
Biometry, biological applications of 
normal range and associated 
Statistical methods—Continued 
significance tests (Thompson, 
Ann. Math. Statis., 1938, 9, 281) 
IX 
Graphs and tables for evaluation 
of quantitative complement-fix- 
ation reactions (Thompson and 
Maltaneb, F., J. Immunol., 1940, 
38, 147; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.17) 
X 
Statistics: 
See Antitoxins—Distribution; Bio- 
logic products — Distribution; 
Diagnostic examinations — An- 
nual summaries; Sera—Distribu- 
tion; Vaccines—Distribution 
Steel: 
Stainless steel for laboratory equip- 
ment (Wadsworth, Steel Hori- 
zons, 1940, 2, 8) 
Sterols: 
See Cholesterol; Ergosterol 
Stomach: 
Sarcoma (Schleifstein, Arch. 
Path. (Soc. Trans.), 1933, 16, 
593) 
Stream pollution: 
Kit for field analysis. Photograph 
(Ann. Rep., 1941, p.71, 73) 
See also Sewage 
Streptococcus: 
Action of sodium ricinoleate upon 
bacteria (Kozlowski, J. Bact., 
1928, 16, 203) V 
Carbohydrate and protein fractions 
tested for precipitation with im- 
mune sera (Brown, R. F., Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 43) 
Hemolytic, antigenic activity of 
streptococci from different types 
of infection (Wheeler, J. Im- 
munol., 1932, 23, 311; J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1932, 23, 82; Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 55; 1931, 52, 46 ; 
1932, 53, 62; 1933, 54, 44) VII 
—, —, toxigenic, and pathogenic 
activity of 597 cultures (Coffey, 
J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 121; J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1938, 36, 220) 
IX 
—, carriers, relation to spread of 
scarlet fever (Kirkbride and 
Wheeler, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1927, 89, 1394) IV 136 
SUBJECTS 
Streptococcus—Continued 
Hemolytic, change in virulence for 
mice of standard strain main- 
tained under altered conditions 
(Hendry, Ann. Rep., 1934, p.31) 
—, chemical fractionation (Brown, 
R. F., Ann. Rep., 1936, p.10) 
—, comments on the trial of the 
suit against the Lederle Anti- 
toxin Laboratories for violation 
of patents on scarlet fever toxin 
and antitoxin (Wadsworth, Ann. 
Rep., 1930, 51, 48) 
—, diagnosis, criteria and methods 
for isolation and identification; 
referee reports for 1934, 1935, 
1936, and 1937 (Coffey, Amer. 
J. Pub. Health {supp. Year 
Pook), 1935, 25, 140; Ibid., 
{supp. Year Pook), 1936, 26, 
159; Ibid., {supp. Year Pook), 
1937, 27, 135; Ibid., {supp. Year 
Pook), 1938, 28, 104; Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1936, 26, 521; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1935, no. 2, 40; Ann. Rep., 
1934, p.24; 1935, p.24, 27; Diag- 
nostic procedures and reagents; 
2d ed. N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health 
Assoc., 1945, p.199) VIII, IX 
—, —, isolation and identification, 
comparison of blood-agar media 
(Cohan, Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 
61) 
—, —, — from raw milk with glyc- 
erol preservative (Gilbert and 
Clark, M. E., 1933, 23, 720; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 62) VII 
— effect of phenolized diphtheria 
toxin-antitoxin mixture on via- 
bility and virulence {Ann. Rep., 
1928, 49, 66) 
—, — — ricinoleated vaccine on 
animals (Kozlowski, J. Im- 
munol., 1928,15, 115; Ibid., 1929, 
16,357) V 
—, — on growth and toxin produc- 
tion of diphtheria bacillus 
(Wheeler, Ann. Rep., 1935, 
P-16) 
—, etiologic factor in lymphaden- 
itis in guinea pigs (Brose, Ann. 
Rep., 1935, p.43) 
—, from blood and heart valves of 
horse under immunization, action 
Streptococcus—Continued 
of sulfanilamide (Hendry, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1942, 70, 112; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1941, no. 1, 8; Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.49) X 
—, — cases of epidemic sore throat, 
scarlet fever, and erysipelas 
(Wheeler, J. Prev. Med., 1930, 
4, 1; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 51) V 
—, — human infections, toxigenic 
properties (Wadsworth and 
Coffey, J. Immunol., 1935, 29, 
505; Ibid., (Soc. Proc.), 1935, 29, 
59) VIII 
—, — patients convalescent from 
scarlet fever (Kirkbride, 
Wheeler, and West, J. Infect. 
Dis., 1930, 47, 16; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1928, no. 2, 16; Health News, 
1930, p.154) VI 
—, — 22 milk-borne outbreaks 
(Coffey, N, Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 2, 
32; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.24) 
—, group A, carbohydrate decom- 
posed by Saccharobacterium 
ovale (Sickles, G. M., and Shaw, 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.9) 
—, traced to raw milk from 
cow with mastitis (Schleifstein, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1938, no. 1, 5) 
—, group C reactions (Coffey, 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.23) 
—, group E, biologic activities 
(Coffey, J. Pact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1942, 43, 773; Ann. Rep., 1941. 
p.21) X 
—, heterophile antigen in ( Sickles, 
G. M, Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 41) 
—, in collodion sacs, effect of sul- 
fanilamide in vitro (Harris, J. 
Pact., 1943, 45, 147; Ibid., {Soc. 
Proc.), 1942, 43, 775; Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.57) X, XI 
—, implanted intraperi- 
toneally into rabbits, effect of 
sulfanilamide injected subcu- 
taneously (Harris and Miller, 
J. Pact., 1941, 41, 495; Ibid., 
{Soc. Proc.), 1940, 39, 48; Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.10) X 137 
SUBJECTS 
Streptococcus—Continued 
Hemolytic, in cultures containing 
diphtheria bacilli, 4-year study 
{Ann. Rep., 1936, p.37) 
—, medium for test of hydrolysis 
of sodium hippurate (Coffey 
and Foley, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1937, 27, 972; J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 643) IX 
—, septic sore throat and scarlet 
fever, relation of streptococci 
associated with (Wheeler, J. 
Prev. Med., 1931, 5, 181; Health 
News, 1931, p.109) VI 
—, — — —, laboratory study 
of epidemic (Coleman and 
Wheeler, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1926, 11, 1180) IV 
—, sulfonamide - resistant strains 
(Miller, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1941, no. 2, 
36) 
—, toxin-antitoxin neutralization 
as a basis for specificity 
(Wheeler, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, 
and Med., 1930, 27, 570) VI 
—, toxins, activity in phenomenon 
of local reactivity (Sickles, G. 
M. Ann. Rep., 1935, p.7) 
—, — and toxoids, comparative 
study for immunization (Hen- 
dry, Ann. Rep., 1932, 53, 83; 
1933, 54, 62) 
—, — associated with scarlet fever 
and other streptococcus infec- 
tions (Kirkbride and Wheeler, 
J. Immunol., 1926, 11, 477; Ibid., 
1927, 13, 19; Arch. Path. {Soc. 
Trans.), 1926, 2, 451; Amer. J. 
Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1926, 2, 440; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 2, 13; Ibid., 
1926, no. 1, 4; Ann. Rep., 1925, 
46, 35) IV 
—, —, comparative reactions in 
human subjects to three strains 
from scarlet fever (Kirkbride 
and Wheeler, Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1924, 22, 85; N. 
Y. State Assoc, Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 2, 13) 
—, —, concentration and purifica- 
tion with acetone (Wadsworth 
and Quigley, J. Immunol., 1931, 
Streptococcus—Continued 
20, 459; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 55; 
1932, 53, 65) VI 
—, —, distributed by Health Or- 
ganization, League of Nations, 
tests of {Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 73) 
—, —, dye solution concentrated at 
site of inflammatory reaction in- 
duced by (Torrance, Ann. Rep., 
1933, 54, 70) 
—, —, immunizing value studied 
(Hendry, Ann. Rep., 1934, p.31) 
—, —, methods of preparation 
(Hendry, Ann. Rep., 1935, p.33) 
—, —, preliminary standardization 
by skin reaction in goats (Kirk- 
bride and Wheeler, Proc. Soc. 
Exp. Biol, and Med., 1924, 22, 
86) 
—, —, preparation and distribu- 
tion (Wadsworth. Standard 
methods of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research of the 
New York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, AYil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1929, p.477, 
502) 
—, —, production by strains from 
cases of nephritis {Ann. Rep., 
1927, 48, 77) 
—, —, reactions between toxins and 
antisera (Kirkbride, Wheeler, 
and Hendry, J. Immunol., 1928, 
15, 539; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1928, 15, 36; Arch. Path. {Soc. 
Trans.), 1928, 5, 742; Ann. Rep., 
1924, 45, 42; 1925, 46, 34; 1926, 
47, 43; 1927, 48, 76) V 
—, —, — induced by intravenous 
injection in a horse (Miller, 
Ann. Rep., 1942, p.15) 
—, —, study of different diluents 
for maintaining stability of 
{Ann. Rep., 1934, p.42) 
—, —, tannic-acid precipitated, im- 
munizing value (Hendry, Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.43) 
—, —, ultrafiltration and adsorp- 
tion on calcium phosphate 
(Quigley and Sickles, G. R., J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 573; 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.21) 
—. See also Antistreptococcus 
serum; Endocarditis; Media SUBJECTS 
Streptococcus—Continued 
Immunization, in case of nephro- 
lithiasis, purpura haemorrhagica, 
and streptococcus infection 
(Wadsworth, J. Amer. Med. 
Assoc., 1918, 71, 2052) 
Infections, appointment by Secre- 
tary of War of two members of 
the laboratory staff as consultants 
on the Commission on Hemolytic 
Streptococcus Infections (Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.6; 1942, p.6) 
—, following a laboratory infection 
(Ann. Rep., 1928, 49,' 71; 1929, 
50, 81) 
—, milk-borne outbreaks, hemo- 
lytic streptococci from 22 cases 
("Coffey, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 2, 
32; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.24) 
—, , serologic group A, traced 
to raw milk from cow with mas- 
titis (Schleifstein, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1938, no. 1, 5) 
—, puerperal infection, experi- 
mental studies in mice and rab- 
bits (Torrance, Amer. J. Obst. 
and Oynec., 1934, 27, 863; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1933, no. 1, 7; Ann. Rep., 
1931, 52, 48; 1932, 53, 71) VII 
—, , — studies, variation in 
susceptibility of skin to strepto- 
coccus toxin during pregnancy 
(Torrance, Amer. J. Obst. and 
Oynec., 1935, 29, 434) VIII 
—, scarlet fever and other strep- 
tococcus infections, toxins of 
hemolytic streptococci associated 
with (Kirkbride and Wheeler, 
J. Immunol., 1926, 11, 477 ; Ibid., 
1927, 13, 19; Arch. Path. (Soc. 
Trans.), 1926, 2, 451; Amer. J. 
Path. (Sci. Proc.), 1926, 2, 440; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 2, 13 ; Ibid., 
1926, no. 1, 4; Ann. Rep., 1925, 
46, 35) IV 
—, — —, comparative study of 
hemolytic streptococci from 
patients convalescent (Kirkbride, 
Wheeler, and West, J. Infect. 
Dis., 1930, 47, 16; N. Y. State 
Streptococcus—Continued 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1928, no. 2, 16; Health News, 
1930, p.154) VI 
—, , epidemic sore throat and 
erysipelas, streptococci from 
(Wheeler, J. Prev. Med., 1930. 
4, 1; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 51) V 
—, , serotherapy, comparative 
study of potency and multiva- 
lency of antistreptococcus serum 
(Wadsworth, Kirkbride, and 
Hendry, Amer. J. Hyg., 1929, 9, 
371) V 
—, , —, discussion by A. B. 
Wadsworth (Blake and Trask, 
AT. Y. State J. Med., 1925, 25, 
1098) IV 
—, — —, —, discussion in Sym- 
posium on Therapeutic Use of 
Biologic Products (Wadsworth, 
N. Y. State J. Med., 1933, 33, 
100) 
—, — —, —, practical value 
(Wadsworth, Canadian Pah. 
Health J., 1933,24,1) VII 
—, — —, —, recent advances 
( Wadsworth, Assoc. Amer. Phys. 
Trans., 1932, 47, 161 ; J. Amer. 
Med. Assoc., 1932, 99, 204-Ibid., 
1932, 99, 71 (abs. with discus- 
sion) ; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1932, no. 1, 
5) VII 
—, , —, relationship of hemo- 
lytic streptococci (Wadsworth, 
Internat. Congr. Microbiol., 1st, 
Paris, 1930. Proc., 1932, 1, 308) 
VI 
—, , —, report of 587 cases 
(Wadsworth, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1929, 19, 1287; Ann. 
Rep., 1928, 49, 72; 1929, 50, 79) 
V 
—, septic sore throat and scarlet 
fever, relation of streptococci 
associated wdth (Wheeler, J. 
Prev. Med., 1931, 5, 181; Health 
News, 1931, p.109) VI 
—, , laboratory study of 
epidemic (Coleman and Whee- 
ler, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1926, 
11, 1180) IV SUBJECTS 
139 
Streptococcus—Continued 
Infections, with nephrolithiasis and 
purpura haemorrhagica (Wads- 
worth, J. Amer. Med. Assoc., 
1918, 71, 2052) I, 1914-1919 
Nonhemolytic, maximum limits of 
growth and viability, comparison 
with typical and atypical pneu- 
mococci (Sickles, G. M., J. Bact. 
(.Soc. Proc.), 1932, 23, 86) 
Viridans, p-aminobenzoic acid, 
effect on bacteriostatic action of 
sodium p-nitrobenzoate on (Mil- 
ler, J. Pharmacol, and Exp. 
Therap., 1941, 71, 14; Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.10) X 
—, , — on bacteriostatic action 
of sulfathiazole (Miller, J. 
Pharmacol, and Exp. Therap., 
1941, 72, 354; Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.48) X 
Students: 
See Division of Laboratories and 
Research—Student-volunteers 
Sugars: 
Determination in biologic media by 
gasometric analvsis (Thompson, 
J. Biol. Chem., i943, 151, 325; J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.). 1942, 43, 773; 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.18; 1941, 
p.24; 1942, p.25) X, XI 
See also Carbohydrates; Pneumo- 
coccus—Carbohydrates 
Sulfanilamide: 
Concentration in peritoneal cavity 
of rabbits (Miller and Harris, 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1941, 41, 
268) X 
Derivatives, effect of sodium p- 
aminobenzoate in cultures of 
pneumococcus (Gordon, Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.10) 
Effect on bacterial growth in collo- 
dion sacs in vitro (Harris, J. 
Bact., 1943, 45, 147; Ihid., (Soc. 
Proc.), 1942, 43, 775; Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.57) X, XI 
— with immune serum in type-3 
pneumococcus infections (Mil- 
ler, J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1938, 
36, 219) IX 
In treatment of streptococcus bac- 
teriemia in horse during immu- 
nization (Hendry, J. Infect. Dis., 
Sulfanilamide—Continued 
. 1942, 70, 112; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1941, 
no. 1, 8; Ann. Rep., 1941, p.49) 
X 
Subcutaneous injection into rab- 
bits, effect upon hemolytic strep- 
tococci in collodion sacs implant- 
ed intraperitoneally (Harris and 
Miller, J. Bact., 1941, 41, 495; 
Ibid., (Soc. Proc.), 1940, 39, 48; 
Ann. Rep., 1940, p.10) X 
See also Chemotherapy; Sodium 
p-aminobenzoate; Sulfonamides 
Sulfathiazole: 
Bacteriostatic action on pneumo- 
cocci inhibited (Miller, J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 133; Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.48) 
— activity inhibited by sodium p- 
nitrobenzoate (Miller, J. Phar- 
macol. and Exp. Therap., 1941, 
72, 354; Ann. Rep., 1941, p.48) 
X 
Sulfonamides: 
Effect on coccidiosis in rabbits 
(Brose, Ann. Rep., 1941, p.40) 
— — metabolic reactions of bac- 
teria (Bovarnick, M., Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.42) 
type-3 pneumococcus infec- 
tions in mice (Miller, J. Bact. 
(Soc. Proc.), 1939, 37, 228) 
Media free from sulfonamide-inhib- 
itor for pneumococci (Miller, 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1942, 43, 
774) X 
Pneumococci resistant to (Miller, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1941, no. 2, 36) 
Strains of pneumococci resistant 
to; preliminary report (Miller, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1941, no. 2, 36) 
See also Chemotherapy; Sodium p- 
aminobenzoate; Sulfanilamide 
Surface tension: 
Relation of, to reaction time of 
diphtheria toxin and antitoxin 
(Berthelsen, J. Immunol., 1931, 
21, 21; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 82) 
VI 
See also Wetting agents; and names 
of specific wetting agents, e.g. 
Duponol 140 
SUBJECTS 
Sweat glands: 
Malignant adenoma (Schleifstein, 
Arch. Path. {Soc. Trans.), 1934, 
18, 135) 
Syphilis: 
Cerebrospinal fluid, complement- 
fixation test of 1,638 specimens 
(Gilbert and Moore, Amer. J. 
Syph., 1925, 9, 160) 
III, 1923-1925 
— —, — — test, reaction with 
graded quantities of spinal fluid 
(Van Saun, Health News, 1916, 
p.157; Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 
290) 
— —, directions for submitting 
(.Health News, 1939, p.154) 
, examination for evidence of 
(Gilbert (referee). Diagnostic 
procedures and reagents; 2d ed. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.348) 
. See also Colloidal gold reac- 
tion 
Chemical tests, comparison of Gor- 
don mercuric chloride test with 
AVassermann reaction in sera and 
cerebrospinal fluids (Mann and 
Atan Saun, N. Y. Med. J., 1918, 
107, 783; Health News, 1916, p. 
156; Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 
288) I, 1914-1919 
Complement fixation. See Syphilis 
— Serodiagnosis — Complement 
fixation 
Examination for Trep. pallidum 
(Gilbert (referee). Diagnostic 
procedures and reagents; 2d ed. 
N. Y., Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1945, p.318) 
Laboratory services in syphilis con- 
trol program (AVadsworth. N. Y. 
State Charities Aid Assoc. State 
and Local Committees on Tuberc. 
and Pub. Health. Papers of 
annual conference, sec. 2, 1938, 
no. 5, mimeographed) 
Outfits, descriptions and specifica- 
tions of outfits distributed (Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Laboratory manual for 
physicians; 8th ed. Published 
by the Division, 1944, p.62; 
AVadsworth. Standard methods 
Syphilis—Continued 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939, p.614, 626, 632) 
Serodiagnosis (Wadsworth, Assoc. 
Amer. Phys. Trans., 1938, 53, 
263; N. Y. State J. Med., 1938, 
38, 1383; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 335) IX 
—, analysis of complement-fixa- 
tion test on 1,638 cerebrospinal 
fluids (Gilbert and Moore, 
Amer. J. Syph., 1925, 9, 160) 
III, 1923-1925 
—, anticomplementarjq atypical, 
and nonspecific reactions of sera 
(Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
B. J., Ann. Rep., 1943, p.19) 
—, antigenic activity of prepara- 
tions from Noguchi strain of 
Trep. pallidum (AVadsworth, 
van Amstel, and Brigham, J. 
Immunol., 1930, 19, 289; Ann. 
Rep., 1928, 49, 61; 1929, 50, 51) 
VI 
—, preparations from vari- 
ous strains of Trep. pallidum 
(Rice, J. Immunol., 1932, 22, 67; 
Ann..Rep., 1929, 50, 51) VI 
—, antigens, cardiolipin, greater 
recovery by replacing or supple- 
menting sodium chloride with 
sodium sulfate (Pangborn, J. 
Biol. Chem., 1945, 157, 691) XI 
—, —, — in macro- and micropre- 
cipitation tests (Brown, R. F., 
J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1945, 49, 
199) XI 
—, —, —, new serologically active 
phospholipid from beef heart 
(Pangborn, Proc. Soc. Exp. 
Biol, and Med., 1941, 48, 484; 
J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1940, 39, 
80) X 
—, —, — -lecithin-cholesterol, 
standardization in complement- 
fixation test (Maltaner, E. J., 
and Maltaner, F., J. Immunol. 
In press; J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1945, 49, 199; Ann. Rep., 1943, 
p.17) XI 141 
SUBJECTS 
Syphilis—Continued 
Serodiagnosis, antigens, cardiolipin- 
lecithin-cholesterol, standardiza- 
tion in precipitation test (Brown, 
R. F,, J. Immunol. In press; J. 
Pact. (Soc. Proc.), 1944, 47, 
581) XI 
—, —, divergent results with alco- 
holic and cholesterolized antigens 
in complement-fixation test for 
syphilis (Gilbert and Lang- 
worthy, Amer. J. Syph., 1925, 
9, 310) 1 IV 
—, —, improved method for prep- 
aration of acid cardiolipin from 
beef heart (Panqborn, J. Biol. 
Chem., 1944, 153, 343) XI 
—, —, isolation and purification of 
cardiolipin (Pangborn, J. Biol. 
Chem., 1942, 143, 247; J. Pact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1940, 39, 80; Ann. 
Pep., 1939, p.15; 1940, p.12; 
1941, p.16; 1942, p.18) X 
—, —, relation of cholesterol to 
antigen in tissue extracts (Kent, 
J. Immunol., 1942, 43, 267; J. 
Pact. {Soc. Proc.), 1941, 42, 134; 
Ann. Pep., 1941, p.55) X 
—, character of the anticomple- 
mentary reaction (Maltaner, 
F., and Maltaner, E. J., Ann. 
Pep., 1942, p.21) 
—, comparison of Gordon mercuric 
chloride test with the Wasser- 
mann reaction (Mann and Van 
Saun, N. Y. Med. J., 1918, 107, 
783; Health News, 1916, p.156; 
Ann. Pep., 1915, 36, v.3, 288) 
I, 1914-1919 
—, complement fixation at different 
temperatures (Langworthy and 
Kerley, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1922, 8, 54; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1921, 
p.ll; Ibid., 1922, no. 1, 1; Ann. 
Pep., 1922, 43, 170) 
II, 1920-1923 
—, at 3°-6°C. and at 37 °C., 
basis for adoption of icebox fix- 
ation (Lanqworthy, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1921, p.ll) 
—, — —, basic principles (Mal- 
taner, F., J. Pact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 335) 
Syphilis—Continued 
—, , quantitative determina- 
tion of antigen-antibody reaction 
(Maltaner, F., and Maltaneb, 
E. J., Internat. Congr. Microbiol., 
3d, New York, 1939, Proc., 1940, 
p.781; Ann. Pep., 1939, p.15) 
—, test (Gilbert. Jordan, E. 
0., and Falk, I. S. The newer 
knowledge of bacteriology and 
immunology. Chicago, University 
of Chicago Press, 1928, p.838) V 
—, , comparison of two an- 
tigens (Van Saun and Preston, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1918, 8, 
146; Health News, 1917, p.243) 
I, 1914-1919 
—, , diluting antigens in 
(Moore, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1927, 12, 594) IV 
—, , effect of temperature 
of inactivation of serum (Hazen, 
J. Immunol., 1943, 46, 341) XI 
—, , 15-minute titration in 
standardization of the hemolytic 
system (Moore, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1921, p.ll) 
—, — — —, first undertaken 
(.Health News, 1915, p.179) 
—, , fixation at 37°C. and 
at 3°-6°C. with cholesterolized 
antigen in 25,000 specimens 
(Gilbert, Langworthy, and 
Moore, Amer. J. Syph., 1926, 10, 
162, 506) IV 
—, in malaria-treated pa- 
tients, effect of diluent (Dorge- 
loh, Amer. J. Syph., 1943, 27, 
623; Ann. Pep., 1942, p.51) XI 
—, , made in several large 
laboratories on 252 sera (Gil- 
bert, Langworthy, and Moore, 
N. Y, State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1926, no. 2, 6) 
—, , quantitative, determi- 
nation with syphilitic serum and 
tissue extract (Wadsworth, 
Maltaneb, F., and Maltaneb, 
E. J., J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 105) 
IX 
—, , quantitative, evalu- 
ation in 1937 Federal compara- 
tive series (Maltaneb, E. J., 142 
SUBJECTS 
Syphilis—Continued 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1939, 29, 
104; J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 1938, 
35, 336) IX 
Serodiagnosis, complement-fixation 
test, quantitative, evaluation of 
(Wadsworth, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1940, 40, 177) X 
—, , quantitative, graphs 
and tables for evaluation in 
(Thompson and Maltaner, F., J. 
Immunol., 1940, 38, 147; Ann. 
Rep., 1939, p.17) X 
—, , quantitative, of sera 
from patients with leprosy (Mal- 
taner, E. J., Amer. J. Trop. 
Med., 1940, 20, 843; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1939, no. 2, 29; Ann. Rep., 1939, 
p.43; 1940, p.43) _ X 
—, , quantitative, of sera 
from patients with yaws (Mal- 
taner, E. J., Amer. J. Trop. 
Med., 1941, 21, 145; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1940, no. 1, 15; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
p.43) X 
—, , quantitative, optimum 
ratio of cholesterol to tissue-ex- 
tract antigen (Kent, J. Im- 
munol., 1940, 39, 307; J. Bad. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1939, 38, 240; Ann. 
Rep., 1939, p.16) X 
—, — — —, quantitative, state- 
ment of new method of reporting 
(Wadsworth, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1938, 38, 1386) 
—, , quantitative technic 
adapted to routine tests (Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.41) 
—, , quantitative, titers of 
blood sera following intensive 
arsenical therapy (Maillard, 
Ann. Rep., 1941, p.69) 
—, — — —, quantitative, with 
syphilitic serum and tissue ex- 
tract, technic (Wadsworth, 
Maltaner, F., and Maltaner, 
B. J., J. Immunol., 1938, 35, 217; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1937, no. 1, 7; Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.12) IX 
—, , reactions of cerebro- 
spinal fluids with Bordet-Ruelens 
antigen (Hazen and Greenspan, 
Syphilis—Continued 
J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 1936, 
21, 1185) VIII 
—, — — —, reading by Citron 
scale compared with color stand- 
ard (Gilbert, Kelley, and 
Moore, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1925, 10, 552) III, 1923-1925 
—, , recommendations con- 
cerning essential features of a 
technic (Gilbert, Ann. Rep., 
1930, 51, 61) 
—, , standardization; asso- 
ciate referee report for 1937 
(Maltaner, E. J., Amer. J. Pub. 
Health (supp. Year Booh), 1938, 
28, 114) IX 
—, — — —, standardization of 
Wassermann test. Part 1: Out- 
line of plan. Part 2 ; Comments; 
referee report for 1924 (Gilbert 
and Langworthy, Amer. J. Pub. 
Health, 1925, 15, 201, 323) 
III, 1923-1925 
—, , standardization; ref- 
eree reports for 1925, 1926, 1927, 
1928 and 1929, 1930 and 1932, 
1933, 1934, 1935, 1936, and 1937 
(Gilbert and Langworthy, 
Amer. J. Syph., 1926, 10, 101; 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1926, 16, 
388 (abs.) ; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1925, 
no. 2, 6 IV 
Gilbert and Langworthy, Amer. 
J. Syph., 1927, 11, 475; Ann. 
Rep., 1926, 47, 28 IV 
Gilbert and Langworthy, Amer. 
J. Syph., 1929, 13, 127; Ann. 
Rep., 1927, 48, 55; Gilbert, 
Langworthy, and Schaible, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1927, no. 2, 7 V 
Gilbert, Amer. J. Syph., 1930, 
14, 506; Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1930, 20, 47(abs.); Ann. Rep., 
1928, 49, 44; 1929, 50, 56; 1930, 
51, 63 
Gilbert and Schaible, Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1929,19, 210(abs.); 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1928, no, 2, 10 VI 
Gilbert, Amer. J. Syph., 1933, 
17, 238; Amer. J. Pub. Health, 143 
SUBJECTS 
Syphilis—Continued 
1933, 23, 499 (abs.) VII 
Wadsworth, Harris, N. Mac L., 
and Gilbert, Ihid., 1934, 24, 727 
Gilbert, Ibid., {snpp. Year 
Book), 1935, 25, 152 
Gilbert, Ibid., {supp. Year- 
Book), 1936, 26, 185 VIII 
Gilbert, Ibid., {supp. Year 
Book), 1937,27,139 IX 
Gilbert, Ibid., {supp. Year 
Book), 1938, 28, 112 IX 
Gilbert and Maltaner, E. J., 
Diagnostic procedures and rea- 
gents; 2d ed. N. Y,, Amer. Pub. 
Health Assoc., 1945, p.321) XI 
Serodiagnosis, complement-fixation 
test, with cholesterolized anti- 
gen, preliminary routine technic 
adopted (Gilbert, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1936, no. 2, 24; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
P-44) 
—, development of laboratory serv- 
ice in New York State (Wads- 
worth, Vener. Dis. Inf., {supp. 
9), 1939, p.132) IX 
—, discrepancies as shown by re- 
sults of the Washington Serology 
Conference, discussion by A. B. 
Wadsworth (Mahoney, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1943, 43, 846) 
—, discussion by C. Lange (Wads- 
worth, N. Y. State J. Med., 1938, 
38, 1385) 
—, precipitation test, cardiolipin in 
macro- and micro-tests (Brown, 
R. P., J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1945, 
49, 199) XI 
—, — —, inhibition phenomenon 
(Brown, R. P., J. Lab. and Clin. 
Med., 1943, 28, 1758; J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1943, 45, 522) XI 
—, made in several large labo- 
ratories on 252 sera (Gilbert, 
Langworthy, and Moore, N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1926, no. 2, 6) 
—, — —, modified, as at Wash- 
ington Serology Conference 
(Brown, R. F., Vener. Dis. Inf., 
1942, 23, 161; Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.15; 1943, p.48) 
—, , new antigen and its use 
(Wadsworth and Brown, R. F., 
Syphilis—Continued 
J. Immunol., 1936, 31, 155; J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 72; 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.ll) VIII 
—, preliminary (Brown, R. 
F., J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1938, 
35, 337; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.12) 
—, — —, — routine technic 
adopted (Gilbert, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1936, no. 2, 24) 
—, , standardization; associ- 
ate referee report for 1937 
(Maltaner, E, J., Amer. J. 
Pub. Health {supp. Year Book), 
1938, 28, 114) IX 
—, , —, comparative tests in 
eight laboratories; referee report 
for 1927 (Gilbert and Lang- 
worthy, Amer. J. Syph., 1929, 
13, 127; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 55; 
Gilbert, Langworthy, and 
Schaible, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1927, 
no. 2, 7) V 
—, , —; referee reports for 
1928 and 1929, 1934, 1935, 1936, 
and 1937 
Gilbert, Amer. J. Syph., 1930, 
14, 506; Amer. J. Pub. Health, 
1930, 20, 47(abs.) ; Gilbert and 
Schaible, Ibid., 1929, 19, 210 
(abs.) ; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1928, no. 2, 
10; Gilbert, Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 
44; 1929, 50, 56; 1930, 51, 63 
VI 
Gilbert, Amer. J. Pub. Health 
{supp. Year Book), 1935, 25, 152 
Gilbert, Ibid., {supp. Year- 
Book) , 1936, 26, 185 VIII 
Gilbert, Ibid., {supp. Year- 
Book), 1937, 27, 139; Ibid., 
{supp. Year Book), 1938, 28, 
112 IX 
Gilbert and Maltaner, E. J.. 
Diagnostic procedures and 
reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.321) 
XI 
—, rapid agglutination of sheep 
erythrocytes in certain human 
sera (Gilbert and Sherwood, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 144 
SUBJECTS 
Syphilis—C ontinued 
Proc., 1935, no. 1, 4; Ann. Bep., 
1935, p. 52) 
Serodiagnosis, standardization of 
the serologic report, discussion by 
A, B. Wadsworth (Moore and 
Eagle, Assoc. Amer. Phys. 
Trans., 1941, 56, 120) 
—, technic of complement fixation 
(Wadsworth. Cyclopedia of 
medicine, G. M. Piersol, ed.-in- 
chief. Philadelphia, Davis, 1931- 
33, 7, 145; Hid., 1939, 7, 570; 
Wadsworth and Maltaner, E. 
J., Ibid., 1941. Service volume 
P-157) 
—, titer curves in treated cases of 
early syphilis (Dorgeloh, Ann. 
Bep., 1942, p.50) 
—, with comparison of Albany, 
Copenhagen, and Montevideo 
series (Wadsworth. ' Hommage 
a la memoire du Professeur Jean 
Cantacuzene. Paris, Masson, 
1934, 2, 789) VII 
Wassermann reaction. See Comple- 
ment-fixation tests; Syphilis— 
Serodiagnosis 
See also Arsenic compounds; 
Arsphenamine; Chancre; Cere- 
brospinal fluid; Colloidal gold 
reaction; Complement-fixation 
tests; Gonorrhea; Leprosy; 
Malaria; Treponema pallidum; 
Tuberculosis; Yaws 
Tetanus—C ontinued 
—, —, fractional precipitation of 
globulin {Ann. Rep., 1926, 47, 
4!) 
—, production, standardization, and 
preparation for distribution 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939, p.406) 
—, purification (Murdick, J. Im- 
munol., 1929, 17, 269; Ann. Rep., 
1927, 48, 72; 1928, 49, 64; 1929, 
50, 73) V 
—, serum reactions following pro- 
phylactic injection (Lyall and 
Murdick, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1938, 38, 882; Health News, 1937, 
p. 177; Ann. Rep., 1937, p.39) 
IX 
Toxin, action of leucocytes and 
brain tissue on (Wadsworth and 
' Yories, J. Immunol., 1921, 6, 
413) II, 1920-1923 
—, effect on vitamin-C content of 
adrenals of guinea pigs (Tor- 
rance, J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 
1937, 33, 645; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.33) 
—, production and standardization 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.373) 
—, relation between vitamin-A me- 
tabolism and susceptibility to 
(Torrance, Amer. J. Hyg., 1936, 
23, 74; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 68; 
1934, p.38) VIII 
—, susceptibility of cold-blooded 
animals to (Sickles, G. R., Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.16) 
—, ultrafiltration and adsorption 
on calcium phosphate (Quigley 
and Sickles, G. R., J. Bact. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1936, 31, 573; Ann. Rep., 
1935, p.21) 
Toxoid, administration, directions 
enclosed with each preparation, 
currently revised (Division of 
T 
Tetanus: 
Antitoxin, administration, direc- 
tions enclosed with each prepara- 
tion, currently revised (Division 
of Laboratories and Research. 
Laboratory manual for physi- 
cians ; 8th ed. Published by the 
Division, 1944, p.72) 
—, concentration and purification 
(Lyall and Murdick, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1935, no. 1, 15; Ann. Rep., 1935, 
P-47) SUBJECTS 
145 
Tetanus—Continued 
Laboratories and Research. 
Laboratory manual for physi- 
cians; 8th ed. Published by the 
Division, 1944, p.71) 
Toxoid, distribution begun (Health 
News, 1944, p.8) 
—, preparation for active immu- 
nization of horses (Lyall, Ann. 
Bep., 1936, p.30; 1937, p.40; 
1938, p.27; 1939, p.37; 1940, p.33, 
35; 1941, p.32, 43) 
Theorell cell: 
Experiments with diphtheria toxin 
to determine separation of high 
molecular impurities (Crowe, 
Ann. Bep., 1940, p.17) 
Thromboplastin: 
Activity in relation to coagulation 
of vitamin-K-deficient chick 
plasma (Maltaner, F., and Mal- 
taner, E. J,, Arch. Biochem., 
1943, 2, 37; Ann. Bep., 1941, 
p.17) XI 
Tissue: 
Culture, effect of bacterial toxins 
on tissues of cold-blooded animals 
(Shaw, J. Pact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 35, 338; Ann. Bep., 1937, 
p.10; 1940, p.9) 
—, — — colchicine on tadpole 
heart (Shaw, J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1939, 37, 229; Ann. Bep., 
1938, p.10) 
—, of guinea-pig cardiac muscle 
(Hoppe, Arch. f. Exp. Zell- 
forsch., 1928, 7, 352) V 
Specimens, classification of museum 
collection by anatomic system 
(Ann. Bep., 1941, p.95) 
—, description of pathologic 
museum of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research (Wads- 
worth, J. Tech. Methods and 
Bull. Internal. Assoc. Med. 
Museums, 1938, no. 18, 162; 
Ann. Bep., 1938, p.56) 
—, discussion of sections studied by 
participants at Conference on 
Enteric Diseases ( Schleifstein, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1943, no. 2, 60) 
—, frozen sections for examination 
of surgical specimens (Schleif- 
Tissue—Continued 
stein, N. Y. State Assoc, Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1931, no. 2, 
2) 
—, inventory of case-type collec- 
tion of tumors (Stewart, F. W,, 
and Foote, Ann. Bep., 1943, 
P-57) 
—, pathologic museum, collection 
established at branch laboratory 
(Ann. Bep., 1941, p.68) 
—, proposed collection of patho- 
logic specimens (Wadsworth, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1933, no. 1, 4) 
See also Brain tissue; Histology; 
Liver; Museum ; Tumors 
o-Tolidine: 
Standards for determination of free 
chlorine in water (Davis and 
Kelly, J. Amer. Water Works 
Assoc., 1934, 26, 757; Health 
News, 1934, p.128; Ann. Bep., 
1933., 54, 94) VII 
o-Tolidine-arsenite test: 
For quantitative measurement of 
active residual chlorine and 
chloramine in water (Hallinan, 
J. Amer. Water Works Assoc., 
1944, 36, 296) XI 
Use of test for residual chlorine in 
22 water treatment plants (Gil- 
creas and Hallinan, J. Amer. 
Water Works Assoc., 1944, 36, 
1343; Health News, 1944, p.204) 
XI 
Tonsillectomy: 
Electrodesiccation of tonsils har- 
boring Monilia krusei and non- 
virulent diphtheria bacilli (Mail- 
lard, N. Y. State J. Med., 1931, 
31, 895; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1930, no. 2, 
1) VI 
Toxins: 
Action of bacterial toxins (Wads- 
worth, J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 
8i) vn 
Ultrafiltration, simple technic 
(Quigley, Amer. J. Hyg., 1934, 
20, 218; Ann. Bep., 1931, 52, 47; 
1932, 53, 64; 1934, p.17) VIII 
See also Biologic products; and 
names of specific toxins, e.g. 
Diphtheria—Toxin 146 
SUBJECTS 
Toxoids: 
See Diphtheria—Toxoid; Strepto- 
coccus — Hemolytic — Toxoid; 
Tetanus—Toxoid 
Training: 
See Division of Laboratories and 
Research—Staff; Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research—Student- 
volunteers 
Treponema pallidum; 
Antigens, activity of preparations 
from Noguchi strain (Wads- 
worth, van Amstel, and Brig- 
ham, J. Immunol., 1930, 19, 289; 
Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 61; 1929, 50, 
51) VI 
—, from various strains 
(Rice, J. Immunol., 1932, 22, 67; 
Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 51) VI 
—, preparation from Trep. palli- 
dum (Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 45) 
Examination for (Gilbert 
(referee). Diagnostic procedures 
and reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.318) 
Outfit for submission of specimens 
(Gilbert and Saylor, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1931, no. 1, 5) 
Staining in dry smears (Gilbert 
and Bartels, J. Lah. and Clin. 
Med., 1924, 9, 273; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1923, no. 2, 4) III, 1923-1925 
See also Chancre; Syphilis 
Trichinella spiralis: 
In muscle of wild bear (Schletf- 
stein, Ann. Rep., 1943, p.71) 
Trichomonas vaginalis: 
Laboratory examinations that aid in 
diagnosis (Gilbert, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1933, no. 1, 8) 
Tropical diseases: 
Conferences held by the New York 
State Association of Public 
Health Laboratories under the 
auspices of the Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research (N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1942, no. 1, 51; 1943, no. 
1, 4; 1943, no. 2, 49; 1944, no. 1, 
20; 1944, no. 2, 62) 
Tryptophan: 
Determination, microcolorimetric 
method (Eckert, J. Biol. Chem., 
1943, 148, 205; Ann. Rep., 1941, 
p.27) XI 
Tubercle bacillus: 
See Mycobacterium tuberculosis 
Tuberculin; 
Administration of Koch’s O.T., 
directions enclosed with each 
preparation, currently revised 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Laboratory manual 
for physicians; 8th ed. Pub- 
lished by the Division, 1944, 
p.76) 
Preparation and distribution 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New" York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939, p.497) 
Standardization, laboratory pro- 
cedure (Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 75) 
Tuberculosis: 
Diagnosis, bacterial, comparison of 
media (Alexander-Jackson, 
Amer. Rev. Tuberc., 1941, 43, 
441) X 
—, comparative study of specimens 
in local laboratories (Finley and 
Lawrence, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1920, 20, 226 ; Albany Med. Ann., 
1920, 41, 209; Health News, 1920, 
P-153) 
Outfits, descriptions and specifica- 
tions of outfits distributed (Divi- 
sion of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Laboratory manual for 
physicians; 8th ed. Published 
by the Division, 1944, p.75; 
Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939, p.613, 614, 628) 
Serodiagnosis, complement-fixation 
test (Maltaner, F., Amer. J. 
Pub. Health, 1926, 16, 945) IV 
—, — (Wadsworth, Mal- 
taner, F., and Maltaner, E. J., SUBJECTS 
147 
Tuberculosis—Continued 
J. Immunol., 1925, 10, 241) 
III, 1923-1925 
Serodiagnosis, complement-fixation 
test, discussion by A. B. Wads- 
worth (Lewis and Aaronson, 
Nat. Tuberc. Assoc. Trans., 1921, 
17, 276) 
—, , effect of time and tem- 
perature of incubation (Mal- 
taner, E. J., Ann. Rep., 1930, 
51, 64) 
—, in 1,002 cases (Wads- 
worth, Maltaner, E. J., and 
Stevens, Amer. Rev. Tuberc., 
1930, 22, 539; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1929, 
no. 2, 6; Ann. Rep., 1929, 50, 61) 
VI 
—, , quantitative determi- 
nation with immune serum and 
antigen (Maltaner, E. J., and 
Maltaner, F., J. Immunol., 1935, 
29, 151; Ann. Rep., 1934, p.20) 
VIII 
—, , quantitative determi- 
nation with immune serum and 
antigen (Wadsworth, Maltan- 
er, E. J., and Maltaner, F., J. 
Immunol., 1931, 21, 313; Amer. 
J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 1931, 7, 
538) VI 
—, , quantitative determi- 
nation with immune serum and 
antigen (Wadsworth, Maltan- 
er, F., and Maltaner, E. J., J. 
Immunol., 1938, 35, 93; J. Bact. 
{Soc. Proc.), 1938, 35, 336) IX 
—, , quantitative, of sera 
from patients with yaws (Mal- 
taner, E. J., Amer. J. Trap. Med., 
1941, 21, 145; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1940, 
no. 1, 15; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.43) 
X 
—, , quantitative, of sera 
of lepers (Maltaner, E. J., 
Amer. J. Trop. Med., 1940, 20, 
843; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1939, no. 2, 
29; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.43; 1940, 
‘ p.43) X 
—, , quantitative, statement 
of new method of reporting 
Tuberculosis—Continued 
(Wadsworth, N. Y. State J. 
Med., 1938, 38, 1386) 
—, , quantitative technic 
adapted to the routine {Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.41) 
—, preparation of antigens (Wads- 
worth and Maltaner, F., J. 
Exp. Med., 1921, 33, 119; Proc. 
Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med., 1920, 
17, 189; Wadsworth, Maltaner, 
F., and Johnston, N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1921, p.6) II 
Spontaneous, in a rabbit (Schleif- 
stein, Ann. Rep., 1943, p.70) 
Tuberculous-like lesions in guinea 
pigs having pseudotuberculosis 
(Cohan, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1921, p.10) 
Ultraviolet absorption spectrum 
curve of phthiocol (Crowe, J. 
Biol. Chem., 1936, 115, 479-Ann. 
Rep., 1936, p.19) VIII 
See also Mycobacterium tubercu- 
losis; Tuberculin 
Tularemia: 
In New York State, contracted 
from deer {Health News, 1931, 
P-2) 
, contracted from a rab- 
bit {Health News, 1939, p.196) 
, January 1927 to March 
1932 (Gilbert and Coleman, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1932, 22, 
1249; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 68; 
1931, 52, 58) VII 
— — — —, occurrence in wild 
rodents {Health News, 1942, p. 
109) 
, report of case following 
muskrat bite {Health News, 1939, 
P-97) 
, report of three cases 
{Health News, 1940, p.9) 
— — — —, report of two cases 
{Health News, 1939, p.17) 
, review of eases 1930- 
1939 {Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 68; 
1931, 52, 58; 1939, p.47) 
— the United States, prevalence of 
disease {Health News, 1924, p. 
28) 148 
SUBJECTS 
Tularemia—Continued 
Laboratory infection in which no 
lesion developed at site of injury 
(Maillard, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1933, 33, 751) VII 
See also Bacterium tularense 
Tumors: 
Argentaffin, of the appendix in a 
pregnant woman (Schleifstein, 
Arch. Path. (Soc. Trans.), 1936, 
22, 424) 
Case-type collection for teaching 
purposes (Stewart, F. W., and 
Foote, Ann. Rep., 1943, p.56) 
Classification of pathologic speci- 
mens by anatomic system (Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.95) 
Fibroadenoma of the breast con- 
taining carcinoma and cartilage 
(Schleifstein, Arch. Path. 
(Soc. Trans.), 1934, 17, 720) 
Fibroma of the umbilicus (Schleif- 
stein, Arch. Path. (Soc. Trans.), 
1933, 16, 592) 
Ganglioneuroma of the left retro- 
peritoneal sympathetic chain 
(Schleifstein, Arch. Path. (Soc. 
Trans.), 1933, 16, 592) 
Intracranial teratoma in a rabbit 
(Schleifstein, Ann. Rep., 1938, 
p.35) 
Malignant adenoma of the sweat 
glands (Schleifstein, Arch. 
Path. (Soc. Trans.), 1934, 18, 
135) 
Muco-epidermoid, of salivary 
glands (Foote, N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1944, 
no. 2, 55) XI 
Multiple myeloma, report of a case 
(Schleifstein, Arch. Path. (Soc. 
Trans.), 1937, 24, 128) 
Museum established at branch lab- 
oratory (Ann. Rep., 1941, p.68) 
Neuroepithelioma of the retina 
(Schleifstein, Arch. Path. (Soc. 
Trans.), 1934, 18, 135) 
Reports on selected pathologic 
specimens. Published in Annual 
Reports of the Division. 
Spontaneous, in rabbits and other 
small laboratory animals (Sch- 
leifstein, Ann. Rep., 1940, p.52; 
1941, p.64) 
See also Cancer; Sarcoma; Tissues 
Tumors—Continued 
—Specimens; and subdivision 
Tumors under names of organs 
and regions of the body, e.g. 
Umbilicus—Tumors 
Turbidimetry: 
Pyrex glass suspensions as stand- 
ards for measuring turbidity of 
bacterial suspensions (Halli- 
nan, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1943, 
33, 137; Gilcreas and Hallinan, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1941, no. 2, 25; Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.61; 1942, p.72) XI 
See also Nephelometers and nephel- 
ometry 
Typhoid fever: 
Agglutination tests, comparative 
study of microscopic and macro- 
scopic tests (Gilbert and Cole- 
man, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1933, 
23, 693; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1931, no. 1, 
5) VII 
, for Vi agglutinative proper- 
ties for Bact. iyphosum (Cole- 
man, Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1942, 
32, 843; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.44; 
1941, p.58; 1942, p.51) X 
, for Vi agglutinative proper- 
ties for Bact. typhosum with sera 
from patients undergoing ma- 
larial therapy (Coleman, J. Lab. 
and Clin. Med., 1944, 29, 916; 
J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1944, 47, 
582; Ann. Rep., 1941, p.52) XI 
, granular and floccular agglu- 
tination with Bact. typhosum 
(Gilbert, Coleman, and Lavi- 
ano, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1933, 19, 225; J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1932, 23, 110; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1932, no. 2, 6; Health 
News, 1934, p.22; Ann. Rep., 
1930, 51, 66 ; 1931, 52, 53; 1932, 
53, 100; 1933, 54, 80) 
, importance of bacteriolysis 
(Gilbert and Groesbeck, Amer. 
J. Pub. Health, 1925, 15, 359; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1924, no. 2, 11) 
, joint investigation of macro- 
scopic agglutination test by mem- SUBJECTS 
149 
Typhoid fever—Continued 
bers of the N. Y. State Associa- 
tion of Public Health Labora- 
tories; final report (Gilbert, N. 
Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1933, no. 1, 5) 
Agglutination tests, macroscopic 
{Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 81) 
— —, microscopic (Gilbert and 
Coleman, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1927, no. 1, 
1; Ann. Rep., 1927, 48, 60) 
of typhoid bacilli in sera of 
patients with unrelated infec- 
tions (Gilbert and Coleman, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1930, 46, 311; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1929, no. 1, 6; Ann. Rep., 
1929, 50, 63) VI 
— —, Widal technic with killed 
cultures (Gilbert and Moore, J. 
Lab. and Clin. Med., 1922, 7, 547) 
II, 1920-1923 
— — with bile medium (Berg- 
strom, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1928, no. 2, 
13; Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 53) 
Diagnosis, comparative study of 
specimens in local laboratories 
(Finley and Lawrence, N. Y. 
State J. Med., 1920, 20, 226; 
Albany Med. Ann., 1920, 41, 
209; Health News, 1920, p. 
153) 
—, methods for serologic and bac- 
teriologic diagnosis of enteric 
disease; referee reports for 1934, 
1935, and 1937 (Coleman, Amer. 
J. Pub. Health {supp. Year 
Book), 1935, 25, 147; Ibid., 
{supp. Year Book), 1936, 26, 
144; Ibid., {supp. Year Book), 
1938, 28, 111; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1937, 
no. 2, 19; Diagnostic procedures 
and reagents; 2d ed. N. Y., Amer. 
Pub. Health Assoc., 1945, p.247) 
VIII, IX 
Laboratory aid in tracing milk- 
borne typhoid fever infections 
(Wachter, Health News, 1918, 
P-38) 
Outfits, descriptions and specifica- 
tions of outfits distributed (Dm- 
Typhoid fever—Continued 
sign of Laboratories and Re- 
search. Laboratory manual for 
physicians; 8th ed. Published by 
the Division, 1944, p.79; Wads- 
worth. Standard methods of the 
Division of Laboratories and 
Research of the New York State 
Department of Health; 2d ed. 
Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939, p.614) 
Paratyphoid agglutinins in speci- 
mens from (Gilbert and Groes- 
beck, J. Lai. and Clin. Med., 
1925, 10, 282; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1924, 
no. 1, 5) III, 1923-1925 
“Smooth” and “rough” forms of 
Pact, typhosum in relation to 
vaccination and immunity (Mal- 
taner, F., J. Immunol., 1934, 26, 
161; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 54) 
VII 
Vaccine, administration, directions 
enclosed with each preparation, 
currently revised (Division of 
Laboratories and Research. 
Laboratory manual for physi- 
cians; 8th ed. Published by the 
Division, 1944, p.80) 
—, first prepared and distributed 
{Ann. Rep., 1914, 35, 169) 
—, preparation and distribution 
(Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilkins, 1939, p.479) 
—, —, antigenic capacities of Raw- 
lings and Army Medical School 
strains (Cohen, Ann. Rep., 1941, 
P-46) 
See also Bacterium typhosum; 
Enteric diseases 
Typhoid-paratyphoid fever: 
Vaccine, distribution discontinued 
(Lyall, Ann. Rep., 1937, p.36) 
Typhus fever: 
Agglutination with Proteus X 19 in 
specimens submitted for other 
tests (Gilbert and Coleman, J. 
Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1935, 29, 46; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 150 
SUBJECTS 
Typhus fever—Continued 
Labs. Proc., 1934, no. 2, 24; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 59; 1932, 53, 100; 
1933, 54, 81; 1934, p.49) 
Atypical Weil-Felix reaction (Gil- 
bert and Coleman, J. Infect. 
Dis., 1925, 37, 559; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1925, no. 1, 4) IV 
Report of case in Albany {Health 
News, 1939, p.87; Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.47) 
Two probable cases on Long Island 
{Health News, 1933, p.53) 
See also Proteus X 19; Rocky 
Mountain spotted fever 
Ultrafiltration—C ontinued 
R. F., Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and 
Med., 1936, 34, 832; Ann. Rep., 
1936, p.10) 
Quantitative ultrafiltration in 
chemical analysis (Thompson 
and Quigley, J. Biol. Chem., 
1943, 151, 343; J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1942, 43, 773; Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.25) X, XI 
Study of diphtheria, streptococcus, 
tetanus, and botulinus toxins 
(Quigley and Sickles, G. R., J. 
Bad. {Soc. Proc.), 1936, 31, 573; 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.21) 
Technic for bacterial toxins (Quig- 
ley, Amer. J. Hyg., 1934, 20, 
218; Ann. Rep., 1931, 52, 47; 
1932, 53, 64; 1934, p.17) VIII 
biologic materials (Quigley 
and Sickles, G. R., J. Bad. {Soc. 
Proc.), 1937, 33, 110) 
Ultrafilter, new form (Kober, J. 
Amer. Chem. Soc., 1918, 40, 1226) 
I, 1914-1919 
Use of wetting agent in prepara- 
tion of nitrocellulose membranes 
(Quigley, Ann. Rep., 1940, p.19) 
Ultraviolet rays: 
Absorption spectra, curve of phthi- 
oeol, pigment of human tubercle 
bacillus (Crowe, J. Biol. Chem., 
1936, 115, 479; Ann. Rep., 1936, 
p.19) VIII 
data for pterin-like pigments 
synthesized by C. diphtheriae 
(Crowe and Walker, J. Opt. 
Soc. Amer., 1944, 34, 135; Ann. 
Rep., 1943, p.26) XI 
— — for cardiolipin and lecithin 
(Crowe and Walker, J. Opt. 
Soc. Amer. {Soc. Proc.) In press) 
— — of ultrafiltered diphtheria 
toxin residues (Crowe, Ann. 
Rep., 1940, p.14) 
See also Spectroscopy 
Umbilicus: 
Tumors, fibroma of the umbilicus 
(Schleifstein, Arch. Path. {Soc. 
Trans.), 1933, 16, 592) 
Undulant fever: 
Agglutination of typhoid bacilli in 
sera from cases of undulant fever 
(Gilbert and Coleman, J. In- 
U 
Ultrafiltration: 
Culture filtrates, gonococci in saline, 
vaccinia virus (Quigley, Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.23) 
Diphtheria toxin, produced in pep- 
tone-dialyzate media (Wads- 
worth, Wheeler, and Mendez, 
J. Infect. Dis., 1938, 62, 129; 
Ann. Rep., 1937, p.lo) IX 
— —, purification (Wadsworth 
and Quigley, Amer. J. Hyg., 
1934, 20, 225; Ann. Rep., 1933, 
54, 47) VIII 
— —, purification and analysis 
(Wheeler, J. Bad. (Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 220; Wadsworth and 
Wheeler, Ihid., (Soc. Proc.), 
1938, 36, 299; Ann. Rep., 1938, 
p.14) IX 
— —, separation of products of 
synthesis in culture filtrates 
(Wadsworth and Wheeler, J. 
Infect. Dis., 1943, 73, 95; Inter- 
nal. Congr. Microbiol., 3d. New 
York, 1939. Proc., 1940, p.794; 
Ann. Rep., 1939, p.17) XI 
Pneumococcus polysaccharides, 
concentration and purification 
(Wadsworth and Brown, R. F., 
J. Immunol., 1937, 32, 467; 
Brown, R. F., and Robinson, 
Ihid., 1938, 34, 61) IX 
— specific polysaccharides, concen- 
tration and purification (Brown, SUBJECTS 
151 
Undulant fever—Continued 
feet. Bis., 1930, 46, 311; N. Y. 
State Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. 
Proc., 1929, no. 1, 6; Ann. Rep., 
1929, 50, 63) VI 
Arthritis as a complication of un- 
dulant fever (Health News, 1939, 
p.171; Ann. Rep., 1939, p.48) 
Cultural examinations of bile in 
(Gilbert, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 1, 
8) 
Diagnosis, intracutaneous reactions 
induced in guinea pigs inoculat- 
ed with Br. abortus (Dacey and 
Korovin, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1934, 19, 589) VII 
—, isolation of microorganism of 
abortus-melitensis group from 
blood clot, serum of which failed 
to agglutinate Br. abortus (Gil- 
bert and Dacey, J. Lab. and 
Clin. Med., 1932, 17, 345; Amer. 
J. Pub. Health, 1932, 22, 410; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1930, no. 2, 3) VI 
—, laboratory aids (Gilbert and 
Coleman, N. Y. State J. Med., 
1931, 31, 1087; Health News, 
1931, p.189) VI 
—, presumptive agglutination test 
with Br. abortus (Gilbert and 
Coleman, J. Lab. and Clin. Med., 
1931, 17, 88; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1933, 
no. 1, 8) VI 
In New York State (Gilbert and 
Coleman, J. Infect. Bis., 1928, 
43, 273; J. Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 
1928, 15, 40; Arch. Path. {Soc. 
Trans.), 1929, 7, 543; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1926, no. 2, 13; Ann. Rep., 1926, 
47, 31; 1927, 48, 58; 1929, 49, 
49) V 
(Gilbert and Cole- 
man, J. Infect. Bis., 1934, 54, 305 ; 
J. Bact. {Soc. Proc.), 1933, 25, 
87; Amer. J. Path. {Sci. Proc.), 
1932, 8. 609; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1932, 
no. 2, 3; Health News, 1934, 
p.126; Ann. Rep., 1930, 51, 65; 
1931, 52, 56; 1932, 53, 103; 1933, 
54, 85) VII 
Undulant fever—Continued 
Isolation of Br. abortus from fluid 
from joint of patient (Health 
News, 1939, p.171; Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.48) 
from milk (Gilbert, 
Coleman, and Groesbeck. Un- 
dulant fever: a symposium. New 
York, Amer. Pub. Health Assoc., 
1929, p.25; Ann. Rep., 1928, 49, 
49; 1929, 50, 62) V 
See also Brucella abortus 
Utensils: 
Agreements and methods for ap- 
proval of laboratory service in 
examination of eating, drinking, 
and cooking utensils (Division of 
Laboratories and Research. Ap- 
proval of laboratories: agree- 
ments and methods serving as a 
basis for the evaluation of clean- 
liness of eating, drinking, and 
cooking utensils. Published by 
the Division approximately annu- 
allv, with revisions. First issue, 
1940) 
Restaurant sanitation, cleansing 
and disinfection of eating uten- 
sils, with evaluation of deter- 
gents (Gilcreas and O’Brien, 
Amer. J. Pub. Health, 1941. 31, 
143; N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1939, no. 2, 
26) X 
See also Laboratories—Equipment 
Vaccination: 
Pneumococcus, in mice and rab- 
bits (Wadsworth, J. Immunol., 
1920, 5, 429) II, 1920-1923 
See also Brucella abortus—Vac- 
cine ; Diphtheria—Toxoid; Per- 
tussis—Vaccine; Smallpox—Vac- 
cine; Typhoid fever—Vaccine; 
Vaccines 
Vaccine and serum therapy: 
(Wadsworth. Nelson loose-leaf 
medicine, W. W. Herrick, ed.-in- 
chief. N. Y., Nelson, 1931, 1, 49 ; 
Ibid., 1941, 1, 49) 
V 152 
SUBJECTS 
Vaccine and serum therapy—Cont’d 
Of the infectious diseases (Wads- 
worth, Med. Soc: County of 
Erie and Buffalo Acad. Med. 
Bull, 1931, 8, 18) 
Practical limitations (Wadsworth, 
New England J. Med., 1935, 213, 
1285) VIII 
See also Serotherapy; and subdivi- 
sion Treatment under names of 
specific diseases, e.g. Meningitis 
— Treatment; Pneumonia — 
Treatment 
Vaccines: 
Activities of the antitoxin, serum, 
and vaccine laboratories. Pub- 
lished in Annual Reports of the 
Division. 
Distribution and use of therapeutic 
and prophylactic preparations 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Laboratory manual for 
physicians; 8th ed. Published by 
the Division, 1944, p.15) 
—, tabulated. Published in Annual 
Reports of the Division. 
Methods of preparation in the anti- 
toxin, serum, and vaccine labora- 
tories (Wadsworth. Standard 
methods of the Division of Labo- 
ratories and Research of the New 
York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939. 681p. 
First edition, 1927) 
Streptococcus, ricinoleated, effect 
on animals (Kozlowski, J. Im- 
munol., 1928, 15, 115; I hid., 1929, 
16, 357) V 
Typhoid-paratyphoid, distribution 
discontinued (Lyall, Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.36) 
See also Brucella abortus—Vac- 
cine ; Diphtheria—Toxoid; and 
subdivision Vaccine under names 
of specific diseases, e.g. Pertus- 
sis—Vaccine 
Vaccinia virus: 
Adsorption by chicken erythro- 
cytes (Ann. Rep., 1943, p.15) 
Complement fixation in virus infec- 
tion (Sickles, G. M., Coffey, 
and Rice, Ann. Rep., 1941, p.12; 
1942, p.13) 
Vaccinia virus—Continued 
Cultivated in chick embryo medium 
(Coffey, Amer. J. Put). Health, 
1934, 24, 473; Ann. Rep., 1931, 
52, 50; 1932, 53, 78; 1933, 54, 56; 
1934, p.25) VII 
Variola: 
See Smallpox 
Venereal diseases: 
See Names of specific diseases, e.g. 
Chancre; Syphilis 
Virus diseases: 
Infection and immunity (Wads- 
worth, Nelson new loose-leaf 
medicine, W. W. Herrick, ed.-in- 
chief. N. Y., Nelson, 1943,1, 30S) 
See also Names of specific diseases, 
e.g. Poliomyelitis; Psittacosis 
Vitamin A: 
Experimental studies of puerperal 
infection, effect of pregnancy on 
vitamin-A reserves in liver of 
rabbits (Torrance, Amer. J. 
Ohst. and Gynec., 1934, 27, 868; 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1933, no. 1, 7; Ann. 
Rep., 1931, 52, 48; 1932, 53, 71) 
VII 
Metabolism and susceptibility to 
bacterial toxins ( Torrance, 
Amer. J. Hyg., 1933, 18, 375; 
Hid., 1936, 23, 74; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1934, no. 1, 8; Ann. Rep., 1932, 
53, 70; 1933, 54, 68; 1934, p.38) 
VII, VIII 
Vitamin C: 
See Ascorbic acid 
Vitamin D: 
Agreements for approval of labora- 
tory service, vitamin-D bio-assays 
of milk (Division of Laborato- 
ries and Research. Approval of 
laboratories: agreements and 
methods serving as a basis for 
approval in bio-assays of vitamin 
D in milk. Published by the Di- 
vision approximately annually, 
with revisions. First issue, 
1941) 
Vitamin K: 
Blood coagulation in vitamin-K-de- 
ficient chicks (Maltaner, F., and 
Maltaner, E. J., Arch. Bio- SUBJECTS 
153 
Vitamin K—Continued 
chem., 1943, 2, 37; Ann. Rep., 
1941, p.17) XI 
Chemical analyses of blood plas- 
ma of chicks deficient in vita- 
min K (Maltaner, F., and 
Thompson, Arch. Biochem., 1943, 
2, 49) XI 
Volunteers: 
See Division of Laboratories and 
Research—Student-volunteers 
W ater—C ontinued 
Works Assoc., 1944, 36, 1343; 
Health News, 1944, p.204 XI 
—, chlorine, use of adsorp- 
tion reaction between iodine and 
a-naphthofiavone (Hallinan, 
Ind. and Eng. Chem. Analyt. ed., 
1940, 12, 452; Ann. Rep., 1937, 
p.60) X 
—, thiosulfate titration of chlorine 
(Hallinan and Thompson, J. 
Amer. Chem. Soc., 1939, 61, 265; 
Ann. Rep., 1937, p.61) IX 
—, o-tolidine standards for determi- 
nation of free chlorine (Davis 
and Kelly, J. Amer. Water 
Works Assoc., 1934, 26, 757; 
Health News, 1934, p.128; Ann. 
Rep., 1933, 54, 94) VII 
Corrosive action on service pipes 
(Gilcreas, J. New England 
Water Works Assoc., 1935, 49, 
170) vm 
Examination, agreements and 
methods for approval of labora- 
tory service (Division of Lab- 
boratories and Research. Ap- 
proval of laboratories: agree- 
ments and methods serving as a 
basis for approval in examination 
of water and milk. Published by 
the Division, 1944. Revised ap- 
proximately annually. First 
issue, 1915) 
—, bacteriologie study of pollution 
of bathing areas (Sanderson, 
N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. Health 
Labs. Proc., 1943, no 2, 44) 
—, colorimetric determination of 
dissolved oxygen (Gilcreas, J. 
Amer. Water Works Assoc., 1935, 
27, 1166; Ann. Rep., 1935, p.65) 
VIII 
—, comparative study of media in 
isolation of coliform group from 
water (Davis and Vose, Ann. 
Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 304) 
—, comparative study of 100-ml. 
and 10-ml. volumes in test for 
coliform group (Gilcreas, Ann. 
Rep., 1937, p.58 ; 1938, p.44; 1939, 
P-58) 
—, determination of dissolved oxy- 
gen (Milford and Stafford, 
Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 301) 
W 
Wadsworth, Augustus B.: 
Retires as Director. Photograph 
(.Health News, 1945, p.21) XI 
Twentieth anniversary as Director, 
portrait presented by staff 
{Health News, 1936, p.94) 
War: 
See World war I; World wTar II 
Wassermann reaction: 
See Complement-fixation tests—Sy- 
philis ; Syphilis—Serodiagnosis 
Water: 
Analysis, bottled spring water 
(Beach, Ann. Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 
299) 
—, determination of iron in water, 
colorimetric thiocyanate method 
(Hallinan, Ind. and Eng. Chem. 
Analyt. ed., 1943, 15, 510) XI 
—, in water, modifications 
of standard methods (Gilcreas, 
Ann. Rep., 1934, p.59) 
—, nitrates (Milford, Ann. 
Rep., 1915, 36, v.3, 297) 
—, phenols in water (Gil- 
creas, Ann. Rep., 1934, p.59) 
—, test for residual chlorine, iodide 
technic for colorimetric determi- 
nation (Gilcreas and Hallinan, 
J. Amer. Water Works Assoc., 
1939, 31, 1723) X 
—, chlorine, o-tolidine ar- 
senite test (Hallinan, J. Amer. 
Water Works Assoc., 1944, 36, 
296) XI 
—, chlorine, o-tolidine ar- 
senite test in 22 plants ( Gilcreas 
and Hallinan, J. Amer. Water 154 
SUBJECTS 
W ater—C ontinued 
Examination, growth of Bact. ty- 
phosum and Bact. coli, in differ- 
ent bile media (Davis, Ann. Bep., 
1915, 36, v.3, 295) 
—, limitations of laboratory meth- 
ods (Wachter, Health News, 
1915, p.177) 
—, methods used in laboratories for 
sanitary and analytical chemis- 
try (Wadsworth. Standard 
methods of the Division of Labo- 
ratories and Research of the New 
York State Department of 
Health; 2d ed. Baltimore, Wil- 
liams and Wilkins, 1939, p.340) 
—, outfits, descriptions and speci- 
fications of outfits distributed 
(Division of Laboratories and 
Research. Laboratory manual 
for physicians; 8th ed. Published 
by the Division, 1944, p.90; 
Wadsworth. Standard methods 
of the Division of Laboratories 
and Research of the New York 
State Department of Health; 2d 
ed. Baltimore, Williams and Wil- 
kins, 1939, p.636) 
—, —, field kit for studies of 
stream pollution. Photograph 
(Ann. Rep., 1941, p.71, 73) 
—, regulations (Division of Lab- 
oratories and Research. Regu- 
lation concerning the examina- 
tion of samples of water. Pub- 
lished periodically by the 
Division. Ip. Form no. 61-a) 
—, selective media in tests for detec- 
tion of coliform group (Gilcreas, 
Ann. Rep., 1935, p.64; 1936, p.50) 
Rapid tests of water quality (Gil- 
creas, J. Amer. Water Works 
Assoc., 1943, 35, 1201) XI 
Supply, examination of 117 water 
supplies in outbreaks of gastro- 
intestinal disease (Ann. Rep., 
1939, p.58) 
—, influence of dissolved oxygen on 
corrosive action of ground waters 
of Long Island (Gilcreas, J. 
New England Water Works 
Assoc., 1937, 51, 380; Ann. Rep., 
1937, p.60) IX 
W ater—Continued 
Treatment, deterjnination of free 
ammonia (Davis and Kelly, J. 
Amer. Water Works Assoc., 1934, 
26, 1196; Health News, 1934, p. 
180; Ann. Rep., 1933, 54, 93) 
VIII 
—, insufficiency of chlorination 
treatment alone in six public 
water supplies (Gilcreas, Ann. 
Rep., 1941, p.72) 
See also Bacterium coli; Enteric 
diseases; Sewage; Stream pollu- 
tion 
Water pipes: 
Corrosive action of water (Gil- 
creas, J. New England Water 
Works Assoc., 1935, 49, 170) 
VIII 
Weil-Felix reaction: 
See Typhus fever 
Weil’s disease: 
Fatal case of leptospiral jaundice 
(Early, N. Y. State Assoc. Pub. 
Health Labs. Proc., 1924. no. 2, 
6) 
Human infection with Lepto. ictero- 
haemorrhagiae from rat (Wads- 
worth, Langworthy, Stewart, 
F. C., Moore, and Coleman, J. 
Amer. Med. Assoc., 1922, 78, 
1120; Langworthy and Moore, 
J. Infect. Bis., 1927, 41, 70) 
II, 1920-1923; IV 
Wetting agents; 
Effect on rabies virus (McClure, J. 
Bact. (Soc. Proc.), 1942, 43, 409; 
Ann. Rep., 1941, p.57) X 
For preparation of nitrocellulose 
membranes (Quigley, Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.19) 
stools for monkey inocula- 
tion (McClure, J. Bact. (Soc. 
Proc.), 1941, 41, 268; Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.46) X 
Identification of pneumococci by 
solubility tests (Harris and Mc- 
Clure, J. Lai), and Clin. Med., 
1942. 27, 1591; N. Y. State Assoc. 
Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 1940, 
no. 2, 29; Ann. Rep., 1940, p.47) 
X 
Use in determination of presence of 
virus of poliomyelitis in stools SUBJECTS 
Wetting agents—Continued 
(McClure, Science, 1941, 93, 
118) X 
See also Detergents; Duponol 
Whooping cough: 
See Pertussis 
Widal reaction: 
See Typhoid fever 
World war I: 
Activities of the Division of Labora- 
tories and Research connected 
with the war {Ann. Rep., 1917, 
38, 268; 1918, 39, 211) 
Laboratory service in epidemic 
among troops (Wadsworth, N. 
Y. State J. Med., 1917, 17, 506; 
Health News, 1917, p.239; Ann. 
Rep., 1916, 37, 115) I, 1914-1919 
Warld war II: 
Appointment by Secretary of War 
of three members of the labora- 
tory staff as consultants on the 
Commission on Meningococcus 
Meningitis; and the Commission 
on Hemolytic Streptococcus In- 
fections {Ann. Rep., 1941, p.6; 
1942, p.6, 28) 
— of member of the laboratory staff 
as State Gas Consultant (Ann. 
Rep., 1942, p.6, 72) 
Army maneuvers and the Selective 
Service Act increase demands on 
laboratory service {Ann. Rep., 
1940, p.26, 38; 1941, p.50, 80; 
1942, p.46, 50, 66, 79; 1943, p.6, 
47, 72, 86, 87) 
Chemical warfare defense, courses 
on methods {Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.72, 83; 1943, p.83) 
World war II—Continued 
Contributions to and coordination 
with the war effort {Ann. Rep., 
1942, p.5, 38, 49, 59, 75, 81, 82; 
1943, p.6, 28, 30, 41, 47, 72, 77, 
85, 87, 89) 
Labor turnover, affected by war 
{Ann. Rep., 1942, p.5, 29, 38, 46, 
49, 66, 70, 80; 1943, p.5, 41, 47) 
Laboratories, registration, restric- 
tions under conditions of war 
{Ann. Rep., 1942, p.47) 
Salvage program {Ann. Rep., 1942, 
p.79, 80; 1943, p.86, 87) 
Water supplies serving camps and 
hotels examined for War and 
Navy Department cantonment 
areas {Ann. Rep., 1942, p.75) 
See also National defense 
Worms: 
See Helminths 
Yaws: 
Quantitative complement-fixation 
tests for syphilis and tuberculosis 
of sera from patients with (Mal- 
taner, E. J., Amer. J. Trop. 
Med., 1941, 21, 145; N. Y. State 
Assoc. Pub. Health Labs. Proc., 
1940, no. 1, 15; Ann. Rep., 1940, 
P-43) X 
Yeast: 
Fermentation. See Gasometric 
analysis 
Y NEW YORK 
STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH 
Edward S. Godfrey, Jr., M. D. 
Commissioner 
INDEX TO PUBLICATIONS 
OF THE 
Division of Laboratories and Research 
1914-1944 
AUGUSTUS B. WADSWORTH. M.D., Director